Archive of Our Own ^beta

Chapter Text

It was when Izuku was 4 that he learned the hard truth that not everyone is born equal but… It was when Izuku was 7 that he learned the truth behind love and now he will never let it go.

Today is a happy day, Izuku is turning 8, YAY. His mom is making him cake and she said he can go out to the park but to be back home before it gets dark. He knows walking alone is dangerous but no one needs to worry because his mom bought him something special offline just in case creeps try to follow him. It’s a taser. Hehe, It’s like Izuku has his own electric quirk that can stun people for a bit with.

His mom is going to stay home while he goes to the park, that means he can go to ‘that’ place. Izuku hasn’t gone there in a little bit but that was because he hasn’t had any time to. He started to put on his ‘long walk’ attire, it was an almost complete black outfit with black steel toe boots, black hoodie, black jeans (that Izuku found really comfortable) and lastly he had a black hat, with the word no on it, to cover his hair. It was a little cold out so he got one of his hero scarfs for a little bit of color. “MOM!!! I’m going out now!” 

Izuku looked back into the apartment as he stood at the door. “Okay honey! Have a nice time and be Safe. KEEP YOUR PHONE ON SOUND PLEASE!” A fond smile spread across his face with his mothers normal worry for him.

“Okay mom I’LL BE BACK LATER!” With that last goodbye Izuku opened that door and walked out. He checked his phone to make sure that the sound was low, not loud. Where Izuku is going he needs to at least need to be a little quiet…. Actually. Izuku turned his phone to vibrate. There, now he doesn't have to worry about bothering anyone while he goes out.

A smile was on his face as Izuku walked. He sees some people from school also walking around but they don’t seem to notice him or can’t tell that it’s the Deku. It’s not like the things they say hurt Izuku anyway, he could really care less what Bakugo and the others say. They keep putting his dream of being a hero down but they don’t even know why he wants to be one because surprise surprise the reason has changed after so long.

Izuku happily hops along the path as he exits his neighborhood. He has been secretly practicing to fight and use knives. He made sure to keep up with some type of stealth training at school and now not many people even notice when he enters the class or sits in his seat. Izuku even got into the fun habit of practicing different types of knots, there are some really pretty ones that he made for his mom. It made him happy to see the complicated knot pins he made in his mom's hair.

Izuku quickly shuffles onto the train going where he wants to travel too. The train will take about 20 or so minutes to get there but that's okay, he can wait. Izuku rocks back and forth on the balls of his feet in the train. He really is excited to get to his stop after being away from it for so long. Izuku even brought some new pillows for it so it’ll be more comfortable, sitting on a roof is not always fun. 

He looks around the seats to see some people relaxing and some friends joking around with each other, one of them points to him and a girl blushes when their eyes catch. Hmm…. She thinks he looks cute or something but it's too bad for her because Izuku already has someone he loves dearly. He minds his own business the rest of the ride till his stop comes. He walks over to the girl that blushed at him and gives her one of his many cute little key chains. “I have too many of this one, you can have it.”

Izuku smiles at her and she sputters and her friends are just ooohhhing. “Have a nice day!” After that he walks off. Having little normal conversations here and there helps him with his social awkwardness. With him randomly giving people gives and getting into random talks with people that don’t know he’s quirkless really helped his communication skills.

Izuku calmly walks down the street. Taking a left, right, straight, right, right, and then going up. He grabs onto the fire escape that he pulled down a long time ago. No one ever stops him when he's in between huge houses that no one would ever dare touch. You know how rich people are but it’s just so easy to find a way around their security cameras. He climbs for a bit till he finally makes it to the roof. There is no way up there besides the fire escape so no one but him comes here. Why would someone, so confident in their security, check places that no one would gain anything by going too it. Well Izuku gains something for himself but he thinks no one else will really care about this. 

Izuku walks to his nice little spot, if you move some things around it just looks like a weird bump on roof but as he stated no one comes up here so no problem there. He sets up his pillows and gets out his snacks, making sure everything is order or to see if something was missing or out of place. If something was out of place that meant he needed a new spot but that has never happened….yet. 

Izuku quickly gets out his binoculars so he can see exactly what he came here for. A smile spreads across his face as he can clearly view what he wants. Izuku thought since he was basically 10 minutes late, they wouldn't be here but they were. Through his binoculars Izuku can see ice being made and quickly melted, fast movement and different techniques used to dodge and weave. 

Izuku locks onto the one he wants to see the most, with his turquoise and gray eyes, beautiful red and white hair, he has a freeze burn on the left side of his face but that only makes him look more lovely in Izuku’s mind. The way he moves are perfect and so smooth, if only Izuku could experience a spar with him, he would gladly want to be put flat on his ass by the boy. So agile with ever doge and punch defected by the scumbag that hurts him. If Izuku was able to, that fuck would be dead for hurting him but he can’t find a way around Endeavor's security yet. He lets out a big sigh with a wishful look on his face. if only

The most perfect person in the world. Izuku's one and everything. The one person keeping him afloat while dealing with his fucked up life. Shouto Todoroki. THAT FUCK. Endeavor just used an advanced move on him that Shouto wasn’t ready for. He really wished his plans could go faster but still needs to practice and study and prepare. The attack on Endeavor needs to be perfect so no one will bat an eye when he randomly disappears in the future.

Izuku’s grip tightens on the binoculars, he can’t break another pair, these cost a lot of money, it's a good thing he never broke his night vision ones. Those ones cost so much money and Izuku isn’t good at building equipment. Endeavor was yelling at his Shouto, like he did something wrong. Why doesn't any of their neighbors call the cops on them…. It’s probably that fact it’s the number two ‘hero' so either people ignored it or cops ignored it.

A murderous gaze is lad on Endeavor as he continuous to yell at Izuku's Shouto. Izuku’s precious, strong and amazing Shouto looks so scared…if only he could help. After yelling at his Shouto for far too long, any yelling is too much already, he leaves the training room. He wants to so badly go down to that room and help shouto, get him patched up and tell him everything is okay and that Izuku will take care of everything but HE. CAN’T…… and that hurts him so much.

Shouto stays in the training room curled up in a ball, the same way Izuku does when he gets targeted at school, SEE they even have slight panic attacks the same or whatever you want to call it. It pains his heart to see him like this but soon Izuku will be able to at least maybe send a letter or message to him. He could pose as someone that walks by his house that noticed what has been happening and tell him how Izuku has been trying to get Endeavor in trouble but the police keep saying he’s lying. The way he would get the letter to him would be probably through Shouto’s window with maybe a slingshot for now.

Izuku’s heart lurches forward as he finally sees Shouto get up and notices that he has a busted lip and soon forming bruised eye. Izuku wants to kill that fucker so much. He has a whole book on how to kill Endeavor but he wants to do it himself or maybe give Shouto the honors, actually anyone of those siblings and his wife deserve a good hit on that fuck. Shouto gets up and starts walking to the door of the training room, he’s lucky that Shouto’s window is also in view from this spot. Izuku has seen Shouto be his amazing self almost all day from this spot.

Izuku pauses in thought as Shouto looks around slowly, it seemed like he was looking for someone. He looks over his shoulder and slightly steps back from the door and looks around more. AAWWWwwww he might feel like someone is watching him, well he’s not wrong but Shouto will never notice where he is from with him being this far away. After Shouto adorably looks around for him, he shakes his head then leaves the training room. Izuku had a very small hope that he somehow found him but that would be impossible from this distance. He also wouldn’t want cops or heroes called on him just for watching his astounding Shouto. He'd probably get in trouble for 'trespassing' even though roofs are public property, somehow disturbance of the peace and what ever Endeavor wants to also put on him.

Izuku lets out a sigh as he pulls down the binoculars. He grabs his phone and checks the time. If he wants to make it home on time, Izuku should leave right now. SO with that thought on his mind, he packs up important things and hides the rest. Wouldn’t want anyone to get some funny ideas. Izuku climbs down the fire escape, really when are these people going to fix this it’s been since he was like 7 that he did that. With a heavy but happy heart Izuku starts walking to the train station to get home. Being able to see Shouto always makes him happy because if he can still see him that means one of Izuku's last threads of happiness is still alive and that is enough for now. Just you wait though once he can, Shouto will be safe and sound so Endeavor will never hurt him again.

No one paid Izuku any mind on the train or walking the rest of the way back home. The sky was about to turn into more of a sunset orange than blue when he made it to his door. Izuku steps into the apartment and can smell the perfect cake and katsudon his mom made. 

“HEY MOM I’M BACK!!” Izuku yelled from the door. You would think with an anxiety filled family like Izuku’s, yelling would make them more nervous but really it calms both him and his mom down a bit knowing that the other is in the house.

“WELCOME BACK SWEETY NOW GET IN HERE FOR CAKE AND YOUR FAVORITE!!!” His mom sounded so happy. Izuku made every step loud after taking off his ‘long walk’ clothes. He walks into the Living room area to see his mom beaming at him. Her face quickly changes with slight worry.

“Baby what's wrong? You look slightly upset. Was someone mean to you again when you went out?” Mom asked as Izuku went to sit down at the table. He was never able to hide his negative emotions with her, so she knows how people treat him at school. She offered to transfer him and help him anyway she can but Izuku always refuses. The other schools will probably be the same. One thing that his mom did do though was tell Auntie what Bakugo was doing. That made both there relationship strained a lot but it was literally all Bakugo's fault so it didn't bother Izuku.

No one could ever control him though, true to the way of the Bakugo's. “Don’t worry about it mom. I just saw something sad on my way home, you know how easy it is for us to cry.” Talking about crying, his mom was already tearing up at the thought Izuku got hurt by being quirkless again.

She sniffs a bit before going back to the food. “Ok, as long as nothing happened I guess I’ll drop it for now. Let's get to your Birthday celebration.” Izuku really loved his mom, she was his second everything, after Shouto of course.

“Yea. Let's celebrate.” Izuku gave a big smile. 

“Happy 8th birthday Izuku!!!” Today was an okay day.

Chapter Text

Now let's go back to one of Izuku's happiest days, the day he saw Shouto Todoroki.

Today was a shitty day. 

Izuku was well on his way home from the shit place he called Hell School. Cue the rag tag bully group Ka- Bakugo uses to annoy him with. “HEY NERD!” And here they come.

“H-hi K-kachann.” The fact Izuku has to physically force himself to stutter says how scary Bakugo actually is.  Izuku pretended to cower as the sparky boy came closer. 

“You were awfully loud in class today.” That was because the teach kept asking him questions, trying to prove how dumb he is and it failed. Izuku inwardly rolled his eyes.

“i-I’-m s-s-sorry K-Ka-kachann.” When Izuku stutters more usually he will go easier on him. 

“I TOLD YOU TO STOP CALLING ME THAT A QUIRKLESS LOSER LIKE YOU DON'T GET THE RIGHT TO GIVE ME A NICKNAME!!” Bakugo then proceeds to shove Izuku to the ground. Izuku fell right because he has been learning how to fall so as to not get hurt that bad with falls. 

“Let's teach this Deku a lesson.” bakugo said while popping off his quirk. Now Izuku has to deal with this.

—-----

Izuku’s day could literally not get any worse. He is sore and stiff from yesterday and now he has burns. Izuku is walking back home which is so far away because Izuku tried to run away but he isn’t fast enough yet. No one is helping him but everyone can see how hurt he is. Fucking assholes not helping him.

Limping along the busy street, no one stops him, talks to him, it’s as if he is invisible at how many people pace him and doesn't even raise a finger to help. “Hello”.... Oh never mind.

Izuku turns around and is confronted with the most beautiful human begging he has ever seen. They have hair that is red and white, looking like silk. His eyes two different colors remind him of marbles and how light reflects off of them. This person's skin is so flawless and pure it’s as if he has never been outside a day in his life. Like he was kept in a glass case and cleaned off everyday to look spotless. His clothes looked really expensive  even if they looked casual. Izuku can just get lost in his eyes forever. They look so warm and it makes Izuku feel like he’s at home.

“Uuummm hello?” Oh OH he was talking to him. 

“H-hi…. I uumm WHat do you n-need help with?” Izuku stammered through his sentence.

“UUmm.. no I was going to ask if you need medical help.” OHOHOH 

“OOHHH no no it’s fine I’ve dealt with worse burns and stuff before.” Izuku felt so dumb. This cutie was worried about him and he asked if he was the one that needed help.

“Are you sure?” The questioning look on his face looks so cute.

“Yea…. yes i’m fine…. Has anyone told you how pretty your eyes ar-” Izuku cut himself off with his hand and quickly turned around and RAN AWAY!! He is not staying in a conversation that awkward no matter how cute the boy is. Izuku didn’t run away that far though. He doesn't know why but leaving hurt his heart.

After hiding nearby Izuku looked over at the boy as Endeavor stepped up to him. He must be asking what he was doing. The boy then pointed in the direction Izuku ran in but Endeavor just shook his head and started to take him away. Something about the way Endeavor grabbed his own son's arm pissed him off. 

The way Endeavour was acting just put Izuku off so much, so he followed them. He was really far behind and no one would purposefully try and follow the number 2 hero and if they did, no one would bother because it’s the number 2. He can help himself. Izuku got onto the train and was at the other end of the cart. He waited a little after they both got off.

Izuku got worried because he thought he lost them for a second but he found them again. After having that stunning boy out of his sight for a bit made him nervous but felt euphoric when he was back in sight. Trying to keep control of his breathing Izuku followed Endeavor to their home and wanted them to enter. 

Now it’s not like Endeavor tries to hide where he lives but it’s ‘secret’ so his fans will leave him alone. Izuku decided to look around and found his way to an ally. He looked around but found nothing and just decided to leave one of his half finished note books here, hidden.

If he left something here then he will for sure remember to come back to get it. A wide smile spread across his face and he practically skipped home. When he entered his apartment his mom was at work and this left him with all the alone time he wanted.

Izuku broke down.

He started to breath heavily and curl in on himself. One thing was running through his mind on loop and that was the encounter he had with Endeavors son. Wait. Is that endeavors son, maybe he was looking after someone, Izuku never really paid attention to that hero before. Did he have kids? Who would marry a man like him and if so he will have to thank them for making something so perfect, amazing, beautiful, angelic. 

Izuku quickly got up and threw his bag into his room. Izuku launches himself at his computer so he can start looking. He slowly was looking up stuff on the normal web before it wasn’t enough. Izuku wanted to know more about it. Shouto Todoroki. What’s his birthday, favorite food, Where does he go to school, does he walk more with his left side or right. Sense he has a fire and ice quirk does that mean his hugs are temperature controlled? So SO SO MANY QUESTIONS THAT IZUKU NEEDS TO KNOW. 

He has to know. Izuku must know every little thing about his shouto. Yes yes His. That's HIS SHOUTO. Hehhe he can’t wait for when they have their honeymoon and what type of house he would like. Does he want him to know how to cook or does he want him to be more of a house husband that knows maintenance. If he wanted Izuku to get a job that would be easy. Does he want to go into heroics or something else…. WAIT SHOUTO IS GOING TO BE A HERO…. He needs to make sure that he can rip apart quirks as if they are paper. Now Izuku must get ready to be a sidekick because IZUKU WILL BE DAMNED IF ANYONE HURTS HIS SHOUTO WITHOUT HIM THERE TO HELP!!

Izuku can imagine looking at Pictures of Shouto is the same feeling someone has on antidepressants. He physically can't be upset looking at it. IT'S IMPOSSIBLE! 

Izuku can ask his mom… oh mom is definitely second place now but he can ask her for nurse training and stuff so he can have some medical experience. Izuku needs to be absolutely perfect for his Angle, his one and only happiness. The thing that makes the world brighter and happy. He is the sun and it amazes him how more people can't see that but that's okay…. Izuku will have his sun all to himself then.

Chapter Text

Izuku is 10 years old today and also today is the day… his mom found out he has a crush on someone… She found out about his sun shine, his baby boy, his everything. His mom was in his room (He’s still kinda mad about that) and found one of the millions of pictures of Shouto Todoroki. This one had hearts drawn onto it with a red pen and it was of Shouto’s rare smile, he was smiling at a kitten and it was cute. 

On the back of the picture it had the date, time, place, street, what camera he used, which setting it was on, how far away he was from Shouto at the time, what shoes he was wearing, What bracelet he had on (Izuku made it for him and was able to sneak it into his room), where Shouto just came from (If you want to know it was to run an errands for his sister to grab some more soba at the store.) and a cute little note for himself which said “A rare smile from my angelic prince. <3 <3 <3” You know… the normal.

Izuku was sitting in front of his mom as she was holding the picture, slightly waving it in his face. She hasn’t said anything yet but Izuku is ready for something bad to happen. Only one person was able to see how much he loved Shouto and that was Bakugo, it was not a pretty sight. Bakugo was yelling and screaming how weird it was and that Izuku was a stalker. Everyone just equated that to Izuku’s hero journals, so at least they don’t know Bakugo was serious.

Inko has said nothing and Izuku is thinking he’s gonna get in trouble. “I can’t believe it.” Here it was, Izuku flinched a bit at how harsh her words sounded.

“I can’t believe… My son finally has his first crush and you didn’t ask me for HELP!!” Inko still sounded harsh but that just flew over Izuku’s head.

“What?”

Inko slammed the adorable picture of Shouto on the table. “Why didn’t you ask me for help, Izuku….. You know I did the same thing with your father.”

Izuku’s mind was going for a loop. His mother also followed and made sure dad was safe before they were together. “S-so… You're not mad or disgusted at…. Me?” Izuku slowly looked up to see his mother staring at him with concern.

“Honey… Why did you think I was going to get upset at you?” Izuku looks away from his mom, not wanting to see her worry.

“Izuku, baby…. I want to know why you thought having a crush on someone was either bad or something I would be upset with you about.” His mom was being extremely persistent. 

“I can’t hear what you're saying Izuku.” Izuku mumbled out his sentence once again. He really didn’t want to tell his mom this.

“Izuku I need to understand what you're saying so I can he-”   “It was Bakugo.”

.

.

.

.

“What?”

Izuku looked back up to see his mom who seemed to be frozen in place.

“It was Bakugo…. He saw my notebook that had my normal watching routine, to make sure Shouto was safe…. He called me a creep and a stalker.” Izuku crossed his arms and looked down to the floor. He knew his mom wouldn’t believe him or would say it was his fault because it was always Izuku’s fault.

Suddenly Izuku felt a hand on his shoulder. “No… oh no no no. Baby…. You're not a stalker or a creep.” Izuku looked to see his mom's face full of concern and love. He knew that his mom would hate him but… but she didn’t.

“Honey. What were you doing when you were watching your Shouto?” Izuku can see that she was not mad or disgusted by him and she said Shouto was his.

“Well…. When I watched him.. I-..i–i made sure that he was safe.. I st-stopped a mugging that was going to happen near him and I try to make sure that endeavor always gets home at least an hour late.” Izuku had some tears welling up his eyes and he quickly whipped them away.

Inko wrapped Izuku in a tight hug. “So the whole time you were watching over Your Shouto was to make sure he was safe and safe and sound…. It sounds like to me you are a guardian angel instead of a stalker or creep. You aren't even near those terms you want to know why?”

Izuku sniffed a little bit and rubbed his eyes more. “W-why?”

Inko stopped talking for a bit then put a finger to her chin. “Well… if you are a creep and a stalker then that means I am one too…. Izuku, I said that I did the same thing to your father… and unfortunately Mitsuki said the same thing about me when we were young.”

Izuku rubbed his eyes a bit more. “Au- Auntie did the same thing to you… what… with how Bakugo is treating me?... h-how could she do that! You two were best friends and d-did everything together!!”

Inko laughed a bit at that. “I know I know. You would never have guessed it right?”

Izuku collects himself so he can think more properly. “Y-you were known as the nicest person in town h-how could she be mean to you?”

Inko had a thoughtful look on her face. “Well Mitsuke said ‘I was taking it too far’ and ‘If you love him so much let him breathe a little bit’  ‘stop following his every move’  You know the normal. She even called me a stalker in front of your father once.”

Izuku gasped at this. Auntie said that… in front of his father… that could have ruined the whole relationship and the progress mom made in keeping him safe. “Yea I know. Unbelievable right?”

Inko had a fond smile spread wide across her face. “So if I can’t be a stalker then you can’t either. You are just keeping your Shouto safe so he doesn't get hurt. The world is a dangerous and awful place… us Midoriya’s are known for making sure their loved ones are always No matter what… safe and sound out of danger.”

Izuku looked down to the floor again in contemplation. Inko took notice of this. “What’s wrong sweetie.. Something else on your mind?”

A pout formed on Izuku’s face. A-... Am I a bad Midoriya because I… I can’t keep my Shouto safe from endeavor.”

Inko rushed to fix her baby’s thought process. “NONO…no.. You are a perfect Mirodiya through and through. You can’t get to your Shouto yet and have been keeping him as safe as you could. You have fallen in love with someone out of your reach but now that I know…. I will help you the best I can to make sure both of my little boys are safe.”

Izuku buried his face into his mothers shoulder. “Thank you so much mom.”

.

.

.

.

.

“Soooo… I am in second place now?”

“MMMMOOOOOOOMMMM!!!!” Inko snickers at her son's flushed face. Ooo to be young and in love, if only Hisashi stayed with them… then all her loved ones would be here right now. Safe and sound…. At least Inko still has her little Izuku.

Chapter Text

Izuku is 12 and about 3 months old and “TODAY IS AN AMAZING DAY!!!” He yelled out as he ran down his street. A couple people looked at him but otherwise ignored the crazy Quirkless boy. Izuku has a smile spread ear to ear on his face, he hasn’t felt this happy sense Shouto helped pick up his groceries after ‘accidentally’ bumping into him.

After telling his mom about the love Izuku felt towards his Shouto, she has helped him in any way she could. Izuku skipped past the police station near the train station. He bounces in place waiting for the train to come. Well back on the topic of his mom supporting him, she has gotten him some high tech stuff. One of the things she was able to get him is this microphone that can pick up a lot of quiet noises and the other is a camera so at one point he can watch his Shouto in his sleep. Today as the sun is slowly going down, Izuku is finally able to put in the Microphone to his amazing Shouto’s room. It’s a technological wonder with it being so small and easy to hide but still being able to pick all the sounds it does.

His mom has given all night to be able to put it into his room, Izuku has practiced lock picking and hacking for 2 years for this. He can feel the heavy bag on his back as he steps onto the train. There are not many people on the train right now with it being in between the time people get off work and the night shifts heading out. Izuku just can’t wait, in his bag is the microphone and all the wires for it plus a way to connect to it with his internet. Izuku has downloaded a whole set up so he can be all the way in his Shouto picture filled room to listen to him sleep at night.

Izuku happily hops off the train and walks out of the station. A huge smile is on his face as he takes a left, right, straight, right, right. Izuku looks into the alleyway between these two giant houses, the fire escape is down like always and they really need to fix that. It’s been years and no one has found out that Izuku practically lives up on their ruff. They probably think no one is ballsy enough to go up there, whelp their lose.

He quickly climbs up the fire escape, which is really no longer needed with how well Izuku can just climb up random buildings now. Without making noise Izuku quickly gets over to his spot and uncovers all his stuff. He softly smiles as he sets up his little tent and makes sure nothing was messed with. A little sigh leaves Izuku's lips as he remembers how awful this spot was at the beginning. It’s come so far and now it’s almost as comfy as his room. Izuku gets into his tent and is greeted by the hundreds of pictures of Shouto Todoroki, Izuku smiles brightly at all the pictures. 

“Good evening Shouto, I hope I didn’t miss anything that happened up here.” He gets into the tent and starts to check over all his equipment for tonight. A laptop so he can get past the electronic locks, lock picking set, a marble he paid thousands of Yen for (It makes noise stop in an area for exactly 35 minutes). A gentle smile lays on Izuku’s face.

He looks at the biggest picture of Shouto. “Just wait my amazing and talented baby.” Izuku lays his forehead against the picture. “It’ll be really soon, then I’ll be able to see you every night and soon after that. We can be together all we want.” While having his forehead on the picture a twisted smile slowly spreads inhumanly across Izuku’s face. His eyes stare into the picture eyes of Shouto and they hold something akin to worship and adoration.

Izuku lets out a quite trembled breath as he backs away from the picture. “I’ll be able to get you out of there once we both are at UA, okay my ethereal darling.” Izuku lightly pets the photo of Shouto’s rare genuine smiles. A yawn escaped his lips soon after Izuku’s declaration.

Izuku rubs his eyes as he sits back into his sleeping bag. “After I take a nap I’ll go to you Shouto, so I can set up our link. We are going to be so much closer soon.” An unhinged smile settles on Izuku’s face as sleep takes him.

—--------

After taking a 5 hour nap, Izuku is up and ready to hack into the number 2 hero's house. It shouldn’t be that hard and then after he is done Izuku can put his present to Shouto on his desk. The last time he gave him a gift (It was that one bracelet from that picture in the last Chapter) he thought it was from his sister or something, but soon realized it wasn’t, BUT STILL KEPT IT LIKE THE BEAUTIFUL HUMAN HE IS!!! This time it was a handcrafted necklace that Izuku made of T-12 rope (it’s for rescue rope boasts and has a very high breaking force and this black) and also NYTech (A Special 3-strand rope for firefighters and hot environments. It has two metal beads on it that are also temperature resistant.  They were both made from this support company called Teufelberger so now Shouto can wear my present all the time and not worry about it burning away.

THE PRESENT 

Izuku picked up the necklace and gently put it into the plain box he got for it. It's just a normal small black box but he also has a note with it. The note says

“Hi I know. I’ve been…. Surprise you have a secret admirer. I know it’s shocking and you might be a little scared and wondering how I got this in your room but don't be worried. I couldn’t get into your room. I asked a friend that has a quirk that can move Items to a place they can see…..That probably just made you even more worried but I don't watch you I only used it to deliver this gift. I know that seems a little worrying but it was only capable with the help of binoculars… I know I’m not making this any better for myself but trust me I don't watch you. I just really like you and I hope that we can hang out….. I know endeavor probably wont ever allow that so we just have to wait till we are in the same school. Which will happen in 2 years. Okay, plenty of time to get to know each other. 

I hope you like the gift I made for you and it's all temperature resistance and it won't break easily. Here is my phone number *** *** **** and and if you don't have a phone you can send a letter to this address ********* ***

I really hope I didn’t scare you and if you don't want to talk to me or if you want me to leave me alone just ask and I will.

Xoxo 

Your secret admirer”

Most of what was said in the note was a lie and like Izuku knows it’s bad to lie but it needs to be done. That is why his mom is giving him the whole night to work on putting up the mic and also moving his location to his home and then Izuku will wait 3 months till he sets back up here after scouting it out. He needs to make sure the police won't get involved, mom said they are annoying to deal with. She had to deal with them a lot when she was younger, they always said she was disturbing the peace or something.

Izuku also doesn't know how well Shouto will take the information. Will he be happy, scared, mad, Izuku doesn't know. Don’t get him wrong, Izuku knows his beautiful Shouto like the back of his hand but you just never know with these situations. He should really be going now though.

Izuku takes the bag filled with all the things he needs and exits his tent. Stretching a bit because no matter what he does, sleeping on concrete is still like sleeping on concrete. He heads off to the fire escape and climbs down. Adjusting his bag once on solid ground again, Izuku starts walking to the Todoroki estate.  He goes to the side of the outskirt wall, where he knows there is a secret back door just in case of paparazzi, and starts to mess with the electronic lock. 

He opens it and sees all the wire and different things for it but just quickly plugs in his laptop and starts coding. It seems like it takes fingerprints which is great. Izuku has studied multiple locks but this one is really the easiest for him to break. If it was DNA based that would be annoying and a code lock wouldn’t even need to be broken because it would most likely be someone's birthday or something. He could also just look into the system to see what the code is.

After a little messing around Izuku takes his hand and puts his thumb against it. It lit up blue then after flashing a bit it went green, perfect. He checks to see if the other print centers are there and if not he couldn’t get them back, then people would know someone messed with this door. Izuku quickly scans his code and can see that the old prints are still there, just now it has his as well. Pumping his fist a couple of times then getting up he puts the lock back together.

That was extremely easy…. It must be Endeavors pride or something, no one would really sneak into the number 2’s house, would they. They must have never thought this would happen and now Izuku can just come and go whenever he wants. After collecting his things into his bag it hits him….. He can come. And go….. When EVER he wants….. Heheh. 

Izuku’s breathing starts to pick up and he covers his mouth. He starts trembling and his breath hitches in his throat a bit. Izuku starts making audible noises but quickly shuts himself out, biting down on his hand. He bits down hard and draws some blood….. Leaving… going… I can come over… I can be over anytime I want… I just need to hide when….. Shouto is so close… my shouto…. My Shouto.. My Shouto. MyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshoutoMyshouto!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! AAAAHHHH it’s ecstasy!!! 

Izuku takes a trembling breath in…out.. Calm down. He takes a moment more to collect his breathing. He can’t stop here, if he does then he cant listen to Shouto sleep…That would be a shame. Izuku takes notice of the fact he dropped his bag, he hurriedly picks it up and checks to see if everything still works or to see if anything is visibly damaged. A visible frown goes on his face as he sees the black box was slightly scuffed up…. He might just think that's the cause of the quirk.. Yea yea it's just a drawback of the quirk or maybe he might not notice it at all.

Izuku puts his backpack back on his back and puts his thumb on the lock, if it flashes blue then after a few seconds flashes green and a quiet click is heard. A smile creeps up Izuku’s face as he opens the door and slowly closes it behind him. He takes in the backyard and starts looking for cameras… hu?.... All of them are pointed outwards, not inside… Ah! It must be because Endeavor doesn't want there to be photo evidence or something. That’s fine for Izuku, it makes it easier but tough for Endeavor because he already has many pictures of him hurting his darling Shouto. How could someone hurt someone else that is so angelic and perfect and and and….......... Izuku will make him pay.

Shaking his head a bit to help get his thoughts back on task, he sneaks across the grass to the left. Izuku kept his noise down as much as he could, he could only hear the slight shuffling of grass and someone could mistake that sound for an animal. Some pride flows through Izuku for how well he is sneaking and staying quiet right now.

He slowly passes both of Shouto’s siblings room and also Toya’s empty room, they didn’t want to mess with it after what Endeavor did to him. Shouto should be close by after Toya’s room, it would be exactly 6 rooms down…it’s 3 rooms away from Endeavor, closes one to his as well. 1…2…3..4..5..6 and… there is Shouto’s room. The seventh is Shouto’s and it looks so amazing up close. Izuku slowly gets up to his window and stands up to look in….. There he is. My heavenly Shouto. 

A love sick smile inches across his face the longer he stares at him. Izuku blinks a couple of times and shakes his head to focus more. This is important, focus Izuku… Focus. He quietly slides open Shouto’s window and slips inside. He looks around the room for the second time in his life….aaawww it’s as organized as he remembers it. Izuku quickly looks around and has to pull his eyes from the sleeping form of Shouto multiple times. After surveying the room, Izuku decides to hide the mic right where he sleeps. He’d have to do it on the ceiling so Shouto can’t tell that the floor feels different in one spot.

Izuku pulls out the silence marble and crushes it in his hand and then the world cuts out. His eyes widen at the sudden loss of noise but he quickly composes himself and starts to set up what he needs. He pulls out a folding step stool, the mic, connector box that will help connect to Izuku’s phone and laptop or whatever device he wants. He quickly pulls out something to cut the ceiling so the mic can sit up there. 

Izuku steps on to the folding step stool and starts to get to work on the ceiling. He cuts open a hole and quickly grabs the mic and sets it up, then grabbing the connector box he rigs it up to the mic. After messing with it a bit he thinks he has it right so he rushes to take out his phone and sees 17 minutes have passed already. He hurries to set up the connection, it says that it’s connected and getting noise but of course nothing can be heard. He checks a few more things then decides that it’s good. Izuku puts his phone away then gets out a thin piece of fabric that can still let noise through it. He quickly attaches it to the ceiling and covers the hole and starts making it look like the normal ceiling. 

He’s not an artist but he’s trying his best, he’s got the color right now just to make it look more wood like. Izuku then starts to make it look a little bit more glossy like the rest of the wood. After taking 11 minutes to get it done, Izuku gets off his stool and looks at his work. He nods to himself satisfied with his work. A bright smile manages to make it’s way on to his face as he jumps up and down a couple times, he then stops remembering that the marble doesn't stop the vibrations from his movements. He slowly looks over to Shouto to see him still peacefully sleeping, good. 

Izuku packs up all his things and makes sure nothing is left behind for Shouto to find, it suddenly hits him that he needs to put out Shouto’s present. He shakes his head at how much he was rushing this. He checks the time and sees that he has about 8 minutes left. Izuku takes out the black present box on Shouto’s desk, a soft smile appears on Izuku’s face as he places the present down. He cocks his head to the side then moves the present onto its side so it doesn't look like it's placed there, makes it look more natural.

He nods his head after knowing he is completely done with what he needs to do. Izuku has 3 minutes to spare but he doesn't want to be here when the noise comes back because it will make chills go up your spine every time and can wake people up. Even if he wants to stay he can’t, so he exits out of the window and looks over to the desk one more time to see the present there and the note is inside the box. 

Izuku quickly makes his way across the yard and breakneck speeds as quietly as he could. He doesn't need Shouto waking up and seeing him if he looks out his window. He makes it to the door in about 3 minutes so Shouto should be waking up soon. Izuku opens the door and closes it as physically quiet as he could make it. 

After finally being in the clear outside of the endeavor estate, Izuku jumps up and down and does a cartwheel real quick. He does a little victory dance then starts to go back to his roof so he can clean it up. Izuku calmly makes his way back to the alleyway and goes to the fire escape to climb up. He goes to his spot and calmly starts to put all his things in his bag. Izuku neatly puts in the photos, drawings and notes, he takes and rolls up the sleeping bag, lastly he takes down his tent and holds onto its handles. 

Izuku proudly looks at how normal his spot looks now. It’s so clean but you can tell something was covering this spot so let's hope that no one will notice. He goes down the fire escape and starts to head to the train station at, lets see what time it is. The time on Izuku’s phone reads 4:12 am and wow it’s really late, he should head home now. He needs to be home by at least 7am because that’s when Shouto usually wakes up.

Izuku gets on the basically empty train cart and waits for his stop. Some people look at him because well, it’s weird seeing a kid with a tent and full backpack. They must think he’s homeless or something, oh well. When it comes to his stop, Izuku gets up and heads out of the train. While walking out of the station Izuku feels like someone is following him. It’s a bit of a weird feeling because Izuku is used to feeling ill will from the people following him but it doesn't feel bad. 

Izuku decides to test if he is being followed or if someone is just heading home by taking a right, left, then left again, this will lead them back to the same road he was on. The whole time taking these turns he can still feel someone following him. Izuku looks around a bit before turning right to go back in the direction he was in originally. After getting half way home Izuku quickly turns around ready to attack whoever is behind him and he sees no one but he still feels them somewhere. He keeps his eyes steady on the road but he still sees no movement from someone or something. Izuku shakes his head and continues to go back home. 

Izuku makes it home without trouble but he still feels like someone is watching him. He goes to his door in the apartment complex and unlocks his door, he turns around again to try and see if anyone is following him one more time. This time he carefully scans over the roofs and he thinks he can see an outline of someone. It sends chills up his back and it pisses him off. Someone is following him when he is obviously for Shouto and Shouto only. A scowl rolls over Izuku’s expression as he stares daggers at the spot he knows that the person is at, he thinks he can see them shift a bit. After starting a bit he gives them the middle finger and goes into his house.

He kinda stomps into his room and throws his things to the ground. He then flops onto his bed grumbling about the person that was following him….. Fucking bastard following me when I'm for Shouto. Only shouto can follow me. If i found out who that fuck was imma….. Izuku sets an alarm for 6:40 and turns on his Shouto mic. His Shouto mic…. His Shouto.. Hehehe…. Shouto. Izuku puts on headphones and can hear Shouto silently sleeping, he can hear his light breathing and some movement and shifting of blankets….oh Izuku never knew Shouto moved a lot in sleep….. Maybe he needs help with sleep. He really hopes Shouto gets enough sleep. 

Izuku falls asleep peacefully for once in years listening to His Shouto sleeping calmly. This day can’t get any better…. Wait, he still needs to hear what Shouto thinks of his present… Nodding off to sleep, Izuku has a pleasant thought of how much Shouto will love his present. 

Chapter Text

Aizawa was coming home from a shift after getting involved with a big gang. He basically arrested the whole gang but missed a few and now they will probably have a grudge against him. They will probably try to take revenge at one point and that will help arrest them instead of trying to find them again.

He was trying to relax when at one of the stops on the train a….kid comes on. What the fuck…. Aizawa makes it look like he’s not paying attention to the kid but he is trying to see what he looks like. He has on basically all black and navy blue, with a cap with ‘no ‘ written on it, he thinks he sees… green hair? Sticking out or the hat and hood. The kid is carrying a full book bag on his back, it looks like it’s absolutely stuffed to the brim. Green kid also has what to seems to be… a fucking tent? The young kid has a TENT…. Wtf.

Aizawa can understand seeing this in maybe the worse parts of town but this is a pretty good part. He usually never sees the homeless and if this kid is homeless he needs to help. Aizawa casually watches the kid and waits for whenever he might leave. When the train finally stops one stop from his normal stop the kid walks off. Aizawa silently walked off and saw the green kid walking up the stairs to the street, he soundlessly followed the kid. 

Aizawa follows the kid for a bit but notices that the kid just took a right then a left…. Now they just took another left. They are now on the same road as before and kids now walking a little bit slower. Aizawa tries to be as careful as possible and stays right by somewhere to hide. They were walking for a while then suddenly the kid whips around. Aizawa was extremely lucky to have fast reflexes and was right by a nice hiding spot. 

The kid is very perspective and that’s honestly impressive. For this kid to be able to hear Aizawa or can just feel that someone is following him. Of course showing that you know someone is following you is bad and the kid should have called someone to make the person hesitate and this would also get help faster. The kid has done an amazing job noticing him besides that. The green kid stares at the road for a bit too long and Aizawa just waits for him to turn back around to walk hopefully to a house or maybe apartment.

After the kid starts heading home and gets pretty far away is when Aizawa goes to follow him again. After following for a minute or two Aizawa decides to get on the ruffs so it’s harder to notice. It takes a little too long for Aizawa’s comforter for them to make it to the kids house…. Aizawa just realized he unintentionally stalked a kid but… but it’s fine because he really only wanted to know if the kid was safe and he looked ok. He will admit that he is being extremely creepy but Aizawa honestly only wants the kid safe and he’ll just go home after he sees the kid go inside….. He’s never telling Hizashi about this, he would never drop it. Hizashi would say that his protective dad mod turned on and would only turn off once he knows the kid is safe.

The kid walks up the stairs of an apartment complex, goes to a door, and Aizawa thinks he sees the kid unloc- The kid whips around again. The kid must be trying to see who’s following him again. The kid has potential and Aizawa can openly admit that. The kid seems to be scanning over the roofs now and he stops in Aizawa’s direction. The kid is just staring at him and he looks upset from this distance but Aizawa could be seeing it wrong. The green kid is just intensely staring at where Aizawa is but the kid shouldn’t be able to see him with how dark it is and how far away he is.

The kid staring at his direction is somewhat unnerving and makes Aizawa sift around a bit. He doesn't know how the kid is doing it but he’s slightly unsettling and it makes Aizawa… not he is not even going to say that in his mind. After the kid basically somehow, by a literary miracle from the god Neduz himself, made Aizawa unnerved. He flipped Aizawa off then walked into his apartment… wtf kid.. You just.. What? 

Aizawa can’t think right after seeing the green kid flip him off even if he could have been dangerous. Aizawa just rubs his eyes in irritation and in need of sleep. He knows where the kid lives now and if he sees the kid in more trouble Aizawa will help but he can’t do anything right now. Aizawa will just keep an eye out for the kid just in case.

Chapter Text

It’s been about a month since Izuku gave his Shouto the necklace and note, he has been waiting for something from him. It’s been getting progressively harder to keep himself away from Shouto’s house as he now has to go straight home after school. His mom has been a very comfortable support in the time telling Izuku that it’ll be ok and he’ll get to see his amazing Shouto soon. Everything has been making Izuku more and more irritated, he even snapped at some of the kids at school. Some of them even stated that ‘the stalker must have been rejected by someone’ which in of itself is an unbelievable insulte and absolute lie, that would never happen. Izuku has even almost snapped at his mom during this which he regrets but his mom said she understood because this was how she acted when Izuku’s father first went away. She said that Auntie was scared that his mom was going to run off to America to find Hisashi herself but after getting information on where he was 24-7 it seemed to calm her down.

It’s one of the angry days of no Shouto and Izuku is slowly getting more and more pissed off at everyone and everything. The teacher keeps calling on him to answer questions, thinking he won’t get them right (fuck him btw). Izuku still gets them right and it seems to make both sides increase in irritation and make them both stare daggers at each other. This is probably something you shouldn’t do as a student but he doesn't care right now. The bell finally fucking rings and everyone leaves the steadily increasing uncomfortable tension between the teacher and student. Izuku gets up slowly and packs up his stuff, he’s been trying to keep composed and not lash out at everyone and throw things around the room but it’s just getting so sososo hard to do that.

“Midoriya De-Izuku” He bits his lip trying to keep quiet at the sound of the teacher calling for him. The rest of the students that were left behind quickly leave the room to avoid the interaction.

Izuku picks up his decently heavy bag and turns to his teacher. “Yes…..Sensei.” This fucker doesn't deserve to hear Izuku speak his name. Izuku glares at his teacher with as much malice as he can make, which isn’t hard.

The dumb prick clears his throat a bit before speaking. “You need to go to the principal's office. The whole class period you have been straining my patience and have been trying to defy my authority in class.” With every word Izuku is having his anger stretch and extend like a balloon ready to pop. He just looks at the teacher with disgust and rage.

A nasty smirk crosses Izuku's features as he takes a step forward. “And what are you going to do if I don’t.” Every word is filled like a bottle of poison and this seems to catch the teacher off guard as they take a step back.

Anger spreads across this dumbasses face as he sneers at Izuku. “Then I can guess you will get suspended or even expelled.” Izuku can see the sick satisfaction on this guy's face at the thought of him getting expelled. Izuku wont give him that satisfaction if he could help it.

Izuku huffs and goes to walk out of the room, he looks over his shoulder as he’s about to exit the room. “I don’t want a note so call the principal or something saying I’m coming down. You can tell him yourself why I’m ot in my next class.” Without seeing the bastard's reaction Izuku leaves and heads to the office. 

As he’s going down the hall kids dumb into him and shove him a bit. Every touch is putting Izuku more over the edge of the cliff he’s on and he’s so close to jumping off willingly right now. Everything tips over as fucking fingers shoves him down the stairs he was walking by. Izuku sucks in a breath as he feels himself fall. He clearly feels every hit of the steps as he goes down. After he finally reaches the bottom, it really felt like the stairs were longer than what they were, Izuku looks up to hear nd see the fuck Fingers laughing his ass off.

And something finally snaps.

Izuku quickly gets up, opting to ignore the pain in his ankle and he quickly climbs the stairs toward his prey. Fingers doesn't seem to notice his advances until he’s right in front of him screaming in his face. “YOU MOTHERFUCKERS!!”

Izuku slams himself onto Fingers making him topple backwards. The fall caused Fingers to hit his head on the ground but Izuku is seeing nothing but red and he wants Fingers to leak it too. “COULDN’T YOU JUST LEAVE ME ALONE FOR ONE FUCKING DAY YOU FUCKING HALF ABORTED FETUSE!!!” Izuku sink his fingers deep into the fuckers arms until he sees blood. He can’t go all out or else he will probably be expelled but he wan- no he Needs to see him bleed right now.

He can hear Fingers let out a hiss of pain and feels him thrashing underneath him. Izuku could care fucking less but someone quickly pulls him off and by quickly I mean they are struggling for a good minute or two as Izuku finds a new spot to dig his fingers into. As Izuku is being pulled off Fingers he’s yelling at top volume . “YOU THINK YOU CAN JUST PUSH ME DOWN THE STAIRS HU?!?!?! WHEN I GET LOOSE I’LL SHOW YOU!!!”

Izuku is thrashing violently and trying to get to the person holding but he can’t quite reach. After this Izuku is working on his flexibility so he can easily reach opponents. “CALM THE FUCK DOWN NERD!!” Nothing the person is processing in Izuku’s head, the only thing on his mind is hurting the one that could have taken him away from his Shouto too soon.

He can hear them yelling at him to calm down but nothing is working unile he hears it. “DOE CRIST SAKE IZU CALM THE FUCK DOWN!!!” This nocks Izuku back into reality as he tries to now see who the fuck called him that. They are still tightly holding him but Izuku only knew one person that called him that.

After he stops thrashing more Izuku can finally see Bakugo holding his arms so he couldn’t hurt that Finger fuck. Izuku’s face twisted in confusion and more irritation. “You're the one that stopped me Katsuki?” He didn’t mean to slip his first name out of his mouth but he did. This seemed to shock Bakugo because Izuku still put up the fake innocent ‘oh look it’s Kacchan’ act. This seemed to shock him enough that Izuku could finally wiggle his way out.

He rubs his wrist a bit by how hard Bakugo was holding them. Bakugo shakes off his shock as he stares at him with confusion. “Iz-Deku what the fuck was with THAT.” Izuku gives him an irritated and exasperated look as he just walks past him to get his bag on the stairs. 

“Deku don’t just ignore me!” He looks up to see Bakugo upset but mostly confused by what he saw Izuku do. A quite cold chuckle leaves Izuku’s throat that seems only Bakugo was able to hear as he gives his a more confused but slightly scared look.

“That FUCK pushed me down that stairs and laughed his ass off about it. So I showed him why he shouldn’t do that.” Izuku turns around and heads to the first floor because the office was conveniently there and out of the way from Bakugo.

“Where THE FUCK are you going Deku!!” Izuku just gave Bakugo a side glance and he continued down the stairs. A dark smile was on his face as he saw him at the top of the stairs. “I had to go to the principal anyway and now I definitely have to go there.”

Izuku ignored whatever else he had to say and made his way to the office. After Izuku finally made his way to the principal office Izuku sat right across from the ignorant man. “Now I was told you were going back in class today and being disrespectful and then I also heard a commotion upstairs as well.”

Izuku just rolled his eyes as he just gave the principal one of his innocent looks. “The teacher kept calling on me for every question. All I did was answer them the best I could a-and.” He looks down at the ground faking insecurity. “T-the noise you he-eard upstairs was a-a kid shoved me do-own the stairs.” He slowly looks up and sees the principal's face pinched together, it seemed no one was able to tell him what happened yet, that’s good.

“Why did they shove you? Was it crowded and were you hurt at all?” Izuku celebrates inside as he knows the principal is a good person, he’s just ignorant to what happens in his school and believes in the first story he was told more then the second and that could really work well for him right now.

Izuku sniffed a bit and rubbed at his eyes. He slightly looked at the principal and spoke quietly as if he was scared to tell him what happened. “I-i hurt my ankle when I fell b-but I just g-ot so *sniff* so angry a-at them. The per-rson that shoved me do-osen’t like me at a-all. I tac-kled him to the ground i-in anger. BUT but i r-regret it.” Izuku sniffed a bit more as he rubbed the fack tear off his face.

“I scratc-chted him up a bit but i Swear… I regret what I did I w-was rash and m-made a decision in a-anger.” Izuku tried his best to make his face as hopeless looking as possible and tried to get more tears rolling out of his eyes.

The principal rubs his forehead a bit and takes off his glasses. He let out a sigh as he put them back on. “I am so sorry that happened to you Midoirya.” He stood up and Izuku flinched a bit to try and cement that he was scared and hurt little weak quirkless kid.

He looked at Izuku with concern and pity. “I’ll call your mother to come put you up and make sure the nurse will look at you. I’ll also recommend your mom to take you to get a look at it, we wouldn't want a sprain or a break on us.” The principal said softly to Izuku as he walked to his door. “You can relax here while I call for both of them okay?”

Izuku sniffed a bit more and curled in on himself trying to still look small and hurt even if his ankle didn’t hurt that back, he’s had worse. “R-really?”

A soft smile graced the principal's face as he said his next word. “Yes and you could leave to go home early sense you had such an…..  Experience today. I’m guessing you’ll be too tired to continue school.” Izuku tried to show just a little hope so he could feel like he did something right.

A wobbly smile spread on Izuku’s face. “T-thank you, Principle.” He nodded at him before he left Izuku alone in his office. After he knew the coast was clear Izuku dropped the act. He huffed a little before messing with his hair a bit. Now all he had to do was contain the natural disaster that was his mother when he got hurt.

鳥

Chapter Text

Katsuki was weirded out today in class. The nerd was being too….. quite. That wasn’t it though. The nerd was sitting there quietly yea but that wasn’t it at all…. It was… how can Katsuki put it…. Deku was mad. That’s it. Deku was angry at something or someone and he was trying to keep his anger from hurting others. Katsuki had anger issues and he knows that, it’s not likes he’s stupid and he also knows….. Izuku Midoriya has worse anger issues than him.

No one would guess it but Katsuki has been with the nerd for basically all his life and knows very well how angry Deku could become. He was sitting in class today only looking over at Deku when he got a chance but every time he looked…. The nerd seemed as if he was going to kill someone in the room. 

Deku wasn’t just ‘weak’ or ‘useless’, that’s what everyone calls him because that’s what he wants people to call him. Deku made sure everyone sees him as weak because when he is ignored or treated like he doesn't exist, that’s when he gets you. Katsuki calls the creepy nerd a stalker for a reason, he will analyze you in minutes or seconds. He’ll know weaknesses you have that you would have never known unless he told you. That isn’t the only reason Katsuki calls him a stalker though…. He is actually a stalker. Katsuki was able to read one of his notebooks and it was page after page after page, front and back just covered in crazy rambling about a Shouto person. Deku didn’t just name this Shouto guy either. In his mad scribbles you can read hundreds of times the word Mine, my, precise, angelic and other weird things before that guy's name. Katsuki didn’t know what to really do after finding that out, so he tried to warn everyone of this creepy villain stalker. How he was watching this one guy named Shouto and that Deku claimed him as…. Basically an item all the damned time.

No one believed him.

Of course people still used this as ammunition to mess with the nerd but that was basically what Deku wanted to begin with. Katsuki was the only one that truly knew and tried his hardest to yell or maybe punch the crazy out of his old best friend. Katsuki would never be his friend again but… he owned it, right? To try and make sure that he wouldn’t become a villain when all his life he wanted to become a hero. This sounds hypocritical coming from Katsuki but who else is going to see though this intelligent nerd that’s able to manipulate people whenever he wants and they would never be the wiser.

Katsuki got too far from the original topic so back to the day at hand. He was actually going to give the nerd space today, to work though his anger or to calm down more. Something, anything to keep Izuku from going on a rampage, punching anyone that was ticking him off today. Katsuki got up after the bell rang but the problem was that he noticed the teacher keeping Deku back longer. He was biting the inside of his cheek as he walked the halls.

 Katsuki despite his demeanor was very punctual and arrived to class earliest out of everyone. Today though he would purposefully be late if it meant keeping the nerd from most likely killing one of the many extras in school. Katsuki walked around waiting for the nerd to get done with the talk the teacher wanted him for but he was too late.

He saw the exact moment Fingers thought it was a great idea, the best one in the fucking contrary, to push Izuku Midoriya down 1 flight of stairs. When Bakugo Katsuki watched that fingered fuck push Nerd Deku Izuku down the steps, he froze. He knows his emotions well enough that he froze in fear, not anger, not sadness, not out of surprise…. Fear. One thing was rolling though his mind while watching in slow mo. how Fingers smile was growing bigger and getting ready to laugh his ass off. He also watched before Deku left his vision, his face contorting in a vicious murderous way, he could see every line in the nerds body tensed as if read to shoot off like a bullet but he just falls. 

Then everything is moving normally again. Fingers laugh his ass off and everyone is just staring where Deku just was or they are looking down the stairs. Katsuki thought for a moment that maybe Fingers actually did something to the creepy nerd or that maybe the almost villain was just controlling his anger better than normal. Those thoughts quickly left his mind as it went into overdrive after seeing Izuku Midoriya fling himself up the stairs onto his aggressor and poor prey. 

Deku fell down with Fingers, making him hit his head, then began to practically dig into Fingers arms. The dumb idiot that he is just lays there yelling in pain but barley uses any strength to push Deku off of him. “YOU MOTHERFUCKERS!!” The screaming from fingers was basically being drowned out by the nerd now.

“COULDN’T YOU JUST LEAVE ME ALONE FOR ONE FUCKING DAY YOU FUCKING HALF ABORTED FETUSE!!!” After yelling more Katsuki can see some blood fall from the areas that Izuku are digging his fingers into. The look on the wild animals face doesn't seem satisfied with just that though. Fingers extra is thrashing more and trying harder to escape but he doesn't see how he’s in the locked jaws of a beast. After seeing Izuku trying to get another good grip of Fingers, Katsuki finally took action. He was the only one to run up to the both of them, everyone was still in shock but they wouldn’t have intervened anyway because it’s like the survival of the fittest in this shit school. Katsuki grabs Izuku and tries to pull him off but he was lucky that he tried when Izuku was getting a new grip. If he did it when Izuku was still locked onto his spot he wouldn’t have been able to get him even close to letting go. He pulls Izuku with all his might and the nerd is thrashing around like a fish out of water. "YOU THINK YOU CAN JUST PUSH ME DOWN THE STAIRS HU?!?!?! WHEN I GET LOOSE I’LL SHOW YOU!!!”

Katsuki can feel Izuku getting out of his hold but Katsuki holds on as tight as he can. He can see Izuku trying to see who has a hold of him but he can’t stretch his body like that, thank god. “CALM THE FUCK DOWN NERD!!” Katsuki yells louder than him, he has always been one of the few that could. “NERD DO YOU HEAR ME!!” He's trying his best to keep him away from the now sniffling boy on the ground, slightly bleeding. “YOU DUMBASS NERD SNAP OUT OF IT!!!!” Katsuki is struggling more and more as time goes on and Izuku seems as if he isn’t even breaking a sweat. Just what has the nerd been doing in his free time to get this strong and have THIS much stamina. 

Nothing is working on getting through to him and Katsuki is feeling useless and helpless with how much he can’t even stop his old friend. He starts to think of when things were easier, when Izu was just as much of a spit fire as Katsuki but knew when to show it, when they would mess with each other and had scrap fights here and there, When it was just Kacchan and Izu against to word and they could both calm each other down at the drop of a hat, when people never got why they stayed by one another but they where always with the other just in case they when into a rage….. When everything was right but so much fucking chaos. “JESUS CRIST SAKE IZU CALM THE FUCK DOWN!!!” Somehow Katsuki can now see clear thoughts through Izuku’s rage…. So yelling his old nickname still helps him calm down. That's good to know. 

Izuku is still trying to see who’s got a hold of him but isn’t that flexible. He slowly stops thrashing around and now Katsuki can see Izuku’s face again, full of confusion and irritation. “You're the one that stopped me Katsuki?” It seems they switched for a bit, Izuku calling him Katsuki but he called him by his old nickname Izu. He blinks a couple times at the fact of not being called Kacchan but Izuku just looks annoyed. They really did switch attitudes today didn’t they. In his daze, Izuku gets out of his hold and rubs his wrist. That makes sense with how hard Katsuki was holding them.

Katsuki shakes himself out of that weird daze and looks to Deku with confusion. “Iz-Deku what the fuck was with THAT.” The nerd just gives Katsuki an irritated and exasperated look as he just walks past him to get to his bag on the stairs. He whips around to see Deku with his bag and whips off a bit of dust. “Deku don’t just ignore me!”........ WHAT THE FUCK WAS THIS THAT OUTBURST?!?!....  Izuku Midoriya has anger issues YES but he has always been able to keep himself in check better then Katsuki himself but he can guess after holding all that rage for so long, it would blow up at one point. Katsuki feels shivers go up his back as Izuku lets out a low cold and heartless chuckle. It was like every ‘ha’ he made was a nail in his personal coffin. He gulps but doesn't dare tear his eyes away from the still raging wild animal.

“That FUCK pushed me down the stairs and laughed his ass off about it. So I showed him why he shouldn’t do that.” Katsuki can see that simple thinking as the only way Izuku really lets out his rage. When he’s angry it’s ether cold and calculated or wild and murderous. Deku then turns around acting like he just didn’t try to tear someone’s arm off their body. “Where THE FUCK are you going Deku!!” Izuku Midoriya only gave him a side glance as he continued his way down stairs. A vicious smile cracked across that wild creature's face as he descended the stairs. “I had to go to the principal anyway and now I definitely have to go there.”

After Izuku Midoriya finally left Katsuki’s field of vision and he knew that thing was out of his hearing range, he let out a breath he didn’t even notice he was holding. Katsuki quickly takes in gulps of air ignoring the murmurs of the other extras nearby. He hasn’t seen Izuku like that in years and it was….. Jarring to say the least. After Katsuki gets his breathing in control he looks back to that fingers extra and sees him still shaking. He can’t tell if it’s from fear or something else. 

Katsuki doesn't have time for this, he has one more class to get to then go home away from this Fuck fest called school. He walks by Fingers and pulls him by his collar with him, he’s passing the nurse on his way to his class so…. Might as well, right. This will at least get his terrified ass to stop blocking the hallway. Katsuki lets go of Fingers when they made it to the door to the nurse and continues walking to class. When he got there it was 1 minute until he was counted as late, even if the teachers wouldn’t even mark him late, it ticked him off… no no. Katsuki should control his anger better today, he’s pretty sure no one wants to deal with two of whatever crawled up Deku’s ass right now.

After finally finishing school, Katsuki went home. Nothing really eventful happened on his walk back, extras that always follow him around made their normal comments, they spit off like always finally letting the quiet take over. He was able to think about what happened with Deku today. How everything just got worse and worse and then he finally acted like his real self at the end but no one saw it or acknowledged it. All of the other extras didn’t see it and he couldn’t warn them about the monster hiding as a weak quirkless kid. This was normal as well though, Deku would randomly go back to being Izuku Midoriya and no one would notice or ignore it saying ‘it’s just a weak Deku’  ‘He could never amount to anything’  ‘You're just being paranoid Bakugo’  ‘hahaha nice joke bro’. They always disregarded it but today…. Katsuki has to tell someone. Someone needs to be prepared for Izuku Midoriya and if they don't then, Katsuki can just tell them ‘told ya so’.

He slammed the door to his house open and walked in. “STOP SLAMMING DOOR KATSUKI OR I SWEAR!!!” His mom shouted and he kinda closed the door softly but it was still technically a slam. “THAT WAS SOFTER BRAT BUT YOU STILL SLAMMED THE SHIT!!!”

Katsuki just sighs and doesn't respond because he was still trying to think about who or how he should tell someone about Izuku Midoriya. No one would believe him but maybe. He quickly went up to his room without yelling back to the old hag. This will definitely make her come to his room because he's acting weird. It’s easier than trying to get her here himself. He starts taking off his school stuff and putting on laze around clothes, which he might as well be comfy when he breaks the news about Izuku to his mom. Katsuki knew she still saw the boy as a second son or a nephew or whatever shit she thought.

He sat on his bed waiting for his mom to walk into his room or knock because it was weirdly quiet, she’s probably trying to slowly go up the stairs to try and hear what he’s doing in his room. unlucky for her though, Katsuki wasn’t making any noise and was just sitting, waiting on his bed. After a little bit he heard a quiet knock. “Katsuki…. Are you in there?”  

He rolled his eyes at the question. “Where else would I be hag?” He heard a huff from the other side and then the door slowly opened. The hag obviously looked nervous and a little worried.

Her expression changed when she saw how Katsuki was just sitting on his bed with an unimpressed look like she just came home late and he was her father. “You brat! I thought something seriously bad happened.” She huffed but his expression didn’t change.

“Something did happen and you need to know. It’s about the nerd and how he’s acting, you know your ‘nephew’.” Katsuki physically did air quotes for that word and as soon as it left his mouth her face changed. 

“What? What is it?! Is he okay? Did something happen?!” The old hag was getting a little closer to him in a slight panic, she usually likes to be close to people when she's nervous but so does Katsuki so that helps. “I’m talking about how he acts, you old hag. Not if he got in trouble or some shit.” Katsuki tries to ignore the consuming feeling about how Izuku was heading to the principal's office, not Deku.

The hag looked as though horror crossed her face for a second but he could just be imagining that. “What did he do, Katsuki?” Now that took him by surprise, why did the hag automatically think Izuku did something and not try to defend him. Usually she would but she just looks so… off right now. 

Katsuki gulped as he tried to get ready for the yelling match he mom and him were about to get in. She would surely try to defend the nerd once he ‘accused’ him of hurting another classmate. “Today someone pushed him down the stairs but that’s not what I’m trying to focus on. He then attacked The Finger extra for pushing him down. He dug his fingers into his arm and made him bleed a lot…. If I didn't stop him I’m pretty sure Izuku was going to do something worse to him.” The hag was about to speak but he cut her off.

“No! Don’t go defending him because that’s not all. I saw one of his notebooks and..i-it… mom… he had a notebook front to back raving over this guy. His n-name was scrawled on every page and there were paragraphs about how he was his and now angelic this… Shouto person was…. Mom… one page says he loves watching him sleep.” After finally saying out loud after years of keeping it in, Katsuki lets out a breath. He finally told someone, even if she would never believe him, he finally did it. 

It got quiet in the room and the only noise was both of their breathing and it worried Katsuki to be honest. His mom would believe.. No, no she wouldn’t. She loved the nerd too much. She’ll say he’s lying and to stop picking on Izuku but he would never in a million years mess with Izuku, he will only ever mess with Deku…. not Izuku Midoriya.

“Oh no..” Katsuki snapped his head over to his mom as he saw her looking at the ground with…. Pain… anger?..uummmm frustration in her eyes. She whispered that and he knows for a fact she didn’t want him to hear that with how she looked at him. “I-i thou-ough…. Maybe he wouldn’t…. No… Izuku’s exactly like Her.”

He saw his mother crumble to the ground as she hugs herself with horror and fear spread across her face. What was this reaction! Why was she acting like this!! WHAT IS GOING ON!?!?! Katsuki quickly made his way to his mother as her breath hitches in her throat. “What do you MEAN like HER…. WHO IS HER WHAT IS GOING ON.” Katsuki said in a demanding voice because what else is he supposed to do. He’s never seen his mom act like this.

The words she spoke are quiet and shot through his heart like a knife. “Inko” Katsuki just stops moving and breathing all together. 

“He’s acting exactly like Inko was with her ‘husband’....if you can even call him that… he was more akin to a victim that fled to America because no one believed him but me.” His mom just stares at the floor and doesn't look at him. What does she mean? What’s going on?

“He found his ‘love’ and now nothing will stop him from getting him. No matter what they do or who they are, just like Inko, people will disappear if they intervene. The only reason I stayed in contact with that woman was because I was worried for Hasashi and then for how she would treat Izuku but now… now I can just see she was raising someone to act exactly like her.” He saw his mom gripping her hair in a panic. “I knew I should have gotten him out of that god awful apartment when I could but now.” Tears ran down her face as everything Katsuki knew crumbled around him. “Now I lost my nephew to that monster.”

Katsuki’s mind race as his mom just called Auntie Inko a monster… just like he did with Izuku Midoriya…. Now… what… Why? Everything was moving so...so slowly... but Katsuki can bit by bit start to understand. The Midoriya family… Are nothing but Monsters hiding in plain sight. Katsuki started to feel sick.

He’s finally decided…. He’s going to finally message his ‘secret admirer’.

Chapter Text

Shouto sat at his desk in his room, right now his Father was out on a patrol and Fuyumi is out doing her teaching job still and lastly Natsuo is technically not living here any more (he’s living in college dorms). This would be the perfect time to text that number…. This was a really bad idea. He knew this was a bad idea. Endeavor was his parent, he should have just handed the note to him or even given it to Fuyumi. Shouto has read the note over 5 times now but nothing seemed intentionally bad about it. He could tell whoever wrote it was either in a rush or was filled with anxiety.

No one could get into the Todoroki estate so he knew for a fact it was just someone’s quirk that was used to transport the gift, it was even a little dinged up on his desk when he first saw it. That was probably one of the drawbacks of their quirk. Shouto thought how that would be a really good quirk for a mail man or maybe someone that delivered things for hero’s. Maybe his admirer hired a mailman to deliver it and if so they were just doing their job and shouldn’t get in trouble for that.

Shouto hasn’t even put on the necklace yet. Don’t get him wrong, it looked like it was made with care and that made him a little happy. Someone would go out of their way to make this for him when even his sister would avoid him sometimes because he reminded her of Endeavor. His Father would only give him things he thought would help him be a better hero and Natsuo was just nice normally. Should he really tell any of them, was it really necessary? 

He picked up the necklace and inspected it for the 100th time that week. Is it really okay to wear around the house or anywhere in general. Shouto hasn’t tested if it was resistant to heat but it did amazing in the cold. He looked around his room as if someone was going to barge in at any moment and slowly put on the necklace. Shouto felt a little weight with it being on now but it was a pleasant weight. He looked back at the note and realized if he told someone about this person they would definitely take away this gift. It was made for him and care was put into it, it was one of the nicest things someone did for him in a little while. 

He steeled himself as he added a new contact into his phone labeled YinYan. The mystery person that gave him the gift made it black and white so it just felt appropriate because it looked like a Yin Yang sign. He also added the address, his father never checks his phone ever. It was one of the only items he never touches and if Shouto was careful he can add a necklace to the never let Endeavor touch collection. He really likes the gift even if it was given to him by a stranger and a very suspicious one at that, he doesn't even know what they look like, sound like, act like, or if they were even a villain. They could also have been hired by his father to be friends with him and if that was the case there was no reason to tell anyone about the note. 

Shouto traces the shape of the necklace with a warm feeling filling his chest, someone took the time out of their day to give this to him. When he first saw it there he thought it was from his father or something like that but it wasn’t. The person seemed to care for Shouto a lot and wanted what was best but they definitely didn’t know about the training Endeavor did with him. If the person did know then that would mean they didn’t care as much as Shouto thought, or were too scared to do anything, or the train Endeavor did to him was normal. The thought of it being normal made chills go up his back. A scowl graced shouto’s face thinking how many more people could be hurt with Endeavors intense training. 

He shakes his head a bit. Shouto shouldn’t think about that, it was useless worrying about imaginary people. His hand wandered back to the necklace and began tracing it again, it’s weird that it gave him some kind of comfort already. If Shouto put it into perspective, this was one of the best gifts he got in a long time, it makes sense to have some attachment to it right. 

Shouto stretched in his seat a bit and let out a groan. He’s been sitting in this uncomfortable chair for a long time and it was probably time to get up and move around. Shouto grabbed the box and note, he kept the necklace on though. He walked over to where his hiding spot was. After all these years living in his awful estate, Shouto has made a pretty good hiding stop in his room for a small amount of items. He put the note back into the box then put the box in the secret spot in the wall. He really didn’t want anyone to find it. With the box was a little stuffed animal his mom got him when he was young, a paper crane made by Toya (it had some burn marks here and there but it was mostly okay), and lastly a photo of everyone in his family before he was born. You could still see the forced smiles on everyone in the picture but that looked just a little more happy then they are now. 

He covered the secret spot up again and stretched one more time, no one was home meaning no training. Relaxing days are nice but he still had to message someone. Shouto bit his lip when he looked over at his phone on his desk still. Should he really text them? Was it really okay to do? Everyone has told him about stranger danger but the most dangerous person he knows is the number 2 hero so how much worse could this random person be? 

He walked over tensely to get his phone from the desk and then proceeded to plop down on his bed. Today was supposed to be relaxing but now Shouto had to make a big decision. He thought about what other people he knew would do or how they would react to him texting a random number. A smile spread across his face as the thought of Endeavor finally finding out he was talking to YinYan for however long and never telling him. How angry he would be, his number one important ‘child’ talking to strangers?! How could you do this? What if they try to hurt your chances of becoming the number 1 hero? You don’t need silly distractions like friends or whatever, they are keeping you from being the number one hero?!

Shouto is happy at the thought of upsetting his father and if the person on the other end does something he doesn't like he’ll just block him. He looks at his phone with a determined look and opens a text chat with YinYan.

YinYan is a new contact. Start a conversation with them by saying hi.

He looked at what his phone was telling him and smiled that even his phone thought it was a good idea to text this person. Even if the phone had no mind it solidified what Shouto was about to do.

Coldman: Hello, My Father is an awful man and I like the necklace. It withstood the cold very well but I haven't tried fire yet. When I do training with him next is when we will see if it can withstand his flames. 

He put his phone down waiting for a response. They could be doing something right now or even taking a shower or sleeping for all he knows. Shouto looked over to his phone and saw something had changed.

-Read-

Oh…. they read it but didn’t respond…. Maybe they didn’t know it was him. Shouto is sure they don’t have his number and if someone randomly texted him that he wouldn't really know how to respond either. He picks up his phone again and begins to text.

Coldman: If you don’t know who this is. I am Shouto Todoroki. The one you gave the temperature resistance necklace too. I like the necklace and I think you did a good job on it. I know it took a long time for me to message you but I didn’t know how to proceed with the situation. You are a stranger but a nice one and I know my Father would hate me texting you so here I am. —Read

Coldman: Texting you. I’m doing it mostly to piss off my father but I also wanted to thank you for the gift you gave me. As I already said two other times, I really like it. It reminds me of Yin and Yang, which is close to your contact's name in my phone. It’s YinYan. —Read

Shouto frowns at his phone. He can see they are reading the text but they aren't responding at all. Do they still not know who he is or do they not want to talk…… Maybe they didn’t think Shouto would even reach out to them. That one was probably the most plausible though the other person had. He lays his phone by his head as he lays down and looks at the ceiling of his room. 

Shouto moves a bit to get more comfortable in his bed and puts both his hands under his head and just waits. He is a bit tired today and really wants to nod off and maybe he should. The person on the other end is most likely shocked and needs time to think and Shouto has a whole month to think, he can give them time. After laying down for 10 minutes Shouto is asleep with his phone’s sound on just in case they text him back.

Undenounced to Shouto, someone in their room almost a 45 minute train ride away from his location is hyperventilating. Izuku is laying on his bed after dealing with his mom but they stopped the conversation because he got a text from His Shouto. “Shouto…. Shouto….” In between every fast paced breath, praise and complaints are flying out of his mouth for his precise Shouto. “AAAAHhhhhhh~ Shouto….. My love…. My life…. My Universe…. MY WORLD~” 

A crazed smile laid uneven on his face as he smooshed his head against his Shouto covered wall. Izuku has the most blissed out face he has ever had in his whole life. “My…. Everything~.” He is slowly petting the different pictures of Shouto as he has the Shouto Mic on and listens to him sleeping calmly. Izuku knew his perfect, amazing, and wonderful Shouto was tired today because it was a relaxing day. One of the few he gets, so he restrained himself by not texting back. Izuku also knew if he texted him now…. He could ruin everything he has right now.

“UUGGGHHHhhaaaa~” Izuku bit his lip as he stared into the eyes of the few pictures of his angelic Shouto smiling. He finally caught his breath but they were trembling and still sparse. 

“J-just wait… My S-shouto…. We’ll be together so-oon… Forever.~” Izuku then hugged the custom made plush his mom got him. It was a smiling Shouto and he slept with it every night. It was to size and everything. He laid down and pretended he was beside the real Shouto. One day…. One day soon Izuku could do this with the real Shouto everyday whenever he wanted. Izuku wrapped his trembling arms around the angelic copy of Shouto and Tried to calm down again. 

Today started out so bad but it ended perfectly. Izuku’s breath hitch in his throat when he thinks of Shouto sleeping in HIS bed, where he would be all HIS and NO ONE ELSE’S!!! Light laughter fills the room as Izuku gently falls asleep to the beautiful sound of a sleeping Shouto.

Inko Midoriya is also sitting in her room and she quietly takes out a box from under her bed. It is filled to the brim with different cuts of hair, fingernail clippings, sweat and even saliva. All of it is neat and in order in their own containers or bags. She moves some of the bags of hair and pulls out a little radio. A wicked smile etched across Inko’s face as she turns it on. It’s been a month since the last time but Inko knew Hasashi would be awake right now and working in his room.

She switches the channels so it would go to Hisashi’s room. “-e need to make the thrusters stronger. This specific hero is high in muscle weight and the last one we made was for someone lightweight.” Inko grows into a euphoric state as she listens to her love, life, her everything. She knew he was happy and that made her happy…. A tear rolled down Inko’s cheek as she slowly slipped into bed. She puts the radio onto the doll copy of her life, her heart, her one will to live and breathe.

This doll had the real hair of her love so it always smelled of him but it also helps that Hisashi will occasionally send over shirts he wore a lot. That was okay, she knew he did it to keep her away more but it was perfect. He wanted this job and she would never want the thing that gives her life, her breath to be upset to the point of suicide again. The one time of seeing Hisashi on his death bed was enough for Inko to stand back and let him do what he wanted.

She caressed the face of the perfect copy of Hisashi and sadly smiled as she slowly fell asleep to Hisashi talking to one of his coworkers about a new project for a hero. The last thought that flooded Inko’s mind was hope. Hope for her son to find a better love than she did. Where both were forever happy. The forever happiness she wanted for herself and her world, her flame and heart beat. Inko wanted to give the world to her baby boy Izuku bit his world was a person… so she’ll  just help him where no one could for her. 

Shouto is sleeping peacefully. Izuku sleeps with dreams of the future. Inko slept with dreams of the past. Katsuki struggled to sleep with the nightmare of the future and horror of knowing what the Midoriya family truly is. Mitsuki stayed up all night with her husband, haunted with the memories of the past and the wish for a brighter future… She only hopes it is better, for her and everyone else’s sake. 

鳥

Chapter Text

Before the text.

Izuku was on his way home after getting to a doctor to look at this ankle, it’s just sprained but that’ll be annoying. His mom knew he was coming home a little bit early but had no idea why…. He’ll tell her when she gets off work which will be in 4 hours.

Izuku didn’t do much at his house before his mom got home. He just kinda laid around and listened to the Shouto mic, played with his Shouto doll, looked at all his Shouto pictures on his wall and said hi to each one individually. Recently he got a heat em up toys that can be warmed up in the microwave…… It also looks like Shouto. 

Inko came home to see her son sitting on the couch absolutely covered in Shouto merch she bought him. It brings a giant smile to her face as she walks in and starts taking off her work stuff. She was just milling around a bit until she locked onto it. Izuku… her precious baby boy…. Was. Hurt. His ankle is wrapped and looks a little swollen. The hair on her neck stands on end as adrenaline fills her veins.  

Inko calmly walks over to her amazing baby and sits right by him and he still seems to not notice her….. She needs to help with his situational awareness if anyone can just sneak up on him like this. “Izuku. Honey.” He whips his head around with a surprised look on his face. It makes Inko chuckle a bit but she keeps most of her laugh hidden.

“Oh mom, when did you come in?” She moves a piece of Izuku’s hair out of his face and cups his cheek a bit.

“Not that long ago baby but…. What. happened. With. you foot. I need names, ages, description, family name, don’t worry about relatives… They are easy enough to find.” The bright smile on her face fades a bit when she sees her son sink into the couch a bit. “Did they do anything else….. Give me the best description of them.”

Her wonderful sighs a bit and levels her with his ‘mom don’t you dare’ look and those looks always work on her. “Mom. It happened at school and I already dealt with the bitch. He probably needed to get stitches and the principal felt sorry for me so he let me come home early. “ Her Izuku looked happy about his accomplishments but this didn’t help the quiet hurricane in her gut. 

“Baby. My precious wonderful child that is my whole life. You did amazing at manipulating your principal when he thinks you're so ‘weak’ but. Who. Did. It.” Inko was going to be insistent and will get all the information she needs to kill this brat that did this. 

“I said you don’t need to worry mom. I know you want to fight all my battles for me but I'm 14, I have my own love and I need to know when to hit someone hard and fast. I’m not going to tell you who it is because that is like admitting defeat to that that IMBECILE. He's not smart or clever or even strong. He is weak and pathetic. I already have plans to maim him BUT not kill not. No no.. that would be too nice. He pushed me down the stairs and if I fell just right then I could have been seriously injured. I would never want to make My Shouto worry so much about me. He could have taken me away from MY Shouto sooner than ever, RIGHT BEFORE I GET ANY MESSAGES FROM HIM!!! Death is too nice for him.” Her son started in an overly nice voice but it soon divulged into his cute little mad ramblings he does.

Inko puts her hand over her heart remembering hearing him talk like that the first time when he was 4. It was a long drawn out ramble about how he wanted to kill his Kacchan and she knew that Mitsuki’s kid was not for Inko’s perfect baby. She was glad about that too, it would be hard to make sure Mitsuki wouldn’t interfere with her son but now Inko doesn't need to worry about that. Now back to her adorable son’s cute maiming rambles that he’s doing right now. Inko pats Izuku’s head with a found smile on her face. 

He finally got out of his rambles, looked at her and it melted Inko's heart into nothingness. “Izuku. My baby, I know you want to do this yourself but you're still only 14.  I am your mother and you know what families do when they hurt one of our own, right?” Inko waited patiently for her baby to answer her. His face was in an adorable pout because he knew she got him.

“We destroy and eliminate any possible threat that may come even 5 miles close to hurting the ones we love. We must protect our worlds with our life even if they never wanted or needed us too. We must make sure all of our own will never have to live life without us because it will hurt more than being kicked in the junk.” Inko pats her son's head again and she stands up. She stretches a bit before calmly walking back into their apartment's office room. It’s a room filled with anything that may help keep each other safe and help find their loved one, keeping them as safe as if they were in heaven. Oh who is Inko kidding, anyone that comes into this family is treated as if they are saints just arriving at heaven's gates. 

“Mom? Why are you going into the office space?” Izuku asks the most obvious questions sometimes and it’s still so cute. 

“I’m going to kill some teens tonight.” Inko used a sickly sweet voice as she picked up a silver bell and moved the Heretic's Fork out of the way. She knew that it had to be a boy that hurt her little sweet Izuku so, having some silver bells will help him realize how bad he missed up before he dies. She heard heavy footsteps running down the hall as they finally got to the door. It must have taken him a little bit to make sure his Shouto merch wouldn’t get hurt or damaged.

“I told you, I can handle it myself.” Inko just moved the two ‘breaking wheels’ out of the way trying to find more things to use for tonight. 

“Oh honey, I know you can but I still want to feel satisfied in the kill too.” She thinks of the person she’ll have to call for an abandoned warehouse out of hero petrol routes. It’ll be a little bit high on the money end but nothing is too expensive for her baby to be saved. This is one of the reasons why they live a modest life, nothing to expansive but it helps to have high paying jobs.

“I don’t need you to protect me all my life! You know you’ll have to let go when I go live with my world, right?!” Inko lets that thought slip in for a second as she stares down The Judas cradle in the corner in the room. She doesn't know if she should use that one….. It could pair will with the silver bell. Anyways Inko knows that one day her baby boy will fly out of her nest but... not today.

“I can take care of myself and I will keep both me and Shouto safe! We will be known as the safest heroes in the hero world. We will never need to worry about dying young MOOOMMM!!” It sounds like Izuku is having a little cute tantrum about needing to protect him. It’s honestly the first time he has done this, She remembers herself doing the same thing to her dad. A smile slowly starts to spread on Inko’s face until she hears it.

A ring from Izuku phone with the American song Stalkers tango playing…. Meaning. “Omg.” She quickly turns around with salt and sugar in her hands as she looks at her stunted son. They both stay quite as he just looks down at his phone. “Weeelllll what is it?” Inko knew it could only be. 

“It’s my Shouto.” She drops everything that was in her arms as she scurries over to Izuku. On the phone it says MyUniverse: Hello, My Father is an awful man and I like the necklace. It withstood the cold very well but I haven't tried fire yet. When I do training with him next is when we will see if it can withstand his flames. 

Inko stifles a laugh as Izuku glared daggers at her. “What?!? He’s always like this.” Inko waves her hand dismissively.

“No, no. I’m not judging him… well no I am. Who writes that for the first text.” Everything Inko was thinking of doing flows out of her head to the favor of seeing her son blushing beat red face.

“W-well…. He’s just different and special and Mine so… s-so Of course he’s a bit weird ALL OUR FAMILY IS WEIRD.” Her little Izuku was starting to pout again and she really likes seeing that cute face on her precious baby boy. The phone chimes off again and Inko sees the new message pop up.

MyUniverse: If you don’t know who this is. I am Shouto Todoroki. The one you gave the temperature resistance necklace too. I like the necklace and I think you did a good job on it. I know it took a long time for me to message you but I didn’t know how to proceed with the situation. You are a stranger but a nice one and I know my Father would hate me texting you so here I am.

This made both of the Midoriya's stop in place, frozen, from shock. Inko knows how Hisashi acted the first time she made contact and it was…. Not like this at all. “H-he likes the gift.” Izuku looked her in the eyes with tears falling down his cheeks. Inko quickly cradled her baby boy as he cried in her arms. “*sniff* t-thats the f-first *sniff* time in y-years s-s-someone lik-ked what I gave *sniff* them.” Her perfect baby cries in her arms until he can finally compose himself and they both back away from each other.

Inko doesn't really know how to act during this situation, no one in the history of Midoriya’s has someone just… accepted them at face value. She gives her son a bright smile. “I’m so happy for you sweetie. He accepted you for… well you!” Inko did a little happy dance as her son also did one albeit a lot slower. Izuku seemed to be just in a bit of shock because Inko did tell him all his life that if the person he loved didn’t know who he was, they would most likely not like him. She never wanted to give her son false hope, making him think it’ll be all rainbow and sunshine. Every Midoriya has had to fight for the person they love and to make sure they were safe and protected. 

Izuku seemed to have everything caught up to him all at one as his face contorted into a big bright beautiful smile. She hasn’t seen one that big in a long time. “HE LIKES ME FOR MMMEEEEEE!!! HAHAHAHAHAAAHAH PPPPFFFFF” The two Midoriya laugh together as they spin around while being careful of their surroundings, they are in the office after all. Everything halted when they heard the message chime went off again. Her precious most beautiful baby boy, opens his phone up again but he then quickly shoved the phone into Inko’s hands and ran out of the room. 

She didn’t know what was wrong until she looked at the phone. MyUniverse: Texting you. I’m doing it mostly to piss off my father but I also wanted to thank you for the gift you gave me. As I already said two other times, I really like it. It reminds me of Yin and Yang, which is close to your contact's name in my phone. It’s YinYan. 

.

.

.

Oh…. His Shouto has thanked him 3 times in a row and it must have flustered him. Inko steps out of the office to see Izuku running laps around the apartment. She starts giggling a bit at her son's antics. 

“Izuku! You should probably respond.” Inko waved his phone in the air to try and emphasize this and soon the phone was ripped out of her hand. “NO…… no no.. I need time to think of the perfect response that sounds…. Sounds normal and not uuuummmm… What's the word, stalker-ish?” Her son gave her a straight smile as he turned to his door.

“So My amazing baby boy. You got an opportunity of a lifetime. AND YOU KNOW THIS. You are letting it just sit there.” Izuku quickly turned around to look at her again. He cleared his throat before he started to talk. 

“I know this is like a miracle but… I need to take advantage of it. I will make sure my Shouto loves me. I just need to play it safe for a bit and texting him when I’m like THIS………. Will only push him away.” With that, her Izuku opened his door and vanished into his Shouto themed room.

Inko stared at the door for a bit and only just noticed that Izuku must have commissioned an artist to draw his new Shouto name plate. It was literally Shouto holding a little white board with his name on it. She shakes her head as she heads to her room. It’s better to let him cool down with him being in a bit of a manic love episode. Inko shivers at the last time she saw someone mess with another Midoriya in one of those episodes.

Chapter Text

Shouto is very happy. He has been talking to his friend for about a month now and everything just felt right. YinYan has been a very good friend by making sure to check in with him and even listens to him rant about things. It was a little weird at first with all the check ins but every time Yin called was when he wasn’t training or with his father so it was fine. Shouto was 100% certain that his father doesn't even know he has a friend and if he did it would be a long winded lecture on how it’s a ‘waste of time’ and ‘there is no point’. 

One thing that Shouto knows is that Fuyumi can tell he has calls. She has never seen him on one or in the middle of one but he can tell. She knows that he is talking to someone or something but she hasn’t snitched on him to father yet so that's another good thing. Natsuo on the other hand has been in the same room that he was in on a call to Yin. He hasn’t really commented on it yet besides giving him ‘ooooohhh’ and ‘aaaawwwws’ all the time he’s on the phone with Yin. Now that he thinks of it Natsuo has asked him the name of his friend and he said Yin and just never asked anything else. It’s a good thing someone else knows about it and he seems fine with it so that must mean it’s okay then. 

One thing that has been making Shouto a little upset besides the fact his fathers has upped his training recently. Yin is still hasn't giving Shouto his real name. He keeps saying it’s to make sure if Endeavor does go through his phone he won’t know where to find him. Shouto can give him that, he wouldn’t really want to give him name too if he knew that could lead to a lawsuit. He knows his father would do more than that but that doesn't mean he just doesn't get to know it at all. Yin could have told him over one of the hundreds of calls they have throughout the week. That's not even mentioning how long they talk to each other on the weekends.  Shouto thinks it would fit into the schedule they have for talking very nicely. It could fit right in between the time he talks shit about Endeavor and then talks shit about people at Yin’s school.

Shouto tried to think of different ways to get Yin to slip his real name but the only time he was close to that was when someone walked in Yin’s room. It sounded like a woman and she was in the middle of saying the word Iz- but it cut off before Shouto could hear the rest. He has made it his goal to find out Yin’s real name before he tells him and Shouto knows there is no point because he’ll learn it eventually but Shouto really wants to know Yin’s name like right now. That is why Shouto is on call with Yin right now asking questions on how he looks and other things like his favorite place to eat, favorite food, favorite place to hang out etc. Ect. 

“So your favorite food is Yakitori?” Shouto was writing everything down as he held the phone in between his shoulder and ear. He already had half a notebook on all the things Yin likes and that made Shouto feel a warm sensation in his gut…. Maybe he was getting sick or ate something weird?

“Yup! And my second favorite thing is simple but good. Onigiris!!! Hehe they can be made in so many different ways and come in such a variety of flavors. There is no way to hate them or even not like them.” Shouto nodded along as he wrote down that Yin loves the different variety that Onigiris gives him. It might be that Yin just likes having options in food because Yakitori can also have a variety as well.

“What about you Shouto?” He was so busy writing that all he responded with was a hmm. “Shouto?.... You heard me right?” 

“Hu? What oh sorry sorry. I was writing something, sorry but can you repeat your question.” Shouto quickly puts down his pencil and notebook. He didn’t want to make Yin feel like he didn’t care about the conversation they were having. Shouto actually really liked learning all the things Yin likes, it always got him a bit more excited when they liked that same thing. It also made his gut feel really warm and his chest hurt a bit…. He should really see if he is sick. He’ll have to take some medicine before going to bed tonight. 

“Well I asked what your favorite food was. I mean I can probably guess, with how much you eat it.” A light chuckle was heard on the other end of the phone and suddenly Shouto felt his fireside spick up a bit. He quickly patted his pants that kinda got a fire for a quick second… he should really get some medicine soon, even when he’s sick normally he can control his quirk a little better than this. 

“Yea, I guess you could. I like cold soba but I also like Seolleongtang.” He looked over to his empty bowl of cold soba he just finished. Shouto should really eat something else instead of that all the time but he just loves it so much.

“Umm I-i don’t mean to s-sound rude but… what is Seolleongtang?” Oh… Yin didn’t know what it was. That was a little weird because Yin seemed to know about every topic they talked about. Well, there goes that whole Yin is secretly a super computer robot theory out the window. If he didn’t know about something so simple like Seolleongtang, then he really must be a normal person because a robot would have just looked into it’s date bank or something like that. 

“Yes, I can explain it to you. Seolleongtang or some people call it ox bone soup, is a broth originating from Korea. It is made with ox bones, briskets, and some other cuts of meat. You can put in what every seasoning you want in it but it’s always good no matter what people really season it with. My mom used to make it after we had big meals with a lot of mea-.” Shouto cut himself off after he realized that he brought up his mom. He never really brings her up and he doesn't want to bother Yin with his complicated emotions. Most of the time Shouto just ignores any emotions or thoughts of his mom, if he even brought her up his father would just say she was weak. He wouldn’t even let him say anything else, he only keeps stating she was weak and not in the right mind…. That’s why shes not here anymore. 

Shouto never really believed that but no one ever talked about her, so he didn't really know. “Shouto?” He hears the worried voice of Yin after a bit of silence that stretched for a bit too long. “You know… If you want to get something off your chest you can tell me.”

Shouto shook his head a bit and then realized Yin couldn’t see him. “No… it’s okay. I just slipped up is all. I don’t want to burden you.” He heard a huff from the other end and the sound of fabrics or blankets moving. Maybe Yin was sitting up now, he did tell Shouto that he usually lays down when they talk to each other. Something about it helps him think better than sitting up. 

“You are not a burden, Shouto. I want you to know I care about you and no matter what you may think. I don’t think your emotions or trauma is a burden or a weakness.” He hears Yin huff a bit more before more sifting is heard on the other end. He must have laid back down again. “If you don’t want to talk about it, that’s fine. Just remember that I care and want you to be happy. You will never be a burden to me.”

Shouto felt his heart skip and beat and he quickly grasped his shirt. His heart was for some reason faster than normal and he felt his fire lose control again. Maybe he should tell someone about how he’s feeling but there is one thing he is certain of. “Thank you Yin. It makes me very happy to know you care about me and don’t see my weird emotions as a set back. I care about you too.” He hears something on the other end, it was close to someone sucking in a lot of air. Kinda like that just got their air back but then had it knocked out of them about. “Are you okay? It sounded like you just got punched in the gut.” 

Yin coughs a bit and he hears some pounding on wood? Like someone is hitting wood or something, maybe Yin is in a room where they are training or making something. Shouto’s face still feels a little warm and Yin is coughing a bit as someone opens his door. He whips his head around to try and see who it is. “Hey SHOUTO foods ab-” He locks eyes with Natsuo and they both just stare at each other. 

Natsuo’s eyes quickly land on his empty bowl of cold soba then onto his face then the phone in his hand. Yin is still coughing a bit and Shouto really wished he could stop right about now. Natsuo suddenly freezes, only that a smile is slowly forming on his face, he doesn't move at all. Shouto is just as frozen as Natsuo is, as they just stare one another down but then Yin stops coughing and he zeros in on his phone.

“S-sorry Shouto. I di-idn’t expect you to randomly say you care about me. I care a lot about you too.” Shouto’s eyes zip to the phone in his hand and then back to his older brother whose face is growing more and more into a wild grin. Natsuo steps into his room a bit more then closes the door behind him, a grin still firmly plastered on his face. “I’m glad our feelings are mutual Shouto.” 

Yin sounds very happy on the other end and Natsuo has a chaotic glint in his eyes as he slowly steps closer to him. Shouto gets up in a flash and jumps closer to his window. “That’s great Yin but I have to go now. My brother is looking determined to embarrass me on the phone call with you and I would rather not want that to happen.” 

“Oh your brother heard that didn’t he?” Shouto nodded but again realized Yin couldn't see him. “Yes he di-” “DO YOU WANT TO SEE BABY PICTURES OF SHOUTO!!!” The sudden loud volume his brother yelled at caught him off guard as he held his ears a bit. Natsuo didn’t yell that loud but after being in a room that was so quiet it felt really loud. Shouto could hear Yin laughing on the other end of the phone and Natsuo’s grin grew wider. 

“Pppffff Hhaha I would love to see them! I could give you my number if you want!!!” he could tell Yin was yelling a bit but Shouto felt everything stop around him. His older brother was going to embarrass him even more if he ever got Yin’s number and the fact he came in when Shouto’s face was hot was even worse. He knows for a fact his face didn’t look normal at all but he never saw what he looked like when talking to Yin on the phone. 

Shouto really didn’t know what to do as his brother was closing in on him. He was going to grab his phone and Shouto really didn’t want that so. “Okay, that's enough family time. Bye Yin, talk to you later and have a nice day.” and he hung up while staring Natsuo dead in the eyes and Yin yelling at him to pass the phone over to him. He gulped, as his brother looked at him with a shocked face, then Natsuo jumped at him.

Chapter Text

Natsuo tackled him out of his window and into the grass outside. “LET ME SEE THE PHONE!!!” Shouto desperately tried to escape his grasp and held the phone as far away as he could. He was trying his best to make sure his brother couldn’t get to his phone but he was taller. Shouto hated that Natsuo was so damn tall because now he grabbed his phone. 

Shouto felt Natsuo step on him to get up and run away but he grabbed his leg. Natsuo fell to the ground with a thump, face planting into the grass. “You will not take my phone Natsuo.” He tried to lace his voice with venom for his brother to hear but it seemed to just motivate him more.

Natsuo trashed out of his grasp as he crawled across the dirt. “No! I have to know who you talk to!! I CAN’T STAND IT ANYMORE!!! I’m so fucking curious man, just. Let. me. Have. this.” Natsuo said every word as he tried to pull himself out of his grip but Shouto refused to let go. He trained with Endeavor basically everyday, if he couldn’t even stop Natsuo from taking his phone then how will he ever be stronger than his father.

Shouto held onto Natsuo’s leg with all his strength and even iced one of his hands to his pants. “My..*huff* Shouto let. GO!” Natsuo kicked the ground a bit trying to at least get to his knees, to try and stand up. Shouto got up faster than Natsuo and quickly jumped onto his head. “AAHhhhhh-” His scream was cut off as soon as Shouto landed. He was not going to let Natsuo have this, not in a million years.

Shouto quickly grabbed his phone, shot up, and went into a dead sprint. “YOU LITTLE FUCK!!!” Shouto started to go faster as he heard his brother get up and run at him. “YOU FUCK!!!” He skidded to the right and almost ate grass but somehow didn’t and ran through the front door. His old man should still be an ass at work right now, so no trouble for him. He looked over his shoulder at the sound of a bang and saw his brother just rammed face first into the door. It was very hard not to laugh but he somehow managed to not bust his ass laughing at him and kept running into the huge house. 

“YOU LITTLE BOILED BITCH, I KNOW YOU WANNA LAUGH AT THAT!!!” Shouto picked up his speed once he saw that the kitchen would be just right around the corner. The sound of feet hitting the floor thundering in the hallway as he was making it to the safe haven called Fuyumi, she would never let Natsuo pick on him when he was eating. “I WILL GET THE PHONE!!!” That was the last yell as he rounded the corner to see his sister putting the food on the table. 

“Good afternoon Fuyumi. I have gotten my daily run from Natsuo, what’s for supper tonight?” He slowly was catching his breath as he walked to the table. She gave him a bright smile, she only wore that one when Endeavor wasn’t home. “I made your second favorite because you eat too much cold soba, Seolleongtang, plus a few side dishes” Shouto nodded along as his brother barreled into the room behind him and once again almost face planted into a wall. 

“You half frozen bitch. My nose hurts like shit now, fucking hell.” Natsuo let out a little groan of pain as he rubbed his nose. “God bless you.” He looked at him with a confused face and Shouto just hit him with his blank face. “I obviously didn’t sneeze?” Shouto continued to not say anything else and just held the blank face he carefully crafted so he wouldn't laugh at the confusion on his brother's face.

After holding the stare a bit, Shouto went to sit down in his normal seat. It was the small things that was able to give him serotonin on a normal day besides Yin talking to him. Natsuo always said he did the most weird things and the only real reason Shouto did them was to make people confused, it’s the best. “Shouto, stop trying to make Natsuo question if you are an alien or not. We need to eat.” As Shouto arranged himself in his seat a small grin crept onto his face.

After all three of them sat down and started eating, everything went by normally. Topics ranged from Natsuo’s schooling, Fuyumi’s teaching, and even the new weird things Shouto found out to do to make people more uncomfortable or just full of confusion. It was really nice to always have someone comment on how he would go about making chaos run rampant in random areas. Dinner was uneventful, he was able to wrap it up quickly and go back to his room so he could call or text Yin again today. Before he was able to excite the room, Fuyumi stopped him.

“Shouto, I just wanted to know how your friend is doing?” The calm that was Shouto Todoroki broke and was now full of anxiety. She wasn’t supposed to know or at least Shouto thought he was doing a good job hiding it. He stood a little straighter as his sister continued to ask him questions. “You never rarely bring them up, so I was just a bit curious is all. I know how dad would react to it and you don’t really need more training.” Irritation rolled up his back, his sister was always a worry wart but never really did anything to stop it.

He looks at the dirty dishes wondering if he should help out but then stops that thought. He does enough training and wants his day off to be nothing but relaxation. “He’s doing fine. Yin is a great friend (Something in his chest hurt at that). I never really got a lot of friends so I guess I’m just going a bit overboard about how much we talk and stuff.” He looked to the floor to avoid looking in her eyes. She always wants in his business if Endeavor isn’t involved, acts like he’ll get more hurt then he already is. It’s annoying 

“That’s good to hear. If you want to go talk to him you can, no one is stopping you.” He could hear the smile on his sister’s face but he doesn't see it as he turns around to walk out of the room. Shouto walks to his room and makes sure everything is in order. He didn’t get a text from Yin but he’s really tired so he sent a good night text and went to sleep. As Shouto is drifting to sleep, he is clutching the beautiful necklace in  his hand. He’s really glad Yin reached out to him to give him this gift, he really couldn’t imagine not wearing it nowadays. 

In an apartment far away, that we are all very familiar with and that houses a very green (crazy) family. Izuku has his headphones on, he needs to hear his Shouto sleeping,  trying to think on how to get his number to his world, love of his life, his breath’s brother. He really wanted those baby pictures and Natsuo did offer to send them, he was lucky to have been on the Shouto mic while on call. So we are all clear, he is always on his Shouto mic, this is normal. It is normal to always be using his Shouto mic and there is nothing wrong with it, even when his mom gets calls about him listening to ‘music’ in the middle of class. It is always worth it to listen to his Shouto mic and his mom agrees with him so those teachers can fucking shove it. 

Back on topic. He needed to devise a plan to get his number to the brother or else no baby photos to fon over. Izuku looks around his wall to wall Shouto room and looks at the best spot to have those cute baby pictures at. Yes, right by where he studies would be the perfect spot. His ears perk up a bit at hearing his Shouto mumble something in his sleep. Izuku quickly coos over how cute that was and moves on to the planning once again. 

He could just sneak it into the house like he did with the present but what if he gets caught. Maybe he can email his number to him… no wait, how would I explain how I got his email. He might be able to give his number to his sister first because she is an assistant teacher somewhere. He would just have to find where she goes and give it to her then. No wait, stop. She would probably get worried over that just like how Natsuo would get worried over the other thing…. Izuku is very glad to have had Katsuki as a friend as a little kid because he always corrected how he acted ‘weird’, now he can do it all on his own and not worry about scaring people 24-7. How many times Katsuki has yelled at him when they were little saying that “That’s not how normal people do that Deku!! If you do it that way someone will find it creepy, just copy how I’m doing it OKAY YA DAMN NERD!!!”

Izuku really needs to thank the blond for helping him adapt to ‘normal’ people, he would probably have a couple of charges if it wasn’t for that. He mulls over a few more ideas that pop into his head but nothing really stands out that doesn't look like it will scare them. It’s making him a little upset at himself for not thinking of anything but he suddenly got an amazing idea. Izuku could make gifts for his siblings as well. He could make his Shouto another gift or two and state that he also got his siblings something. This will make it seem he cares more for Shouto than his siblings but also cares about them still. He could put his number in the gift in the one for Natsuo and then boom, baby pictures. 

This could get more good graces from his siblings and then he could turn Endeavors children against him and then he could cuddle his Shouto and get his mother out of that awful place and cuddle his Shouto and move in with the new family or get a place of their own and they could go to UA together and kill anyone the messes with his Shouto and and and… it just sounds so perfect. A twisted grin stretches across his face as he thinks about how perfect his idea is. How he could maybe even meet Shouto sooner than at UA but he stops his thoughts after that. Izuku knows he has to meet Shouto at UA, this will give them ample amount of time to get to know each other and also see if Shouto likes anyone else. Doing it this way will just make them look like normal friends because he knows his Shouto wont get touchy with him if they ‘just meet’ in person for the first time. 

Izuku looks at this clook and notices that he stayed up last night just to listen to his Shouto….. Maybe he should actually get some sleep tonight. When he’s on low sleep he gets a little loopy. Izuku settled into his bed covered with Shouto, Shouto body pillow, multiple Shouto plushies and looked into the picture of his Shouto wearing a rare lovely smile. It would be complete if he actually had Shouto or just a camera in his room to watch him sleep. That was another idea but he needed the camera for it and he decided he would do that with his own money this time…. Maybe he should chill on the Shouto merch for a bit.

Natsuo helped his sister clean the dishes while he let his mind wander. He actually didn’t know she knew about Shouto’s little friend. Maybe she has more information about him, apparently because Shouto said ‘him’ while talking to Fuyumi. She was able to find out their gender identity by just talking to him and Natsuo was still stuck on they/them or just not talking about it, how can she do it? He looked over to Fuyumi and she’s just calmly washing dishes like it never happened too. “Sooooo… when did you find out he had a new friend?” 

She looked over at him and just slowly blinked. “I knew something was up before he even started talking to him.” This automatically got his attention because.. WHEN!!! Did this happen?

“What?” Fuyumi just turns back to washing the dishes and continues talking calmly. “I think he got something from this person a little while back but it looked like he was contemplating something.” She takes the now clean plate and puts it on a drying rack. “It looked very important to him and I was going to confront him about it but then the next day he was having his head in his phone. Always using it or having it on him wherever he goes, I even noticed it was on silent because it vibrated in his pocket this one time when I gave him a hug.” Fuyumi starts working on a big pot while Natsuo is just staring at her. 

She knew this whole time and said nothing to him about it. “You little jerk.” Fuyumi just looks at him with a big smile on her face. “I know I am but at least I’m not trying to embarrass him in front of his maybe crush.” She went back to dishes but Natsuo shot his hands into the air. “WHAT!?!?”

She just gave him a sly smile as she put the pot on another drying rack. “Yep…. he spends all his free time talking to him and also just looks so so happy whenever he gets a text from him. Do you not notice the gogo eye he makes at his phone whenever he gets texts like.. Come one it’s obvious but Shouto probably hasn’t noticed his own feelings yet.” Everything his sister is saying is just another revelation that he has never noticed. Just how has Natsuo never noticed any of this? 

His hands begin to drip water onto the floor but Fuyumi just pushes him so his hands are over the sink. “W…wh- When are you gonna bring THAT up with him.” Fuyumi just looks at him as if he’s stupid and moves more dishes to the drying rack. She rolls her eyes as she’s drying off her hands. 

“I’m not bringing that up.” 

“Why not?!” Shouto needs to know he likes this person. Do you know how embarrassing it is to notice that someone knows you like them and they did nothing about it. It’s absolutely humiliating . 

“He needs to come to me or you on his own accord. dumb dumb. Just give him time and let it be, I’m not worried about it actually.” After Fuyumi said that, Natsuo basically shut down. Her… not worrying.. what . the. Fuck. is wrong with his sister. This is not the sister he knows and it’s freaking him out. This will haunt his dreams for weeks, a chill Fuyumi is scary as fuck. 

Chapter Text

It’s been almost 3 months since Natsuo tried to steal his Shouto's phone again. Shouto even mentioned it here and there saying “It’s weird that he’s not even trying but he’s now making more comments about it. It’s slightly annoying though.” His wonderful Shouto said that maybe they got awkward around him again but Izuku wasn’t able to get him to elaborate on that. He knows how Endevor was a few years back, the siblings acted like strangers the first year or so when he was watching them. If Izuku remembers correctly he started watching him around when he was 7 and now since he was almost 13, he should really try to get to know the family more. He really needed to get in touch with his siblings. 

It was around 4 in the afternoon and Izuku knew for a fact that his Shouto’s old man would be on patrol, he never really took night shifts or morning shifts so only afternoons were left. He picked up his phone and started to text his love of his life. Izuku also grabbed his laptop and the Shouto mic, never too careful about this stuff. He started up a program that tracks His Shouto’s phone and saw that he was down at the market right now. Love and admiration started to fill his heart, his Shouto was helping his sister with groceries again, his love was always so amazing and caring and perfect. Just thinking about how they could shop together when they live together and maybe have kids whether they be adopted or not. 

Izuku melded into his Shouto themed blanket and pillows /plushies, a deranged smile on his face and maniac glint in his eyes. He tried to focus back on the tracker as he sent out a text to his life. His eyes grow wide as the spot basically stops automatically, Shouto really must love talking to him and that fills his heart with ecstasy. Izuku sent a simple text, just asking how he is doing and what he’s up to, he always has to make sure that he seems interested. Even though Izuku knows where he is, it’s always heavenly hearing it from his Shouto. 

MyUniverse: Fuyumi asked me to get some things for tonight. Endeavor will be home in time for supper or at least the end of it so I’m going to try and eat faster than normal.

Izuku hummed a bit as he turned on the Shouto mic. Yes, he knows he’s not there but just hearing the calmness of his room always helps Izuku’s nerves. He quickly shot back a ‘your a nice brother’ text and looked at his history on his laptop, he really has no idea where he last left off. As soon as Shouto’s mic finally connected Izuku did not hear science but voices. This sent Izuku as he swiftly yanked up the Shouto Mic. He stared intently at it waiting for more noise to be made.

He heard some shuffling and sounds of things being moved around. “You really shouldn’t be doing this.” Izuku zeroed in on the voice but quickly noticed it was just the voice of his Shouto’s sister, Fuyumi. “I know for a fact he would have to find a way to hide something in this hell hole so it makes sense to have it in his room.” That was his Shouto’s older still living brother, Natsuo. Izuku could feel his eyes twitch a bit at the fact his siblings go through HIS Shouto’s room but he’s never had siblings so maybe this is normal. 

He picks up his phone to see a new text. MyUniverse: I don’t know why you keep saying that. I think I’m a normal sibling and I know I’m not that good.   Izuku's heart started to race at the thought of his Shouto putting himself down so he rapidly fired some encouraging texts as he listened to his world's annoying siblings… no no wait. Shouto must love them and that means he can't be mean to them. 

“-n awful idea to do this. We were separated from him most of his life and you want to break his trust like this.” He heard half of what Fuyumi was saying but Izuku agreed with her full heartedly. 

“I just want to see if he has something Endeavor would hate for him to have. Maybe some more gifts from that mysterious person he texts again, YOU NEVER KNOW!” Izuku could still hear Natsuo rummaging around in the room and it was slowly making his blood boil. How could Natsuo do this but… but Izuku guesses it is somewhat his fault that he didn’t get the other siblings their gifts yet. He took a quick glance at the finished gift to the Todoroki siblings. 

Izuku was debating about how to give the gifts to his Shouto this time. They have been talking for a long time and never met up but maybe he could meet up with him because of the gifts. He could say his friend doesn't really like using his quirk that much or something. He glanced at his phone and noticed Shouto hasn’t texted back yet so maybe he got flustered over too many compliments once again, His Shouto rarely gets compliments and he can't wait to give him more loving ones when they get together. Izuku mulled over if he walked to ask if his Shouto would like to meet up to get the gift when he just thought, you only live one and texted him again. 

Yangdere: I was wondering. I have more gifts for you but I also have some for your siblings as well and wanted to know if you could meet up at one point this week to get them… YOU DON'T NEED TO IF YOU DON’T WANT TO ヾ(ﾟдﾟ)ﾉ゛ but like if you want to…. We could meet up and play games at like an arcade because I remember you said you never went to one and also said you usually never get out of the house and I just thought you might like it and your siblings could get the gifts I made for them and… yea sorry  you don't have to if you don't want to ٩(•̤̀ᵕ•̤́๑)ᵒᵏᵎᵎᵎᵎ 

Izuku really hopes he conveyed what he wanted in text…. He’s not really that good at it and he never had practice with other friends. He could hear both of the siblings wrap up what they were doing in the room, one was happy they were finally leaving the other sounded dejected. It’s good that they finally left and also that Natsuo didn’t find his Shouto’s hind spot.

A text notification sounded out in the now quiet room and Izuku snatched up his phone. He stared at it and his world quickly became bright and his heart soared high into the sky.

MyUniverse: I don’t see a problem with meeting up and hanging out for a bit. I am sure you have wonderful gifts for my siblings but why give them something? It’s not close to either of their birthdays yet and why are you getting me more gifts?

Yangdere: Well… uuumm I like to give gifts to people I care about and I don’t have… well many of those sooo you just so happen to get all of my affection and gift giving.

Izuku quickly whipped his phone onto the other side of the room, luckily landed on something soft and proceeded to scream into a Shouto pillow. Why did he word it like that, why was he so embarrassed about typing that out, he really hopes his wonderful Shouto just ignores that. The quiet noise coming from the Shouto mic helps cool his face down. He hears another text notification but waits a bit. He really wants to find a way to take back what he texted out but now he can’t and his Shouto will probably find him weird and stop talking to him and then Izuku will have to get his Shouto the old fashioned way but Izuku doesn't want to hurt or scare him and aaaaaauuuuggggghhhhh!!!!

Izuku gets up from his Shouto themed bed and walks over to the new addition of the room….. A giant Shouto bean bag… Don’t look at me like that. I love him and what else did you expect out of me…. He retrieves his pitched phone and turns it back on to their group chat.

MyUniverse: Oh ok. I guess I don’t mind your affection being dumped on me. I know my mother used to act like that so I’m used to it. You also said I’m one of the few people you can do that to so I appreciate the time you spend on me.

IZUKU IS DYING HE IS DEAD ALL BODY FUNCTIONS ARE OUT THE WINDOW!!!!! Izuku falls into the beanbag and screams as loud as he can into it. He’s feeling light headed and his heart is pounding in his chest, it’s like when he saw his Shouto for the first time again. His Shouto his world his life his EVERYTHING…. Just said it was okay to dump all his affection on him and that he didn’t care if he did. Izuku starts to feel the most love in his life. Everything is spinning, he can feel the earth moving and the sun slowly setting. He can hear far off worlds where it’s just him and his love. His love, his life…. Likes that he spends time on him… he likes Izuku spending all his time on him. He would love it if they spent every second of the day together. Izuku can tell that if he were to take him away right now that His Shouto would be overjoyed as much as him about every second of the day together forever. 

Shouto must also lo-.... Izuku takes a deep breath and holds it for a bit. He does this for a little bit until he calms down enough to think straight. His Shouto doesn't know him like that and Izuku knows that he is normal. His Shouto would never love him that quickly especially after all his emotional and physical trauma. Izuku finally collects his bearings enough to look at his phone again and sees that he got another Message from his amazing love of his life. 

MyUniverse: We can probably meet up sometime next week on a Thursday. Endeavor will be doing a raid on a drug ring that uses mostly ice quirk users. He was complaining how dump all of them were yesterday and said I should never use my ice like they do. I hate him so much.

Izuku's heart jumped into his throat, his Shouto wanted to meet next week and so they will. He sends a quick confirmation and an arcade that both of them will go to. Izuku even said he could pick him up at his house so they could drop off his gifts first. Izuku’s head is swimming with thought and vast dreams that are about to come true. He shakes his head to try and get more of a grip, this will be a normal hang out between friends. Next Thursday is a Hangout between friends and not a date. It’s not a date It’s not a date It’s not a date It’s not a date It’s not a date It’s not a date It’s not a date It’s not a date It’s not a date It’s not a date It’s not a date FuCKinG…. It’s not a date, Izuku to calm down.

He looks over to the multiple pictures all over his walls of his Shouto, something akin to longing, want, aching… hunger glows bright in Izuku’s eyes as he thinks about how amazing next Thursday will be.

Chapter Text

“TODAYS THE DAY!!” Izuku spanned awake yelling and hopping out of bed. “THE SUN IS SHINING!!!” He skipped over to his closet, the first place he had his Shouto shrine but now it’s just his whole room. Izuku opens the closet doors to get an outfit for the da- the da-... dat-... FOR THE HANG OUT today. He looks at the bags that have the presents and notices one of Shouto’s is missing. “One of Shouto’s presents is missing…..”

 He stares at the missing presents for a bit until it finally hits him. “ONE OF SHOUTO’S PRESENTS IS MISSING!!!” Izuku instantly starts to panic and runs around his room looking under things here and there. He threw some things in a rush to move massive piles of Shouto plushies. The one out of three gifts for his Shouto was the plush he bought him, it looked like him and everything. He knew that when little plush him was in Shouto’s room it’d be like he was there himself, again. After messing up his room a bit a knock came from his door.

“Sweetie, I hear you moving a bunch of stuff in there and just remembered I forgot to give something back to you.” Izuku pauses his crazed search to look at the door, wondering what did his amazing mom want to give back because he doesn't remember lending her anything. He tries to make himself more presentable instead of looking more worried about the still missing gift and opens the door. As soon as it’s open a Izuku doll is shoved into his face. This makes him pause for a second and reboot all his thought process. His mom has the missing doll but it was in his room all night and he doesn't remember ever giving her permission to take it, that means she took it and was hiding it, she wanted to mess up the date he had with his perfect Shouto, his gift set would have been ruined. she didn’t want him to have his Shouto, she never cared about his one and only love until the universe collapsed, she only ever wanted him to be hers and hers alone. That makes perfect sense and lines up with how a real Midoriya would never want to let go of something that’s theirs and if they did it would be forced, Mom is trying to keep him here forever. He will never be able to be with his Shouto with his mother in the way. Everything would depend on how well he can escape his mother or being able to kill her. Every Midoriya knows for a fact that killing is the easier option, one that is quick and effortless, making anything they want in arms reach. Killing Inko would be as easy as breathing with how much she has taught to never let someone get in the way of ones love..... even if one is family or blood nothing is more important than his love.  

As Izuku’s mind is rushing and thinking of ways to get Inko out of the way, Inko is shuffling in place a bit. “I’m really sorry my precious honey but I couldn’t help but to make myself a plush of you and I had to use this one as an example. It took all night but I made my own copy with a couple more shirts and such for it.” She then gently grabs Izuku’s hands and slowly places the lzu plush in it only to grab her homemade one from behind her back to show him. He stared at it for a bit and can see that some spots need working on but it’s a pretty decent copy. After realizing his mother only wanted a plush of him for herself, he calms down just a bit. 

Izuku looks down at the push of himself and sees that it’s completely intact and looks as if it just got taken out of the box still. “Oh…..” He just looks at the plush for a good while and his mother starts to shuffle a bit more until she speaks up again. “I want to say again… I’m really sorry, my little world. I didn’t mean to make you so wound up right after you woke up. I… I-i… I just couldn’t help myself. It was like it was calling to me for days on end and I just gave in to my wants at the end of it. I’m so sorry I did it but I don’t regret it at all.” Izuku looks at his overly manic mother talking about how she really couldn’t hold herself back anymore. His mom and him are completely alike and he knows at one point he might have a plush of his amazing mom too. He sighs in defeat at the fact that, yes… he would have broken at one point too and sets his rage aside. 

He shoves away any stupid thoughts that his mom was out to ruin his relationship to his only love. Izuku can’t understand how he went to such a quick and dumb thing in the first place. He looks at his mom still raving about how cute the plush is and thinks how in his right mind that he was able to think of almost 57 ways to kill his mom for taking Shouto’s gift. He would have only thought of 21 on a normal day and wouldn't even think that much detail into it in the first place. Izuku shakes his head a bit, he really must be on edge about today and having his mom go overboard didn’t help.

He put a small tired smile as he finally go his perfect mom to calm down. “I forgive you okay. I would have done the same but… next time don't break on such an already stressful day okay. I might have done something I regret and we both know how that would have ended.” He saw how his mom shivered at the thought and nodded along quickly.

Worry was in every fiber of her body language. “I’m so sorry baby Izuku. I didn’t even think about how kill crazy you would have been if I took it without asking. Next time just stab me real quick and I’ll get the memo faster, promise.” Tears were brimming her eyes and Izuku thought that was punishment enough. He gave his mom a big hug and said to just be careful next time. He shut himself in his room then to make sure that all of the presents were there again. After what happened he is 3x over his normal anxiety amount and needs to see that they were fine again. 

He looks over the gifts to Shouto’s siblings first. For Fuyumi he got her a black cat plush that has a hidden zip which if opened can fit a bunch of stuff in it. The black cat plush is around 21.6535 inches or 55cm or 1.80446 feet and it's personalized and everything. It’s eyes are the color of her birthstone or the different colors that her birthstone could be and they all rang around different types of blue. It has cute big eyes that are a heat resistant plastic, so it’ll take higher temperatures to melt them. It has a black gray-ish nose and a little mouth that is munching on a tiny gas plant. Then for the final personal touch, a single snowflake is on the right ear (if you are looking at it head on). The whole thing is temperature resistant and it’s a heck of a lot of money but it was worth it so that Fuyumi has a somewhat secret/safe place to hide things from that trash (sorry to everything trash related) so call father named Endeavor. 

For Shouto’s brother, Natsuo, he got him a legal pocket knife. As to the theme for all of the gifts that he gives to any of his Shouto’s family and Shouto himself, it’s temperature resistant like normal. The blade part is also rust resistant as while, with the knife is a sharpening kit that has directions on use and such. The handle is where Izuku was able to personalize it. It has, at the end of the handle, an ice design that he’s sure Natsuo will love. It’s a good pocket knife that will help him defend himself and anyone he wants. It will also help Izuku calmer knowing that not only does the sorry excuse of a Father not know one of his children have a weapon on them but it will be an amazing thing to listen to a retelling of what could happen if Natsuo defends his Shouto. 

Drawings of the Gifts to Shouto’s Siblings

After carefully looking over the siblings' gifts, making sure they are their respective boxes, and both have a note explaining the gifts. He looks over Shouto’s three gifts next. He puts the plush back into its separate box, he’s going to tell his Shouto to open this one last because he doesn't want to see his reaction. He’s really scared Shouto will find it creepy soooo best to not be near him. The next gift is the one he wants to open first or maybe in front of him. It’s another cat plush, the same size as Fuyumi’s and has a more will hidden zip to hide things in it. It’s eyes are red and blue because Izuku really doesn't know his love's favorite color, he really needs to ask, so he just made it fire and ice because that is his Shouto. It has a tongue sticking out that's split and colored red and blue once again. The whole thing is green and looks kinda like a bush but can still be seen as a cat. He ordered it to be a mix of both him and his Shouto because now he has something that is like the combination of them both, like it’s their own child. The last gift he checks is a pair of brass knuckles that have red and blue accents, temperature resistant like normal and also rust resilient as well. Izuku tried to get it as streamlined as possible and he thinks he did a good job at that. He may get him another pair of them in his own colors, that will deal more damage than these ones, so that he could fight beside him when he’s not by him. In general everything is very expensive, temperature resistant, and perfect for his Shouto.

Shouto’s gifts

The plush Izuku that says “I’m sleepy. Me yanyan.” is the one he is giving Shouto to. The other two are the shirts his mom made for her own.

After spending so much time making sure all the presents are together and nice, it’s about time for him to leave. Izuku didn’t even eat yet but he’ll eat when he’s on his dat-.... His hangout with his wonderful f-fri.... f-frie-friend Shouto...... He's never saying that in his head again.  He quickly says his goodbye to his mom, who is still hugging her own Izuku plush, and runs off to the meeting place. The meeting place just so happens to be the train station that Izuku always excites to run his way to Shouto’s house to watch him, so Izuku knows his way there. After getting on the train he shuffles in place a bit, he has so much energy that he doesn't know what to do with it. 

After thoroughly failing at calming down his nerves, the train stops where he’s supposed to get off. He practically bolts out of the doors and runs out the stairs so he can get to the street. When he finally gets to the main street he sees him. Over on the other side, an absolutely pure and holy being, someone that's ethereal, heavenly, Unworldly in all the most amazing ways. Izuku has to squint his eyes as the beautiful light that shines off his Shouto is too much but also just perfect at the same time. He tries and fails... miserably to collect himself so he can talk to his Shouto FOR THE FIRST TIME IN PERSON, as he sees all the people looking at him. Izuku understands how someone would love to look at a person so amazing and perfect but it’s slightly ticking him off. 

As soon as Izuku was able to arrange and organize all his raging emotion, it was when he saw a girl slightly blushing trying to make their way to HIS Shouto. Izuku practically teleports right beside his Shouto and gives the most nasty glare at the girl that dares to even look at the air surrounding him, his heavenly Shouto. It doesn't take much until she’s already running with her tail in between her legs, someone so weak and insignificant shouldn’t even live in the same country as his Shouto but Izuku can’t fix that right now. He turns to look at his Shouto with his brightest smiles he can humanly make and opens his mouth to finally speak to him.

“H-h-hi! I’m Yi-YinYa-Yan! I-i’m the one wh-ho has been t-talking to you for a b-bit.” After Izuku finally and painfully finishes his sentence he is filled with horror. HOW COULD HE BE SO BAD AT TALKING TO HIS SHOUTO OH MY SWEET LOVE JUST END HIS FUCKING LIFE!!! Izuku keeps his face pretty clear of the obvious freaking out as he waits for his Shouto to respond to him. 

Shouto blinks once…. Twice… “oh…. I thought for some reason you’d be taller.” The first words he heard from his Shouto’s mouth in person and it hurt more than an explosion to the face. Izuku doesn't show it but he’s crying on the inside, look how socially inept his Shouto is. god he needs to help his Shouto with that. He gathers all this strength so he can tell Shouto about the presents.

“Th-his bag in my le-left hand has g-g-gifts for your siblings a-and the one in my r-right was yours!” Izuku's cheerful voice goes high when he mentions the gifts to Shouto. His perfect Shouto just looks at the bags and says a simple okay and starts walking into the direction of his house. Izuku doesn't hesitate to follow him back home, he doesn't really need to follow him but it’s out of courtesy and so Shouto doesn't realize that he memorized this way to his house. The walk to Shouto's home, guided by Shouto himself, is quiet but every second is heavenly and perfect. Izuku wouldn’t trade these milliseconds for anything in the whole known universe. He’s in pure bliss being this close to his Shouto for so long, it’s almost like he’s on a drug. To quickly, the drug-like bliss has to be stopped as Shouto has to take the gifts into his house, when did they get here?

“I’ll take those in myself. Even though the old man isn’t here, you just never know with him.” Izuku was about to hand them over without a second thought because it was Shouto asking for them but stops himself. He pulls out the box that has the green cat plush and shoves it into his life's hands. Shouto just stood still as he had the box in his hands, no movement but Izuku feels like he’s seeing three Shouto’s right now. 

“U-umm… C-could you ope-en that one i-i-in front of m-me?” Izuku sees the emotions in Shouto’s eyes swirling like a vortex but he still doesn't move. He knows how Shouto can sometimes just stop like this, so he waits until Shouto has restarted himself.

The bi-colored boy blinks a few times and opens the box without any other word. Izuku is waiting to see when it kicks and when it does Izuku feels like he just got 5000 lives added to him in mere seconds. His Shouto. His life, love, all of his meaning to be alive in this awful universe…. Has the softest small smile on his face as he looks into the box. Izuku feels like he’s about to have a heart attack with how fast his heart is going right now but he somehow doesn't pass out as Shouto locks eyes with him. Izuku can’t take this much attention from his Shouto. The only thing running in his mind is stories, yelling, raving, and crazed manic rants about keeping his love safe until the finally sun sets. “Thank you. I like it.”

Izuku gives him a wobbly smile as he tries his best not to crumble to the ground in ecstasy from hearing those words come from his loves wonderful and perfect mouth. He’s able to jerk his arms up so that Shouto is able to grab the rest of the bags. He watches as his universe oh so gently closes the box and carefully puts it into his bag. In a blink of an eye Shouto is gone and Izuku is standing outside the front gate alone. He can feel tears start to form in his eyes over the extreme amount of joy he feels. 

Izuku then collapses to the wall beside the gate and cries in all the sheer pure bliss he feels over finally being beside his Shouto for exactly 30 minutes 23 seconds and 783 milliseconds. Today can’t get better than this but he just knows it somehow will.

Chapter Text

Shouto is trying to hurry to his room so he can put the gifts (Why does he give them gifts? Why is he so nice? Why is he better tha-) in  his room and on the way there he lets his mind wander. Most of all the things running through his head right now is how nice YinYan is. Shouto kinda wonders what his real name is, maybe it’s too soon to ask right now.

As he rounded the corner to his room Shouto rams head first into his Brother. “Hey~ baby bro…. What you got there.” Natsuo tilted his head to try and get a better look at the two bags he’s carrying. Shouto promptly backed up, knowing how Natsuo loves to mess with him, always staying a little out of arm's reach. Shouto also held his gifts closer to his chest because again this is Natsuo, the other gifts are fine because they are for them. He squinted his eyes as Natsuo slowly inched forward. “I can see boxes in the bags. They look like they have nice wrapping paper on them sooooo….” Natsuo looked at Shouto expectantly. “Where’d ya get the gifts bro?”

He really didn’t have an answer for that at the moment because to be completely honest he was still digesting the fact YinYan gave them anything. So instead of saying anything Shouto just stood there, quietly, being very still… looking at the ground as he tries to make his face cooler with his right side. It is a bit embarrassing to just meet someone and they give you more presents then you've received all your life but this time some are for your siblings too.

Natsuo at least has the decency to wait until he thinks of a good excuse to say before messing with him more. “Yin…. YinYan gave…. All of us gifts.” Shouto proceeded to shove the gifts for his siblings into Natsuo’s face, this will help give him just a bit more room. “He likes to give gifts to people he cares about and….. Well… YinYan doesn't really have… many… ummm friends.” Shouto found it very awkward to try and explain that someone just didn’t have any friends or a lot of close family.  It was kinda like how Shouto doesn't have any friends and barely has siblings, they are getting better at being good siblings but he still doesn't know them much yet. 

Natsuo looked at the bag and blinked a couple of times. “O-oh….. I… He is somehow being a better dad to us then the flaming fuck and I haven't even meet him yet.” Natsuo grabbed the gift bag and looked inside. “Or would he be like the rich uncle we never had….. Yes I’m thinking the rich gay uncle vibe fits him.” As Shouto looked at his older brother, he felt his eye twitch. Thinking of YinYan being a family member somehow made Shouto upset. He wouldn’t be able to be with him if he was…. No no, Shouto would still be able to be friends with him. Shouto would actually be able to know YinYan for longer if they were family but it makes Shouto’s blood boil to think YinYan would have any connection to Endeavor. 

Shouto cleared his throat to try and get his brother's attention again. “Natsuo, please do not compare YinYan to a family member. It makes me feel…. Uncomfortable to think of him as a family member.” He kept his voice carefully monotone to try and make sure he didn't yell at his brother, it’ll also help hide his emotion from his brother. Shouto really doesn't know why this is making him so mad but it is. Natsuo is just staring at him and blinking but not talking. Shouto waits a bit but senses Natsuo isn’t talking, he decided to walk around him. 

He walks to his room and puts the bag on his desk. After looking at the bag for a bit Shouto takes out the plushie that he was given out and puts it on display, that way anyone that walks into his room will clearly see the gift YinYan gave him…… YinYan really needs to give Shouto his real name. He walks out of his room and sees that Natsuo is still standing in the hallway. He walks up to his brother to still see the blank face he had before he left. Shouto raised one eyebrow as he poked Natsuo on the cheek. “Natsuo?...… Are you conscious?” 

Natsuo then blinks rapidly for a bit and seems to regain whatever he lost because his head then shoots over to look Shouto in the eyes. “You…. Yan…. Omgiwasright.” Shouto stops to try and figure out what Natsuo said but his hand was quickly grabbed and he was dragged away by Natsuo. Shouto really didn’t know where Natsuo was taking him but they soon reached the ‘living room’, it’s mostly just a nice welcome room for guests to make them think the ‘family’ actually spends time together. 

In the living room, cleaning, was his older sister, her name was Fuyumi, Shouto can’t forget either of their names. “YUMI!! SHOU’S BO- BEST FRIEND GAVE US GIFTS TOO!!!” He tried to think of what Natsuo was going to say instead of best friend….. Wait… is YinYan Shouto’s best friend. Well YinYan is Shouto’s only friend so giving him the best friend label makes sense. He feels heat slowly rise to his face again before he dulls it with his cold side.

Fuyumi is just standing by the coffee table in the middle of swiping some dust off of it but stopped halfway, just frozen. “He…. he what?” His sister still seemed to be processing what Natsuo said as he started talking again. “Yan gave both you AND me gifts under the disguise that he never gets to give his friends gifts because he doesn't have any!!!” Natsuo’s volume lowered but not by a lot as he yelled toward Fuyumi.

Shouto is still trying to catch up with the whole dragging him off and Yan is his best friend and that Yan wants to shower him in gifts and just too many weird emotions that he has never really had to deal with anymore. Fuyumi calmly stood up and turned to look at both Natsuo and him. “He….. YinYan gave both you and me gifts?” Natsuo quickly and aggressively nodded his head to what Fuyumi was saying. “That means he must have also given Shouto more gifts…… he probably spent a lot of time thinking about the gifts because he would only know all that Shouto knows, which isn’t a lot.”  Fuyumi went quiet as she probably thought of more facts or speculations that are about the gifts that they are being given.

Natsuo just stood there with a slowly growing smile as their sister thought more on the matter but Shouto is just now catching up. “W-Wait, why are you two so ex-” “Omg… he’s already family.” Shouto was cut off to just be once again thrown back into his thoughts at the statement that was just said by his sister. Natsuo laughed out loud and finally let go of Shouto’s hand as he held his gut. 

Fuyumi looks to be having the revelation of a lifetime, Natsuo is dying on the floor, and Shouto is just trying to understand what his sister just said. “But… b-but YinYan is not related to us by blood so he can't be realistically family unless he gets married in.” What he said was apparently very funny as Natsuo started laughing more. Fuyumi is looking at him like he just made the discovery that will cure cancer and is smiling from ear to ear. Shouto is just looking at her to explain but he gets none.

“That is right. He would need to marry in order to be a true in law Todoroki but that doesn't mean he can’t emotionally be a member already.” Fuyumi slowly makes her way around Natsuo, as he is trying to regain his breath on the ground, so she could place a hand on Shouto’s shoulder. He’s trying to wrap his head around the chaos that is happening but nothing is making sense right now. “I hope you can make him a legal Todoroki one day.” She just had a gentle smile on her face as she went to grab the bag on the ground from the still dying Natsuo. Fuyumi calmly walks over to the couch and sits down with a smile still spread on her face. “I bet he wants to know our reactions to the gifts so…. You wait there and….” 

She looks over to their brother, who is almost able to function normally and just rolls her eyes a bit, Shouto has honestly never really seen her be sassy so it shocks him a bit more than all of this has already made him. “And Natsuo…. Get up off the floor and open your lovely gift. I haven't cleaned it yet and you could get sick. You know how much you're allergic to dust.” Shouto stands stalk-still as his brother eventually gets up and sits not on the couch, he has to be some level of petty, he sits on the floor by the couch. 

Fuyumi watches as he does this and just sighs in exasperation but starts to pull out the first box is small and wrapped with light blue wrapping paper. She looks at it as she tries to find a name on it or some kind of label. “This ooonnnnneeee…. Is for Natsuo.” She hands it over so she can pick up a much bigger box that is striped with dark blue and white. Natsuo looks between the two boxes then frowns a bit. 

“Why do you get a bigger one than me?” He huffs a bit as he looks back down. Fuyumi just fixes him with the ‘mind your own business’ look and then finally acknowledges Shouto still standing there. “Shouto, you can stay standing there or sit down if you want.” She smiles gently to see what he does but Shouto just stays still, he might not be able to get back up if he sits down from confusion. “Okay, you can stay standing if you want while I open my present first.” “What if I wanted to open mine first.” Natsuo tried to get her attention but it didn't work as she nicely started to take apart the wrapping paper. 

THE GIFTS AGAIN IF YA NEED A REMINDER

“Okay… I just get ignor-” “omg” “WOW she even cuts me off.” Natsuo is speaking dully as Fuyumi is just staring into her box. It kinda makes him worry a bit as she just continues to look into the box. “It’s…. So cute.” As soon as Fuyumi gets down saying that she picks up a black pillow from Shouto's perspective, he doesn't know how a plain black pillow can be cute. Natsuo looks up from his gift and looks over to Fuyumi’s but then he pauses. He stares for a bit before he finally speaks up because their sister is not saying anything. “Yea actually, I wouldn’t want a gift like that. It’s a cat plushie, Shou.”

Shouto blinks once twice and then finally realizes that oh…. YinYan must like plushies. “It’s really cute an- Oh there’s a note at the bottom of the box.” She puts the plush beside her as she starts to read her note that seems to be a normal addition to every gift YinYan has given so far. Natsuo was about to open his gift before Fuyumi stopped him and looked up to Shouto. “Shouto, I need you to try and burn this plushie or even freeze it a bit.” This throws him off more before Natsuo reaches over and lowers the temp of the air around his hand until a good layer of frost is around to plush. 

“There, if you waited for snails over there we would be here for years.” Fuyumi gives a little glare at Natsuo as she slightly dusts off her gift before looking to its one side and pulls something. A little zipper is heard and a visible pocket that was not there before. This shocks both boys in the room as they stare at the obvious secret pocket. Fuyumi then sticks her hand into the plush and her eyes slightly widen as she looks up to Shouto once again. “It can insulate its heat and cold. The inside is still room temperature.” 

This didn’t shock Shouto because he was pretty sure he remembers YinYan saying that having temp resistance stuff was something normal for any gifts given to them. “This is a hiding place Yan gave me. He said it’s to keep my things safe because it’s strong and can’t be affected by fire or the cold….” Natsuo is looking at the plush with wide eyes before he quickly tore into his gift.

“I swear if I get a worse gift then the secret pocket plush, Imma be upset.” Shouto can see a piece of paper on the inside of the box first before the gift. Natsuo reads it before lifting it up after he looks to only get halfway down the little page. He sees a shine before he lifts it proudly into the air. Shouto blinks a bit before focusing on the gift again. He doesn't know what it is but luckily neither does Fuyumi. “Natsuo wha-” “IT’S A FUCKING LEGAL POKET KNIFE!!!” “A WHAT!!!” 

At that Shouto locks onto the knife as Natsuo opens it up still holding it in the air. It opens and it looks very nice but it’s the fact Yan gave Natsuo a knife that is confusing him. “He said in the letter that if I needed a better way to protect myself that I can use this. He also basically made this me proof so I can ice this bad boy and basically cut someone with a dry ice blade…. This is so fucking cool.” Natsuo was turning and twisting it this way and that way. Shouto was able to see the beautiful ice design on the handle and even Fuyumi’s gift was ice themed. Now that he thought about it, YinYan never really gave gifts with solely fire themes, his was half and half like his quirk. A lot of people would give them fire or Endeavor themed things because of their sperm donor.

Both of his siblings were admiring their gift, Fuyumi randomly checking in with Natsuo to make sure he didn't cut himself. Shouto standing there waiting to see when they will tell him he could leave, he needs to go and hangout with YinYan. Shouto really needs to get Yin’s real name because it would be really helpful to have and not just because thinking about knowing his name is making him incredibly excited for some reason. After standing around a bit, Fuyumi seems to realize he's still standing there and makes a weird face. “What are you still standing there for? Shou, get going. Yan is probably getting bored outside. Go go and tell him that we love the gifts okay!” She quickly extracts herself from the couch and begins to push him out of the 'living room'. After a little bit she stopped pushing and Shouto continued walking. “Have a good time Shouto! Tell YinYan we said hi and thank you!”

Shouto finally makes it to the front door of the estate and just kinda stands there, thinking. His ,somewhat, siblings were extremely happy with the gifts they received and wanted him to relay that to YinYan plus say thank you. Both of them also kept referring to YinYan as family and thinking about him being related to that flaming trash made Shouto’s skin crawl in a weird way. Then if Shouto thought of him marrying into the family makes him even more upset, he wouldn’t like him being with one of his family members, that doesn't sit right with him. Shouto stands there digesting the weird feeling that he’s having before taking a big breath and opens the door so he could finally hangout with YinYan. Shouto seriously needs to ask him for his name. 

Fuyumi was sitting by her brother as he was messing with the legal pocket knife that a teenager, a 13 year old, maybe even close to 14 years old, got him. She’s sure the person is close to Shouto’s age but besides that how could someone so young get this stuff. Right now, Fuyumi is holding a plushie with a secret pocket that could fit a lot of stuff in it and it can withstand extreme temperatures. At the thought of how resistant the plush is, she turns to look at Natsuo as he is acting like a little kid on Christmas.

“Natsuo.” He quickly looked back at her with excitement clear on his face. “Yumi my god, we need to make sure Shou likes this person and if not they can still be family to me. If they start dating I'm calling dibs on all the cool gifts like this one.” He opens and closes the knife a couple of more times before she grabbed his wrist.

“Natsuo, slash my plush.” This made her lil brother blink a couple of times before putting a deep frown on his face. “I thought you said you loved it? Did you really lie about that, I’m sure YinYan wouldn’t like that.” Fuyumi rolled her eyes at what her brother said but just pushed her plush closer to Natsuo. 

“Yea, I do love it but I want to test something. It didn’t say it in the letter but I think….. I think this can withstand something slashing it or just stabbing into it.” After she said that Natsuo looked at her as if she’s crazy and began laughing. “What?! Why are you laughing?!? I think it’s a normal conclusion to come to when it can withstand different high temperatures!!” He just continues to laugh as he makes sure his knife is closed and won't accidentally hurt him. 

“hahahHAHA y-you haha you think the ki-kid could get pffff.... g-get something like that?” Natsuo holds his gut for the second time today, at least he’s having a great anxiety free time. Fuyumi puffs her cheeks out a bit and they turn a slight pink at her brother laughing at her. “Just check you big jerk.” She sits on the couch with her arms crossed as she waits to see when Natsuo will calm down enough to use the knife.

It took honestly 4 minutes for him to not randomly laugh while trying to use his knife on it before he finally did it. Both of them look at the plush as no mark is shown where it was slashed. This got Natsuo to realize how serious this was as he completely stopped chuckling. “Hehe uummmm maybe I didn’t do it hard enough.” he goes for another slash and Fuyumi really thinks she’s about to spend a good half an hour fixing a gift she just got but as both of them look at the plush, once again nothing shows up. 

Fuyumi looks at it a bit closer before her brother pulls the plush out of her hold and stabs the it with some force. They both sit quietly as Natsuo slowly and carefully picks up the knife. They stare with wide eyes as they see no puncture in it at all, no mark or even a look of a scuff on the plush can be found. “Uuumm Yumi…. Yumi how…. A kid shouldn’t be able to.”   “I know…. A kid should not be able to get their hands on this.”

Natsuo gave a hopeful look up to her as he pulled a weak smile on his face. “M-maybe his parents got it for him?” Fuyumi just shook her head in response as she looked back down to the very illegal plushie. “You know for a fact this would qualify as some type of support gear or maybe hero gear because it can hide supplies, withstand strong temperatures, is stab proof and just imagine it. A Kawaii themed hero would definitely have a bag like this. It could comfort kids, throw enemies off and if they fill it with something heavy they can use it as a weapon….. Natsuo…” Fuyumi gave a desperate look to her brother as her mind ran with so many thoughts of the danger her lil brother could be in.

“Fuyumi, look at me.” Her shoulders were just grabbed and yanked so she could look Natsuo in the eyes as her mind was still reeling with thoughts of the worse, you get used to thinking of nothing but the worse when you're in this house. “We both know…. Not every hero is good.” She tried to look away but Natsuo just made her look back at him. “That also means someone couldn’t be 100% legal. Anyone could dip their toes in the illegal end now and then and think…. If Shouto told him of our home life… this… this could just be them trying to help.” 

Fuyumi looked back at the plushie and knife that were on the couch beside them, she didn’t even notice she put it down. “I mean Christ Yumi.” He lowers himself a bit to get on eye level with her. “He gave me a legal…. Pocket knife. That means he tried to keep it on the safe side.” She had to give him that, YinYan looked to try and stay legal with their gifts. It even said in the letter that he just wanted her to be able to keep her things safe and fireproof some important stuff. It would be perfect for legal documents or phones or eviden-....

Fuyumi took a deep breath, held it for a bit then let it go. “Y-your right… So far we have been shown n-nothing but kindness from him and Shouto looks so much happier now. *sniff*” It felt like she was about to cry from all the high emotions that just hit her in a short period. “B-but I’m just worried, Natsu…. I’m worried for him.” After saying that he pulls her into a tight hug. 

“I know Fumi… I know, I know, who else would worry about us but can you give a little faith that Shouto knows who to trust, okay?” She stayed in the hug for a long time just trying to calm down before she nodded into Natsuo's chest. Fuyumi really couldn’t help but worry. Sense mom is gone, someone has to worry about all the kids.

He perked up at the sound of a door quietly opening from the front of Shouto's estate. A disturbingly large smile forms on his face as he hears footsteps get closer to the front gate. Today will really be a heavenly day wouldn’t it.

鳥

Chapter Text

Izuku is so so so so very excited, as he hears the door to Shouto’s house opens up. He can’t wait, today will be perfect, it will be perfect, it has to be perfect. Izuku was sitting by the gate door, kinda like he did last time he went into Shouto’s house, just listening to those angelic footsteps getting closer. His Shouto is really just perfect, making little quite soft steps that he has to strain to hear and YES Izuku knows that is only because Shouto has to avoid his awful sperm donor but they are just so cute to try to hear for. 

Izuku sits there waiting for Shouto to come out of the gate, he was never close enough to get a bottom angle picture before, he wanted to have Shouto look at him with his kind cool eyes as he sits on the ground. He hears as his Shouto gets closer and closer and closer…. “Yan?” Izuku stares intensely as the gate is opened up to his Shouto looking absolutely heavenly like normal. He makes no sound as he watches his perfect Shouto look left and right for him, very cutely might he add. 

After a few seconds of his angel looking around, his Shouto finally landed his eyes on him. “Oh. there you are, Yan.” His amazing Shouto fully steps out of his gate looking happy as ever, or as happy as his Shouto ever really looks in public. “I thought you left or something. Need a hand?” As Shouto holds his hand out to help Izuku get up, his heart swells with warmth. Izuku nods as he accepts Shouto’s hand, nothing but warmth flows through him as he stares into the beautiful heterochromia eyes of the one he will forever and only love. 

“Sorry, I didn’t get a-a lot of sle-sleep because of nerves.” He scratched the back of his neck as he looked at the ground. Izuku feels his face heat up as he hears a small huff of a laugh come from Shouto. Reluctantly letting go of his Shouto’s hand and they soon started to walk off. Today Izuku planned to take his lovely Shouto to the arcade and then to a Pizza place that didn’t bat an eye when they learned of his lack of a quirk.  It really is a great Pizza place and the owners are so nice, might be because they had a quirkless daughter until the ‘accident’. The fucking police are basterds that lets every quirkless case drop after it take ‘too long’. 

While on their way to the arcade conversation was able to flow so naturally, well for his perspective. The only thing he gained from the whole walk to the arcade though was that HIS Shouto liked the gift and so did his siblings. He unfortunately didn’t open the other ones yet but Izuku also kinda didn’t want to explain the Izudoll just yet…. Also he would just feel embarrassed about explaining it in person..... also in the open where people can stare at him.

but But BUt BUT all of that didn’t matter because his wonderful amazing Shouto has the most perfect way of talking he has ever seen. Everything they both talked about was in total agreement, it was mostly about how bad Endeavor was an asshole, it was honestly like a dream. If that whole walk to the arcade was a dream Izuku would like to wake up and kill whoever gave him that dream because that would mean this is fake and…. That would just be a cruel thing to do. 

Izuku should really get back to focusing on his Shouto at the arcade because he looks like a kid on Christmas morning right now. His eyes are big and shining with wonder at all the lights and different games. It makes Izuku genuinely feel a warm pride over the fact he was able to take his Shouto somewhere that made him look like a little kid again. It doesn't take long for his love to be by his side asking how he himself plays different games or how to pay for them. 

Izuku does a quick run down on all the games he knows but this place is always getting new ones so it’s hard to keep up with his busy schedule. He even got to show him the games he likes most which are all of the rhythm based games here. There are a bunch of DDR’s, CROSSXBEATS, Taiko no Tatsujin, Sound Voltex, MaiMai, Dancerush stardom, and his most favorite Wacca. There are a lot more but these are his most played out of all of them so Izuku lets his world pick what games he wants to play.

They were lucky to be able to come here when not as many people were rushing around, it also helps that it’s not the afternoon yet and that this place is open 24-7. His little adorable Shouto slightly tugged on his sleeve and waited until Izuku looked where he was pointing then started to lightly tug him into that direction. It was so cute that it was making it hard not to just punch anyone that looked at the short interaction, it was slightly making his blood boil at all the people that can just see HIS Shouto act this cute. The only thing that was helping stay calm besides his world being right besides him, was the fact his Shouto was doing this only to him, no one else got this treatment and that made him very happy. 

His amazing and perfect Shouto led him to a DDR game and looked at him with these big pleading eyes and Izuku doesn't know what happened but all he knows is that he’s frozen. He can see his Shouto’s mouth moving, talking in his elegant voice but nothing registers. This is his Shouto….. that only acts this way…to him… Shouto is only… acting this way… TOWARDS HIM…. Izuku takes a big breath and can’t understand the fact that he can clearly smell that Shouto must have taken a shower this morning because he smells heavenly. His nose is just filled with this smell of Shouto and it makes him feel light headed. His Shouto is just so close, so perfect, so amazing. No one should see. Only Izuku should see this, hear this, be near this. ONLY IZUKU SHOULD HAVE HI- All of those thoughts stop at the feeling of a hand on his shoulder.

Izuku blinks a couple times and tries to focus back into his surroundings, he hasn’t had a close call in a while. He’s usually able to control himself better and only young Midoriya’s usually have close calls. It wouldn’t matter if he gushed about his Shouto at a safe zone or the apartment but outside people can see his carefully crafted mask break apart and that would just look suspicious if suddenly this lovable, quiet, shy boy becomes a love crazed maniac. Izuku really can’t have a close call here of all places and in front of his love too, he could end up pushing him away because he hasn’t been introduced yet. 

Izuku finally fully focuses on his surroundings and sees a worried Shouto, he was worried about him. “-ey yan.. Yan are you there? Are you okay?” Sound hits him all at once and it honestly hurts for a few seconds but quickly goes back to normal. Izuku then notices how fast his breathing is and does some breathing exercises to help himself. 

While he’s cooling himself down, His shouto is still holding onto his shoulder and that makes it a bit harder but he can work with that. He can also see the concern on his universe's face and it makes his stomach clench in fear. Did he hurt his world, would he not like him anymore? “I-i’m ok Shouto. I guess I just had a close call is all, no need to worry. It’s all fine now.” 

Izuku puts on a small smile because wow that is really embarrassing and he really hopes his world still accepts him. His Shouto gives him a quick skeptical look but then shakes his head a bit. “I don’t know what you mean by close call but I’m taking a guess and saying it’s personal and you most likely won't tell me.” He blinked a couple times at what Shouto said until it finally kicked in.

He starts to stammer out apologies and saying that he’s just so used to being with his mom that knows what’s going on that it slipped his mind. His Shouto said it’s okay and asked his question again, apparently when Izuku said he likes these games Shouto wanted to see how good he is at it or well more like see how it’s done. Of course Izuku had the bad luck of having a close call when his world asked the most adorable question. He easily agreed to playing the DDR for his Shouto so he can understand how to play the game better. 

Izuku even asked what level he wanted him to play, Shouto said to pick what was comfortable for him, he preferred the medium levels. He started up a game on one of the medium levels, this way he can keep an eye out on his world and make sure no one bothers him… or gets too close to him… or talks to him…. Or look at him and breathe near him or breathe in the same direction as him and breathe the same air as him…. Izuku needs to get his bearings again because another close call right after one another would be hard to deal with. 

Izuku was able to complete the whole level and got a near perfect score, usually if someone is doing really good at least one or two people will watch for a bit but he got lucky…. These people here right now apparently like to mind their own business like one should, especially if it's involving his love of his whole wide world. Now mentioning his whole reason to live, Shouto loved watching him play the game and looked so excited to try it for himself. He picked out one of the easiest out of the list for his lil adorable life to try for the first time. Shouto looked a bit upset that he didn't set it to a higher one but Izuku didn't want to hurt himself trying to get a high score. 

After this it was going so perfect and amazing and just like a lifetime dream that has finally come true. It’s like his soul has left his body and went to the most amazing paradise that he thinks he’s going to lose his soul a second time. He really feels like he can’t breathe but he has too because it’s the same air near his Shouto. 

Izuku is toeing the line of a close call every time he watches Shouto do anything at all. He almost lost it when Shouto looked absolutely adorable trying to pick out his own levels. He almost broke a game when his Shouto looked at him with big eyes at the waste of space refusing to get off a game his Shouto wanted to play. Izuku is very close to punching them in their little worthless face but his world wouldn’t react great to that so…. No punching… no hurting… but he can still glare daggers at this fucks back until they finally got so uncomfortable they fucking left. 

Izuku won a big stuffy for him as well, Shouto looked at him like he hung the stars in the sky after he hugged the damn thing. He thought he was having a heart attack at that bewitching look and those deep sea like eyes, he was getting lost in them all the time. It also looked like someone else was getting lost in them as Izuku stared at them intensely. He stared at them but it seemed to not deter them at all and it was pissing him off. He found an answer to fix this anger by taking a few pictures of them and even was able to get part of their name when they paid for something with a card. Izuku then sent this information to his mom and wished her the best of luck because it was very little information but she could get them. 

After the arcade and so many close calls, he thought of just ending it early, they were making their way to the pizza place. His Shouto was hugging the stuffy he won for him like his life depended on it and it hid half of his face. Izuku was starting to get jealous of that toy now but it’s okay because that just means his wonderful perfect Shouto likes the gift. Izuku was able to win him a gift and it made him extremely happy. That's why he is hugging it so damn much. That’s why he’s so clingy with it. He’ll hug the Izudoll just the same. He’ll love the Izuku doll more than these cheap things that it’s even made especially for Shouto to survive in his awful house, Izuku will get him out of that house soon enough though. 

They made it to the pizza place, Oba-san and Ojii-san were working away like normal. “Oh dear! Look, it's lil Izu-kun and a…. Honey please come out here really quick!” Oba-san called out to her husband in the back, he’s usually the one to make all the pizza’s and different foods and Oba-san works with all the interactions with customers. It’s a small place that never really sees much traffic but it’s perfect. Now what’s confusing is the fact Oba-san called for her husband, she usually only does that if she’s worried or anxious. 

“What do ya need you pain in m-.... Oh Izu-kun you're here with a… with a friend, right?” Ojii-san came in with his normal grumpy expression but it quickly changed to a forced smile. Izuku doesn't know why he does that but now he also notices that Oba-san is also forcing a smile on her face. Why are they acting like this, they never acted like this when he came in before. He’s come in here and stayed for hours and they are just two extremely nice and an accepting old couple that get protective over customers….. Izuku brought his Shouto this time and this is the first time that he ever brought someone here. They must think he’s being bullied or something…. Wow they are so nice but it’s really not wanted at this moment.

“So who did you bring along today Izu-kun.” Oba-san’s very fake smile widened a little and Ojii-san seemed to tense up a bit. Izuku got a little closer to his world just in case they do something dumb. “They seem like a good friend to come visit us here.” She eyed Shouto with a suspicious look but kept the fake happiness there for some reason. 

Izuku let out a sigh and let a tired smile fall onto his face. “Oba-san, Ojii-san. Oh my gods. This is Shouto. My very best friend I have mentioned once before to you guys but it seemed you forgot.” Oba-san and Ojii-san both seemed to freeze and take another look at his wonderful Shouto. He is happy he can show him off because his Shouto is a wonderful and amazing world for him but of course they aren't family so they wouldn’t know that. If they really were biological family members then this would be a completely different situation. 

Oba-san blinked a couple times until she finally broke the silence that fell over all of them. Poor perfect Shouto looks confused and so lost. “Oh… OH Izu, this is actually a friend and not some mean old person.” Oba-san looked so excited and all he could do was nod along to her excitement. Ojii-san still looked a bit shocked, watching both his wife and Izuku get more excited and also Shouto just being more lost than before. 

Sense Izuku was still standing close to Shouto, he just pulled him over to a booth table and sat him down on the window seat. “Oh I’m so sorry sweetie! Me and my husband are just a little protective over Izuku. We’ve seen him get hurt for no reason more times than not. The last time someone came in after Izu-kun, we had to kick them out and I guess… we just thought we would have to do that again.” Oba-san’s trying to be nice but he really wished she didn’t bring that up. Izuku hasn’t told his Shouto about that yet for obvious reasons. 

He just acts like he didn’t hear Oba-san say that and looks over to Ojii-san with a smile. “Ojii-san, can you get a large cheese pizza for us?” Ojii-san gave him a soft smile and a quick nod. “Aiko dear, can you ring them up while I work on their food and ask if they want any drinks.” Oba-san gives a big smile and she quickly makes her way to the register. Ojii-san makes his way to the back to cook.

Izuku looks over to Shouto and just sees him trying to figure out what is going on. “I’m sorry. Both of them are really quick paced when it comes to serving customers, do you want anything to drink?” Shouto looks over to him with just confusion written all over his face, like he’s trying to solve a mystery. 

His Shouto looked between him and then to Oba-san and then back to him. “Are…Are they actually Your grandma and grandpa?”

“Hu?”

“Aiko Oba-san and Ojii-san. Are they actually really your family members?” Shouto just looks at him but Izuku is a little lost.

“You…think that Aiko Oba-san and Haruto Ojii-san are my grandparents?” Izuku blinks a few times as he looks at his amazing world. Shouto looks down to the table holding onto his new won plushie. 

“I-i just… you call them Oba-san and Ojii-san so I thought.” Oh no no no no. Izuku didn’t mean it like that. He was just so confused by the fact someone would think that because they look nothing alike at all. Now Shouto looks so sad no Izuku was not meant to make him sad no that’s bad. How does he fix that, how can this be fixed.

鳥

Chapter Text

Aiko really didn’t think that Izuku-kun would bring someone to their little pizza place. The 360 Pizza has never been that popular, so it made sense when not many came here but lil Izu was one of the few that found it. Just like every time someone finds this place, they are in need of help. Aiko always thought it was some weird curse that was placed on the building, people in need of a doctor, food, shelter, anything really. Those were the only type of people that found themselves here. 

Everyone that found this place quickly became like family to her and her husband. The family never stays long though, always getting into too much trouble and unable to make it back here ever again. Aiko has seen many types of people come through here but lil Izu was one of the few that actually creeped her out. 

Don’t get Aiko wrong, Izuku-kun is like a grandson to her but…. When you spend most of your life near dangerous people or people connected to dangerous situations, you can just tell when someone is… let’s say off. That doesn't make her hate or care less for lil Izu, those are the type of people who usually need the most help but also the people that stay around the shortest. Always disappearing and maybe one day Haruto and her will be sitting watching TV and see them being arrested.

It always breaks their hearts but they would rather think at least others are more safe now, even if they knew they would never be hurt by that person the media and heroes deemed "insane", "evil", and a "villain". So imagine her surprise that even to this day, 3 years after discovering the 360 pizza… Izuku is still here and he would be what….. Almost 14 now or was it 15..... not he's 14 now. Everyone else would have left or disappeared by this point, either to protect this little pizza place or being forced to never see them again by prison and or other means that differ from person to person. 

Izuku-kun has "brought" someone before that he wanted both Haruto and her to get rid off, maybe he just didn’t notice them following him into the dinner. Scaring people off was easy enough especially if they were just little brats. So when lil Izu didn’t want them to shoo off the boy to his home, it shocked them. A family member coming here but not needing their help in that type of way was... different. This was when she noticed that lil Izu was very very very….. VERY attached to this boy.

This is one of the reasons that made Izuku-kun creepy. Usually when he talked about this one person he liked you could see these…. Weird emotions flicker across his face. It was unsettling the first few times it happened, it looked like he was trying his best to control a beast in those moments. After so long of talking about this boy to Aiko and her husband, she noticed he got better at controlling his emotions. She didn’t know if it was because he was getting better at hiding them or his crush for the mystery boy was cooling down a bit. 

This was a whole new territory though…. Izuku looked as if he would kill either of them if they even touched him. Haruto and her could tell after watching Izuku a little bit that if they stepped the wrong way… they would be the ones disappearing this time…. so they did what they did best. They are doing their absolute hardest to help their lil boy. They both think that Izuku and this other kid are on some kind of date but they won’t know for sure until lil Izu told them himself, so they will most likely never know for sure.

Some people would look at us as if we were crazy with this decision. Why wouldn’t they help the other boy brought by lil Izu if they both know how dangerous he is and it’s an easy question to answer…. They don’t know this person. This is a stranger over the person they see as an adorable, sometimes scary, grandson that has even helped out in the dinner a times. Would you pick a family member over a random person you met a couple of minutes ago….. The answer is no… no you wouldn’t. You would pick the person you hold dear over this rando any day. 

So when Aiko noticed that the boy, Shouto, her mind supplemented, looked upset a bit and Izuku-kun looked down right terrified, she had to help out. She doesn't know what happened but every kid likes ice cream right and milkshakes are just as good. Aiko could only do the best she can in this situation and help lil Izu get the one he loves to like him back. She means… why wouldn’t she, Izuku-kun called this person his whole world all the time so…. Aiko is doing what she has been doing for any family member her whole life

Helping

—------------

Izuku was still slightly panicking because Shouto is upset, Izuku made him upset, he’s not supposed to do that because so many others already do that to him all the time. If Izuku knew for a fact that Shouto never showed his sadness to anyone, Izuku would find a way to claim that side of him too so no one else can see it. He would make him cry on purpose so he could see what no one else gets too with his perfect Shouto. The thing is, plenty of people have already seen him like that and barely anyone gets to see him so happy, so Izuku will make Shouto happy all the time. BUT HE IS FAILING AT IT SO MUCH RIGHT NOW

His Shouto asked him if both Oji-san and Oba-san were actually related to him, he asked why his perfect world would think that. THAT WAS THE WRONG FUCKING THING TO ASK!!! Shouto got upset, he looks like I just insulted his mom and that is not what he wanted at all. Izuku looks at his Shouto with worry, trying to think of something but nothing is coming. God it would be so much easier to just kidnap him after the arcade date, THAT'S WHAT HIS MOM BASICALLY DID AND IT WORK WELL ENOUGH FOR HER…. no wait he didn’t want to make Shouto that depressed. That would be so bad. 

Right when Izuku was going to flounder awfully with his words, Oba-san THANK GODS Oba-san came over with a milkshake. She also brought two straws too, he’ll have to give both of them a bigger tip then he usually does. She sets the milkshake down on the table and gave both of them a big smile. His Shouto looked up over to her, still looking a little sad but his eyes immediately landed on the drink she just gave them. “Here you too go! People wouldn’t think we make good milkshakes but Izu here can testify to that.”

His wonderful Shouto looked at the milkshake then to me and my HEART FEELS LIKE IT’S GOING AT THE SPEED OF LIGHT GOOD GOD!!! “I love them here! T-they're really goo-od and Oba-san really knows w-what she’s doing when ma-making them.” Izuku tried his best to not think of the sad face of his amazing Shouto but really every face he makes has his heart stutter a thousand beats. He really needs to learn to control this certain emotions again. 

His Shouto just keeps looking at the shake with some type of emotion behind his eyes but Izuku can’t tell what it is and that just makes him so nervous. “Is…Do you n-not like mi-milkshakes?” He was really hoping that's not the case, the date HANG OUT HANG OUT THEY ARE JUST HANGING OUT!! Even if he really wants this to be their wedding day already. His perfect little world shakes his head adorably and shows him a small sad smile. Izuku really wished Oba-san didn’t see that but he can tell she’s still standing by their table. He kinda wants to pluck her eyes out now for seeing this face, he really wants to.

“No.. it’s just…. I never had one before…. I don’t know if I'll like it.” Shouto looked back to the milkshake and Izuku could hear Aiko Oba-san make a sad ‘aawww’ sound behind him. He’s really getting close to doing something now. Izuku should get her to leave right now. He gave another big smile to his Shouto but turned his eyes to Oba-san. “That's okay! If you don't like it I’ll just call Oba-san back over here and then you can get something you know that you’ll like.”

He waited as Oba-san seemed to gulp a bit but kept her normal happiness up, both of them are used to his threats by now so it’s not that much of a big deal. Oba-san nodded quickly and made her way to the cash register again. From where she is, she could still see them but it would be hard to see his Shouto’s face from that angle. Izuku looks back to his breathtaking world, he was given the milkshake a longing stare kinda like he wanted it but couldn’t have it.

Izuku only ever wanted his Shouto to look at him like that, but the difference is that his precious Shouto could have all of him and more if he wanted at any moment. “Shouto… You know you can have it right.” At his word his Shouto looked over and seemed to panic for a second before schooling his expression and hiding his emotions, Shouto shouldn’t do that. 

“I know but… don’t you want some, I’m sure it was given to both of us to share.” He noticed how his Shouto deflected and just made it so it’s both of theirs instead of his. It slightly pissed him off because his Shouto should have nice things and it's just common sense that anything that Izuku’s belongs to Shouto. “Well, you looked like you wanted it and I know how good these shakes are. I can grab one anytime I want but you don’t live close enough for that type of thing sooooo….” 

Izuku just stared at the beautiful ethereal being in front of him as he once again lost himself in that beauty today. He just looked into the deepness of those heterochromia eyes that are just so perfect, if only Izuku found Shouto before his mom gave him that scare. He would have disfigured her for it but now Izuku’s main goal right now is to get on Shouto's good side, that means being nice to people he’s close to. After what felt like all too short of an amount of time, those amazing eyes looked away from him, Izuku’s heart hurt at that.

“-now if I should…. Endevo-”   “Fuck that old basterds. He doesn't control anything you do, when you're with me you can do anything you want and you will never get any repercussions from it.” Izuku took in a big breath of the air that just excited his Shouto's mouth. He's really glad they sat right beside each other. He was also really happy that his amazing Shouto decided to let out a big sigh at the moment, it’s helping him not go on a rampage to kill the number 2 asshole right now. 

Izuku put a straw into the milkshake and pulled it closer to the both of them, he wants to see up close how his world eats/drinks. He can’t wait to see how his Shouto eats other things, he’s seen him do it from afar but now he sees it happening right. in. front. of. him. Izuku is so fucking excited that he might just kill that fucker that was giving his perfect one and only heart eyes at the arcade. Maybe he’ll ask his mom to leave him barely hanging on so he can end that despicable worm himself. 

“Just try a sip and then if, and I mean a big if,  you don’t want it I can have the rest but when you do like it….. I will get myself a milkshake too.” Even though Izuku wants to drink from the same drink. He’s going to definitely take that straw home by the end of the night and any silverware that Shouto might use. Damn, Izuku just realized he ordered pizza and no one uses utensils for that fuck fuck FUCK! He could have had a fork and maybe a spoon or knife that was used by his amazing breathing taking world. 

Shouto gave him a hesitant stare before he put his mouth on the straw…. He really wishes that straw was his finger or even better his own mouth. Being able to kiss his Shouto sounds like paradise. Izuku watched in fascination in which muscles his Shouto uses to suck on the striped straw. How he kept his eyes screwed closed tight as can be because he’s nervous about how the milkshake will taste. Izuku looks on in totally adoration watching the shake slowly go up into the straw and into his everything perfectly oh so perfect mouth.

It was like watching a firework go off. His Shouto’s eyes blew open wide and he could see a smile slowly climb up his face. Izuku can see the stars shining brighter than the sun in his Shouto’s eyes, it’s so breathtaking to see the first time Shouto will remember a milkshake. He knows that Shouto never really got to have a lot of sweets when he was younger because the sperm donor of a ‘dad’ basically made everyone in that hellhole eat healthy healthy. Fucking a kid never being able to enjoy a milkshake until they where 14 was a literal crime, that just adds miles on to the abuse he has already done. That absolute monster.

Shouto finally lets go of the straw and Izuku feels like he lost his breath. The whole hardly nothing but joy and happiness pasted in every crevice of Shouto’s posture right now. If only Izuku could keep Shouto in this state of happiness all the time, maybe he can find someone with a quirk like that. Being able to make a drinkable chemical that can be like an antidepressant or just to make a person happy for a few hours would be a god sent for Izuku just to simply live in this moment where Shouto is so unbelievably happy.   

After a little bit of his Shouto looking at the milkshake with wonder. It was long enough that it was slightly making Izuku jealous to hell and back but he can’t get that upset because it's. just. food. Shouto looked at him like he gave him the most amazing thing in his whole life and held a smile on his face that showed that thought clearly. “It’s so good Yan!” In that incredible moment Izuku finally realized something.

.

.

.

He forgot to tell his Shouto his own name.

.

.

.

.

Izuku is a fucking dumbass. 

Chapter Text

Shouto was actually having… a fun time. He didn’t expect that and he kept his expectations very low but so far Yan has exceeded them exponentially. He really didn’t think that would happen but they got to have a milkshake, it was the first one Shouto ever had and it was amazing, and they had pizza from Oba-san and Oji-san. He even asked if it was okay to call them that because he didn’t have grandparents of his own. They seemed okay with it and Yan looked happy about it so it must have been okay. 

The pizza was perfect and the little shop only had two other customers the whole time, when they said they rarely get people here, they meant it. After they ate they were on their way back to Shouto’s personal hell house. It was a nice walk back, being a bit cool outside and a lot of people were already home by now so that made it a very calming walk. Both him and Yan walked in comfortable silence, Shouto was personally looking at the beautiful sky with its sweeping oranges and reds mixed with scarce wary white clouds.

With Yan on his mind while looking at the wonderful setting sky, Shouto finally realized something he wanted to ask earlier in the day. He looked over to see a slightly nervous looking Yan, cocking his head to the side slightly and wondering when Yan started to get like that. Shouto just shook his head a bit, Yan has been a little anxious the whole day so that must be how he acts is all. “Yan.”

He quietly said the name out loud but with the street barren of any life but theirs, his voice rang out loud. The small greenets head snapped to him in a instant, like he was waiting for him to say something. “I wanted to ask you a question.” Shouto watched quietly as for another time today, he saw emotions that he couldn’t explain flash across Yan’s face. 

That has been happening all day at random points. He could tell it wasn’t some form of nervousness or anxiety. Shouto thought it wasn’t his place to ask because wouldn’t that be weird to ask what emotions they were feeling. Where other people would most likely be able to understand the emotions raging in Yan’s eyes, Shouto couldn’t. He was never around people until about a year ago, maybe even less, so he couldn’t understand a lot of different feelings. It was just like the feeling of… of joy or happiness he was having all day long.

The feeling of wanting to be close to Yan, to learn his real name, to learn more things about him, to know everything about him and leave nothing unknown left behind. It was a little weird because Shouto never fixated that much on one thing for so long let alone a person. He made sure to stay close to Yan all day and ignore the nagging feeling of questioning this kind person about anything and everything that crossed Shouto’s mind. One question kept popping up in his head the most though and that was. How do you feel right now? He wanted nothing more than to know every emotion that Yan was experiencing but Shouto hasn’t experienced yet, they ran like a river behind those huge gorgeous viridian eyes. It almost felt like he just wanted to peel back Yan’s head so he could get a better look at his brain just so he could understand why he was so nice. Shouto can’t do that though because he doesn't know how to analyze brains and that would probably end up with Yan dying. Shouto can definitely tell that he doesn't want that happening any time soon. 

He’s getting off track with his thoughts but it looks like Yan has just tuned back into reality and was looking like he was trying to regain his composure. It was kinda cute in Shouto’s opinion to see that airy far off look in his eyes that would flash with a million and one thought to going back to focused and observant. A small smile spread across Yan’s face as his eyes slightly closed. “Yea Shouto! You can ask me anything you want.” That kinda makes Shouto want to turn back a clock so he can ask Yan all the questions that he wanted to ask throughout the day but this one was the most important right now. 

“Yan, I wanted to know if you can give me your name.” At that, Yan’s face promptly burst into a bright red color, he kinda wanted to ask why but didn’t because Yan looked too nervous at the moment. Shouto looked at the hands of the greenet as he wrung them out like one would do with laundry. He hopes that it doesn't hurt to do so and if it does maybe Shouto could use some heat or cool air to help any soreness Yan might feel later. 

“Uu-uumm We-well My… M-my nam-me is Izuku.” Ya- No Izuku, looked up into his eyes as more wild emotions swirled around behind those lovely green eyes. “M-midoriya Izuku.” He doesn't know why but Shouto felt himself take a deep breath for some reason. It felt very… satisfying… to hear and learn of the name of the person that was held up in his mind on most days. He nodded his head to the answer given to him as he filed away how Izuku’s face looked telling him his name for the first time, he’s kinda glad he was told it in person instead of through a phone. 

“Okay thank you, Izuku.” Shouto didn’t notice but the tiniest of smiles graced his face while saying the first name out loud. This caused Izuku to once again grow a raging blush and looked down to the ground to avoid the light which was brighter than the sun. Shouto just watched in fascination as he saw the blush spread the more he looked.

“Y-you used my fi-first na-ame.” It was mumbled slowly but Shouto was still able to clearly hear Izuku say it in this dead street. He stands there staring at Izuku while what he said played in Shouto’s head, trying to figure out what he did wrong. Oh… “I’m sorry. Would you like me to-”   “NO!” Izuku’s hand sharply zipped up into Shouto’s face, waving frantically back and forth while the other one covered his red face. “N-no I mean… Yo-ou can use My fir-rst name if you wa-ant.”

Shouto doesn't know why but he feels like his fireside just started to turn o- “SHOUTO OMG YOUR ON FIRE!!!” He turns his head to see that yes, he is on fire and the left side of his shirt is quickly catching on fire as well. He tries to turn off his quirk but it just seems to not be listening right now and besides the fire Shouto honestly feels like he’s right besides the sun. Izuku worries over him but after a little bit of this bizarre burning hot… happiness, the fire goes out and his shirt has paid the price. 

Shouto lets out a quiet huff at the loss of this shirt, he actually liked it because Endeavor didn’t give it to him. “O-oh wait a sec-cond Shouto let me just.” Izuku quickly rummages through his pockets until he pulls out his little bag. He just watches as Izuku opens it up and pulls out a whole jacket. Shouto blinks at what he just saw come out of the tiny bag and is then given the jacket. 

“Uuuummm.” Shouto looks at the jacket in his hands, unable to understand how that is even possible. “Oh oh I’m sorry I didn’t tell you how that works uuumm.” His eyes shoot up to lock onto Izuku’s as he starts to stutter through his explanation. While he explains that the apparently quirk enhanced bag is a gift from his dad, wanting to know that his son has an extra pair of clothes on him at all times. So the bag can only hold cloth like items but with that aside, Shouto can finally tell why Izuku would even give him this jacket…. His shirt is barely hanging onto his left side now.

Shouto can feel heat rise through his again but quickly stomps it out. Izuku’s face seems to be extremely flushed while he just slides off his now ruined shirt and puts on the jacket… that Izuku gave him… Izuku gave him his jacket. Shouto can feel nothing but pure joy rush through him for some reason but he knows for a fact he isn’t showing it on his face. “Thank you so much Izuku.”

The other boy seems to be out of it again but this time quickly snaps back to reality and even offers to take the now burned shirt. Shouto was a bit reluctant but Izuku incessant that it was no problem, this also made him happy for some weird reason. They continue on to his house, nothing else important happens but the whole time Shouto is nothing but content with how the day went.

When they finally got to the front gate the sun was almost all the way down. Some fear for Izuku walking home spikes up but he knows that he shouldn’t worry. A beaming smile is thrown his way and Shouto thinks his heart stutters, was he sick? ”Well, I hope you enjoyed the hangout.”  The greenet wrings his hands together while looking at the ground, it's cute.

“Yea. I had a nice time today, Izuku. I hope we can do that again.” Shouto hears some noise from inside the gated area. He needs to get this done with, if for some reason Endeavor is back he needs to be inside. Shouto is also worried Natsuo is trying to sneak up on them, it would be annoying to deal with him. “I should get inside but…. B-but do you need help getting home safe?” He doesn't know why he asked that. It was fine, Izuku would be able to get home fine so why was everything screaming at him to make sure he’s safe. 

Izuku has a light dusting of pink run across his cheeks but his smile just seems to brighten more. “Nope, I’ll be fine. I want you to be safe, okay Shouto.” Something in his gut clenched at the fact Izuku was worried about him but he really doesn't know why. 

“Okay, have a good night then.” Shouto waves goodbye but the urge to try and stay is great. He can feel Izuku’s eyes on his back as he walks through the gates, he wants to look back but if Natsuo is watching he’ll just annoy him about it. When he finally closes the front door, he doesn't feel eyes on himself anymore. Shouto looks down to the stuffie Izuku won for him, his face slowly getting warmer the longer he looks at it. 

He leans back on the door and holds the plushie close to his chest. He breathed in as he held the plush over his face, wishing it smelled like the light citric and villain that Izuku seemed to just have naturally. While he stood there holding the plush so incredibly close and just soaking in this weird warm feeling, the door behind him swung open. “SSHHHOOOOOOO!!!” 

Shouto quickly fell onto the ground with a loud thump and a groan, he turned onto his side holding the plush close and rubbing his back. He looked up and saw who opened the door and effectively threw him to the ground, it was obviously Natsuo. Shouto hid his face in the toy as he mumbled out. “Don’t you have somewhere else to go instead of being here all the time.”

Natsuo just had a huge grin on his face while watching his little brother suffer on the ground. “What? And miss my little brother embarrass himself in front of his cruuuusssshhhhh~~!!!” Shouto watched as his annoying and only brother Touya died that's what they said, leaned over with that stupid grin spread across his face.

He narrowed his eyes and shifted a little so he could get up but also keep the plush from touching the floor. After he got up from the ground and dusted himself off and glared at Natsuo. “I don’t know what you mean by crush but I don’t want to crush Izuku.” Natsuo froze on the spot and his grin faltered a little but stayed on. He was opening and closing his mouth a couple of times but Shouto ignored him in favor of going to his room to make sure the plush is safe. 

While he almost got to his room, he thinks he heard Natsuo yell about how greeny has an actual name and that he is using his first name at that, how could Izuku be a last name was another thing yelled out. Shouto walked over to where he left the other gifts he got from Izuku, he has his name now, his whole name is Shouto’s and now he can help Izuku if something happens or if he stops texting and calling him randomly. Shouto has nerve felt this crushing feeling of need and want toward something before. 

He put the plushie with the other gifts while holding onto his chest. It hurt. Why does… is this normal to be so…s-so nervous at the thought of your friend leaving you behind. He gulped at the thought of not being able to talk to Izuku again, something that would happen if Enji found out about him. This… this has to be normal right? Shouto nodded his head a little as he began to back away from the gifts that were not opened yet and plush.

Shouto just has never had a friend before so he must just be…. Experiencing normal emotions towards friends for the first time, yeah that's it. He’s just never had to deal with these emotions before so it’s just overwhelming him a little is all. He took in a big breath like how Fuyumi always told him to do when he needed to calm down. Shouto did it a couple more times but he could still feel that weird… nervousness? from before, just a little bit more barrable now.

He looked back to the gifts given to him by Izuku. He gulped as he decided to open the other ones later. Shouto quickly left his room because he knew for a fact that his sister was supposed to make supper, another night without Enji was rare so might as well take advantage of it. He slowly and calmly, hopefully he did it calmly, as he made his way to the dinner room. Why they had a huge room for dinners when it’s basically never used always confused him. 

“-lling you that he used the guys first name. We can’t look him up or anything, you think it was just a slip of the tongue and Shouto will use his last name when he comes down for dinner?” Natsuo was talking to his sister openly and very loud at that. If he wanted to gossip with Fuyumi then he could at least do it quietly.

“Natsu, as I said, if he wants to, he will tell us. Though the way he said he doesn't want to ‘crush’ Yan was a bit concerning. Do you think Shouto doesn't know what having a crush is?” His sister was not caring about the fact he could clearly hear them too. Well they didn’t know that he was literally standing just around the corner but you’d think that they would have thought of that. This is what he usually did when he was barred from interacting with both of these people for basically all of his life. 

He tiptoed around trying to hear anything Endeavor was talking about so he could be ready for the next training session he would give. Now he’s doing that same thing to try and figure out these people his siblings more, it’s a bit annoying when they talk about him but he has to know what they think of him. 

“Nat, did you go get Sho yet?” This caused the hair on the back of his neck to stand up and he started to retract himself to the wall he was leaning on. As he slowly backed up, trying his best to get further from the dining room. Natsuo said he didn't and Fuyumi asked him if he could but Shouto was already at the end of the hall. 

He heard the light squeaking of a chair and that was when he thought now would be a good time to make himself known. Shouto took a few steps and added a little more weight to them then what he normally would then went back to his normal soft steps. He rounded the corner and saw Natsuo looking at him while his sister was still working on getting the food on the table.

“Hello.” Was all he stated before he took his seat at the table. The white haired man was looking at him like he just walked on water but that was none of his business. While he waited for Fuyumi to get done with setting up the table, he had a staring contest with his brother. Natsuo was really just looking at him and Shouto decided he might as well try a staring contest because he can’t remember ever doing one.

“Sho.” Oh, he guesses the staring contest is going to stop soon…. Or Shouto could just not blink still. “I heard you call Yan, Izuku so…. What is his full name.” Shouto just continued to look at his brother from across the table and didn’t say anything. His eyes were starting to hurt but he can tell that Natsuo is going to blink first.

After Fuyumi finally got everything on the table, Natsuo blinked and Shouto just gave a slightly raised grin. He got a glare in return but their sister stopped them both with shoving their plants in their face. “Not here, not now. You can do that after dinner and away from the dining room.” Natsuo just gave her a side glance while rolling his eyes. 

It’s not like they use this dining room for anything important. Most of the time if Shouto could, he always ate in his room or just somewhere out of Enji’s sight. It always sent shivers down his spine when that man looked at him while eating, like doing something so simple was already missed up and he needed to be better. 

They all begin eating in relative silence but it doesn't last long because they already get enough quiet time with Enji. “So Shouto, how was your day with…” Fuyumi started, Natsuo personally looked like he was going to explode with questions. 

Shouto just ate some more of the good food before responding in his normal monotone voice. “Izuku, we had a nice time. Some people were a bit rude here and there but that's just normal.” He puts some more food in his mouth and starts to chew slowly while looking his brother dead in the eyes. He knows for a fact that Natsuo wants to bombard him with questions but Yumi will make sure it’s a steady pace so he can eat. 

Fuyumi clapped her hands together and had a bright smile on her face. “Oh that's so great Shouto b-but uuumm…. What is his last name?” Shouto saw how the smile became just a little strained for a second before fixing itself, maybe she just wants more info. 

He swallows the food in his mouth but still keeps eye contact with, the about to explode, Natsuo. “Midoriya, Midoriya Izuku is his name but since he only calls me by my first name I thought it was only fair if I did it back.” He glances at his sister before his eyes quickly go back to his brother looking like he’s about to say something but got stopped by Fuyumi again. 

“Okay so Midoriya took you some places today, so where did ya go and how did ya feel about the place? Maybe we can go somewhere like that if you like it so much” She eats some food while waiting for her answer that hangs in the silence. 

“We went to an arcade and… and it was fun but…” Shouto huffed at trying to understand his emotions because it was fun but that wasn’t it. He feels like if Izuku was there it wouldn’t be as nearly as fun as it was. Natsuo is still looking at him as if a thousand questions are at the tip of his tongue. 

“It wouldn’t be as…. Fun without Izuku there. I think that's how I feel about it.” Shouto said this while his brother was in the middle of taking a drink of something, he spat some out across the table. “WhA- *cough* What?!?” Was the only word that Natsuo was able to get out while he was choking on his drink. Fuyumi just gave him a patient and kind smile like always while waiting for an answer. 

“I said that it wouldn’t be as fun if Izuku was with me there, that’s what made it enjoyable.” Shouto ignored the sputtering sounds his brother made and just ate more of the delicious food Fuyumi made. While putting more food in his mouth, he heard a yelp and then a quiet whisper yell that sounded like his brother. 

“ᴮᵘᵗ ʸᵘᵐᶦᵎ ᵀʰᵃᵗ'ˢ ᵇᵃˢᶦᶜᵃˡˡʸ ˢᵗᵃᵗᶦⁿᵍ ʰᶦˢ ˡᶦᵏᵉˢ ʰᶦᵐᵎ ᴵ'ᵐ ᵗᵉˡˡᶦⁿᵍ ʸᵒᵘ ʷᵉ ˢᵒᵒⁿ ʰᵃᵛᵉ ᵗᵒ ᵍᶦᵛᵉ ᵗʰᵉ ˢʰᵒᵛ⁻”  Another yelp was heard from Natsuo as what Shouto could only guess is Fuyumi stepping on his brothers foot…. Again. “ʸᵒᵘ ᵈᵒⁿ'ᵗ ⁿᵉᵉᵈ ᵗᵒ ᵇʳᶦⁿᵍ ᶦᵗ ᵘᵖ. ᴵ ˢᵃᶦᵈ ᵇᵉᶠᵒʳᵉ ᵗʰᵃᵗ ʷᵉ ʰᵃᵛᵉ ᵗᵒ ᵍᶦᵛᵉ ʰᶦᵐ ˢᵖᵃᶜᵉ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵗᶦᵐᵉ, ᵗʰᵃᵗ ᶦˢ ⁿᵒᵗ ˢᵖᵃᶜᵉ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵗᶦᵐᵉ ᴺᵃᵗˢᵘᵒ ᵀᵒᵈᵒʳᵒᵏᶦᵎ” Shouto ignores the whisper shouting and just enjoys his food, it was a nice day and Natsuo’s teasing won't make it worse. 

When he looks back up he sees Fuyumi with a calm warm smile on her face but Natsuo is rubbing his arm and his one ear is red, like someone was pulling and pinching it. “S-so You really like Midoriya?” He watched as Nats gets wacked on the arm again by Yumi. “WHAT! I’m asking a question. It’s a perfectly normal question.” His hands flew out to gesture to Shouto who is just watching the exchange with a blank face and food in his mouth. 

Fuyumi gave a ‘are you kidding me’ face but said nothing else, just going back to her warm, patient, happy self. He watches as his elder brother sticks his tongue out at her and looks back to him. Shouto just shot up one eyebrow before swallowing. “Yea. I would say I like Izuku. He’s my first friend and understands me well even if I don’t understand that many emotions yet.” 

He quickly looks down but he knows that both of them have that slight sad look in their eyes. He doesn't want to see that anymore, especially not today. It fell into silence after he made that last comment but honestly Shouto can’t tell if it’s uncomfortable or not, it’s just quite to him. He hears Fuyumi clear her throat so he looks up to see no sad look in her eyes, that's good. “I’m glad you have a friend, Shouto. I’m sure you’ll get plenty of friends at high school too, I can’t wait!” 

Then the conversation loll into more common talk that happens around the house. Nothing else really happens throughout the whole dinner and once it’s done Shouto heads straight for his room. He still has to go and open the other gifts that were given to him. Once he got to his room he went straight to the desk that had the rest of his gifts on it. The cat plush pillow type gift, kinda like the one Fuyumi got, was out alone with the new plushie won at the arcade. 

Here are his gifts again if any forget

He opened the bag that was beside his gifts and saw a small box and another box that was bigger than the other one but it wasn’t all that big, he’s seen bigger gifts but they never meant this much. Shouto decided to pull out the small box first, he noticed it felt a little heavy, weird. He made quick work of the dark blue wrapping on it and saw a nice sleek black box. He pulled off the top of it and was shocked to see another form of weapon, seems like it wasn’t just Natsuo that got gear. 

In the box were a pair of silver knuckles, the grip area that would be cliched in his palm switched from red to blue. On the top of the knuckles where they would connect with whatever someone was meaning to hit were little pointed studs, also switching from red and blue. Shouto picked them up to get a better look and only now realized how shiny they were, the silver Knuckles really really pretty if he was being honest. Under his knew melee was a letter the theme to every gift given so far, Izuku always seemed like he wanted to make sure the receiver understood why they were getting their gifts. 

On the note it gave a simple explanation of the gift, heat proof and cold proof and some rust resistance as well. In the note it said that all of the gifts that Shouto will get will usually have that for a basic start because of his quirk and how his home is. After explaining that, the next thing on the note was an explanation of why Izuku even thought to give him these silver knuckles and it explained it pretty bluntly. It’s for protection from anyone that would hurt him, just to get him an extra oomph when fighting without a quirk. It also states that he should practice more with weapons and a good starter would be to learn quirkless fighting and something that would help with heavy hits, also these are legal for him to own. It’s kinda weird that Izuku points out every time that it's legal to have what he is giving him. 

After looking at the beautifully made Silver knuckles he put them back into their box and went on to the other slightly bigger one. This was a dark turquoise color with wisps of white on it, like the others the wrapping paper was gone in a matter of seconds. He looked at the box, it didn’t seem special, just a normal looking box so it shouldn’t hold anymore weapons. That’s another thing Shouto noticed, if the box looked expensive it so far has held some type of legal weapon, he still doesn't know why Izuku specifically states that they are legal. He cuts open the box that was closed by tape and looks inside and… and… oh.

Shouto slowly pulled out yet another plushie but… but this one was obviously a mini Izuku doll. It looked cute. Since he has seen the real Izuku he can firmly say that this plush looks almost exactly the same except the eyes, they seem less bright on the doll. The mini Izuku plush was wearing black jeans, bright red shoes, and an almost black blue shirt that says “Me sleepy. Me Yanyan.” Like the word yawn but Yanyan and… He could tell it made him very happy having this as a gift but he was confused. 

Do friends give each other plushies of themself? Was that a normal thing that Shouto never knew about before becoming friends with Izuku or was this just an Izuku thing. If this was normal do people just keep their friend plushies at home or do they carry them around? Was it supposed to make him feel this happy because so far Shouto was filled with bright joy at the fact he got an Izuku plushie. He held it in his hands for a bit before bringing it closer to his chest and hugging the plush. It was very soft and warm, it was quite squishy as well. Shouto stood there for a little while just hugging the plush tight against his chest. Was this normal?

Shouto can’t tell and it annoys him a little but right now he doesn't care if it’s normal because it’s making him happy and that’s all that should matter right, that’s what Fuyumi says anyways. Under where the Izuku was laying in the box was another note stating it’s fireproof and all the other normal stuff. Then under that it stated why he got him this plush specifically, he wanted to. Izuku knew that they were good friends and also understood that Shouto feels a little safe with him.

After a training session Shouto always ends up talking to Izuku and it just makes everything better and makes him feel a bit more safe so he went and got him a smaller version of himself because he thought it could make him feel safer. Izuku went to a specific toy maker, told them he wanted a plush of himself, gave them a design he made so it would be the most accurate and then paid more money for this one and only made plush. He went out of the way just to see if this would just make Shouto feel a little safer at home and…. A-and… 

Shouto felt something wet on his face and held the Mini Izuku tighter in his chest. He sniffled a bit and brought up the hand that was holding the note to wipe off the tears that just started to fall. No one has really wanted to help make Shouto feel safe before, some did but they never went so far out of the way just to help even this little bit.

He put the note back in the box and went over to put out his bed and unrolled it, he then laid down on it and curled around his new plush. Endeavor never wanted him to be too soft so, soft plush toys were never an option, it felt nice holding one into his chest. Shouto buried his face into the ‘hair’ of the plush and just stayed like that, it was so nice. He took in some shuddering breaths as he tried to calm himself down, he shouldn’t be crying over something so unimportant but he couldn’t help it. 

He then noticed just how tired he was and got up to turn off the lights, tears were slowly streaming down his face all the while. Once the light was off he crawled back into bed and wrapped around the plush that was helping him feel so much safer than before. He checked the time and saw no messages from Izuku so Shouto took that as an opportunity to fall asleep. 

There, laying under his bed sheets, still not out of his day clothes, wrapping himself tightly against a mini version of the first friend he has ever had. Shouto quickly fell into a comfortable dreamless sleep for the first time in years. There he slept with complete confidence that this was normal and that Izuku just wanted the best for him. 

There Shouto slept without knowing that a small microphone was in his ceiling, letting the person who gifted him all the things he knew would help Shouto feel more safe at home, hear him sleeping peacefully for the first time in forever. He slept while Izuku was completely absorbed into manic ecstasy over the fact Shouto loves the smaller version of him so much that he’s sleeping with it. Well into the night while Shouto didn’t even toss once, Izuku was off somewhere in an old warehouse and using up all his demented energy on the boy that was showing his love, the light of his life, heart eyes earlier today. Shouto will never know that Izuku slowly and mercilessly tortured the person that was mean to his whole world when he just wanted to play a game. 

Shouto will never know or maybe he will at one point but that will be far into the future.

Chapter Text

Wwwwooo it’s been about 3 months since the hangout, plus multiple more after, with his most perfect, amazing, beautiful and all around angelic like, love of his life. He would kill and maim anyone and anything, if only he would ask. Izuku is now 15 and it’s about 4 months until the UA entrance exams, he doesn't really care for them but his Shouto does so Izuku will care about them for him. He’s been helping him prepare for the recommendation exam because the walking corpse wont let him take the normal one, that spot could be used for someone that doesn't have an offensive quirk but nooooo, flaming fucker knows everything. 

Izuku does little matches with his most amazing light of his life, getting him more used to quirkless combat, not wanting someone neutralizing his quirk then hurting him, getting him used to fighting basically dodging for his life when training with the fire fuck with someone else besides the soon to be new obituary. His mama always said that he fights really really dirty no such thing as dirty fighting but Izuku has to, if someone thinks he won't shovel dirt into their eyes, it’s their own fault. Izuku was even about to convince his lovely Shouto to learn the Tekko-kagi and Manriki Kusari. The Tekko-kagi could be used for close combat and also act like longer brass knuckles that can cut and shred things, his Shouto wouldn’t have to change up his fighting style much to work with them and if made with the right material, Shouto could use his fire and ice on them.  The Manriki Kusari is an amazing and underrated weapon that is good for climbing, restraining enemies, and gives a little more quick protection from other weapons if needed, being able to wrap around limbs easily, very quick, and efficient at hiding on the owner's person. The Manriki Kusari can also, if made with the right materials, be able to have his Shouto’s quirk on them. He could turn it into basically an ice stick or freeze it in any way he wants or even envelop it as some light fire to scare weaklings off. 

Besides making sure his Shouto is okay and trying to seem like a normal best friend, Izuku has been making sure Shouto’s siblings suspect nothing. He hasn’t meet them yet because Fuyumi is usually at the Todoroki estate cleaning and doing all the manual labor, for some dumb reason the flaming fuck never has maids. She also has a teaching job molding the young minds of the future, helping them stay on a right and just path….. Izuku personally hates the school system because of all its flaws and awful employee management. They just never seem to get the bad teachers but always seem to fire the good ones, it honestly made no sense to him. Back to Shouto’s siblings, his brother is in college but has his own place because of daddies guilt money, pulse threatening to go villain if he can’t go into the medical industry. Poor little Enji was worried about the backlash or his image of one of his sons going villain.

Hypocrite is already one though 

Things at school have been going lovely, people talk about him here, he gets picked on there, might have someone beat him up there. Of course some people had more reason to leave him alone than before because of that staircase incident that happened at school. Izuku didn’t mind because it gave him more space to work with at school. If he didn’t need to interact with as many people that means less people he has to act around. The bullies have been heading almost straight home after school because of the random murders going around, something about sludge if he’s correct. It doesn't matter that much to him because they aren't a threat to his Shouto, himself, or his mom, so he knows for a fact that backwater killer does not pose any nuisance to him either. 

He has been keeping his normal tabs on his perfect and amazingly talented Shouto, he’s also slowly getting ready to put in the camera so that he can look into his Shouto's room. Izuku has slowly been feeding into Shouto’s head that maybe it would be a good idea to get some outdoor survival skills….. Look he has to find some way to get him out of his room so he can set it up right without risking waking him up. Shouto was able to convince Natsuo to take him on a camping trip disguised as survival training in about 2 months, that is also the week Endeavor is going to be away on some business. Izuku is so happy that being the number 2 means he has to travel sometime, it’s perfect to work around and to spend more time with his Shouto that way. When he’s gone on his ‘survival training’ trip, Izuku can go in and set up all the microphones and camera's he wants. Soon Shouto’s whole room, pulse bathroom, will be bugged and Izuku will probably get a ton more nose bleeds and close calls. He’s mainly trying to make sure he’s a bit desensitized so he doesn't need to have a break in public. 

Izuku has also been noticing strange habits from ‘Kacchan’ or Bakugo whenever he’s referring to him in his head. He noticed it started around the time after he had a snap in the middle of school, wanting to absolutely kill Fingers but he was able to hold back enough and only made him bleed a bunch. First Izuku saw how Bakugo kept more notebooks around, randomly writing in them here and there. Then he noticed that it felt like a pair of eyes were following him around whenever he moved in class, that wasn’t that bad until it got to every time he even shifted in his seat a bit. Let's not forget the glaring fact that Bakugo has given him some of auntie's cooking because and he quotes ‘She’s getting worried about you nerd. You haven't called her in months.’

Yes, Izuku hasn’t called her in months because he’s trying to make sure his Shouto is safe and sound whenever they hang out. He also has been forced to deal with some nuisances that just make all these goo goo eyes at what is HIS. His perfect mom has been so nice and taught him so many cool new things like waterboarding someone with soda burns more and is funny to watch, slowly sticking needles into some guys junk helps relieve stress, and mom even showed him the best and easiest way to transfer the bodies if you have no vehicle on hand. It has been a very good time to learn so many things that involve the darker sides of things, also learning that over half the tenets in their complex have a villain persona. Small world.

Besides the…. Randomness that has been ‘Kacchan’ for so long, everything has been good, things have been moving slowly but good. Izuku has been able to give his world so many gifts, like clothes that are stabbing and burning proof, and also some things here and there for his Shouto’s siblings. The most notable thing he’s gotten for Fuyumi is a pair of special shoes that when tapped together they become rollerblades and if she pulls the back of her heel out then puts it back into the shoe a blade on the back and front pops out. You never know when one might need more spice to a kick. The best gift he gave Natsuo has to be the lab he was able to get him access to, mom never used a favor and she still has 2 more from them so….. Getting an all free use of their lab whenever is a nice favor. Natsuo decided to look more into quirk and space science, getting a biological degree and other stuff he needs. He wants to be able to help anyone that has a problem with their quirk that could be dangerous to others and hurts the user. Izuku noticed his rage for his father after learning that Toya’s condition was treatable. He’ll use that to his advantage when ever he needs it, if he ever gets caught killing the fucking flaming cum rage Izuku hopes it’s Natsuo that finds him out first then Shouto because he knows both of them will laugh at it. 

Now sense Izuku is done classically sorting out his thoughts and days, like one would do in writings and or movies, he can focus on the main objective for today. He is supposed to get some more equipment for his mom's little ‘safe house’ she recently bought. Yep that's right, Izuku is getting stuff for a place that is only used when killing people or doing illegal things. He’s on his way to a nice quant place that has a bunch of cool things and the person running it is well known as the best broker in the business. That’s right readers, I’m going to see Grain, hehe I love how I get to mention you guys more in this chapter, byebye 4th wall. 

Izuku shook his head a bit, he really needed to keep his mind on the main objective. He’s almost at the ‘office’ building, Grain has a main place he works from that sells legal and illegal things. He sells things for people in the light, grays, and the darks, a broker for all to be honest. Izuku looks to the right of the sketchy road to see a somewhat decent sized building that doesn't look to runed down, he knows he made it without incident for once. 

He walks across the road, avoiding the baggers, and makes it to the door. Izuku opens it without any care in the world and sees some other people in today, two look to be in for some type of healing quirk and might be asking for a decent underground doctor, another looks like the man should just ask to be buried already. He’s covered head to toe in burns and staples, even Izuku knows how to do a better patch job than that, maybe he’ll give the guy a card with his moms underground doctor. The receptionist looks at him, she’s new, and then she gives him a ‘oh no, a lost child needs help’ look. Izuku simply rolled his eyes as he walks up to her, he swears if she says some dumb shit, he’ll stab her in the fucking arm. 

“Hello sweetie, I don’t think this is the right building you're in.” He can feel the sigh already slip past his lips, how old do these people really think he is all the time. Dose Izuku really look like a fucking child that much, maybe he should work on getting more muscles but he needs a lean fast built to fight the best. 

“Yea okay you hag, I have an appointment pick up with Grain under the name Khaki.” Izuku just raised an eyebrow as he gave the family used name for orders in the underground and waited for her to look it up in the big as fuck book that Grain refuses to get rid of after all these years. After looking at the name and seeing all the different things his mom and him has ordered before plus now, her face paled a bit at the amount of torture equipment mixed in with some normal living needs. Izuku gave her one of his big smiles that didn’t reach his eyes and talked in a calm voice, she can't see the smile but it's about pinchable . “If you ever need information from someone just get Grain to call us and we’ve got your back.”

That seemed to make the burned corpse to perk up a bit and the receptionist just paled even more. “Khaki, leave my poor receptionist alone. It’s already hard enough trying to get people to take the job that are kinda good at it.” His eyes zipped to the new body in the room, Grain in all of his tacky glory. Today Grain decided to ruin all their eyesight with an awful dark pink suit with a blue leopard suit shirt. He swears this guy only wears the tackiest clothes he has whenever Izuku's coming in, it’s just to personally torture his eyes and nothing else to it. Izuku grimaces as he slowly turns his head back to the person covered in burn scars because honestly looking at that absolute medical fuck up is better than Grains clothing choice of the day. 

“Hey, come now. You aren't even going to look at me when I just want to give you the things you specifically ordered, Khaki.” Izuku heard the awfully dressed man walking closer but he refused to look at him. He just continued to look at the newly failed bacon extreme American dish, and the said failed bacon dish is slowly getting more and more uncomfortable under his glare. “Khaki, no two different Khaki's today? So the old bat is back at whatever demented home you two live at?’

Now don't get Izuku wrong here, he knows for a fact Grain is specifically messing with his amazing mom because he knows it will get him to look at the god awful clothes. Even if Izuku knows this it doesn't stop him from wiping his head around to yell at the person that just insulted his fucking to good for this world mother, who deserves the best right under Shouto. As soon as his eyes laid upon the disgusting garment, a scowl graced his face plus his eyes started to squint as if trying to make sure onion vapors don't get into his eyes. “Aawww, there's that pretty face of yours. All you had to do was look at me. Was that too much to ask for?”

Izuku tried, he really did but he was soon noticing other awful things about Grain's getup today, his shoes where in fact bright goose turd green (Hex: #54FFA2 and it’s the first color in the images section) dress shoes, the inside of his suit coat is a vibrant ocean green, his normal disgusting scarf is a dirty yellow making it look more gross, and lastly the glasses laying on his face are pink opalescent glasses with frame and all. Izuku thinks he’s honestly going to puke at this point, if only this awful man wasn’t the best in the business pulse fun to mess with. The one down side to being fun to mess with is the fact the guy doesn't care and fucks with them right back or maybe thats an upside because he treats us like they are normal. 

Izuku honestly doesn't know at this point in time, nor dose he care because how the fuck did Grain find that color shoe somewhere. He has to be buying this awful shit custom made and that means he assaults other people's eyes with his awful life decisions as well. At least it’s not just the Midoriya family that is assaulted on a weekly basis then, they now know other people share in their pain. Izuku turns his head back to the fucked up leather bag to see that…. See, he is also in pain looking at Grain's atrocious thing called an outfit and clothes. He looks the poor guy in the eyes and shares a sympathetic grimace. “I understand your pain, burnt bacon friend. It hurts doesn't it.”

He got a scowl with the nickname but also a nod in understanding shared pain from the most atrocious colors. “Oh the humanity, turning my other better customers against me. It pains me to see you do it.” Izuku watched with a deadpan face while Grain gripped his chest like he’s having a heart attack. He blinks a few times as he thinks what the other customers are thinking about this obvious favoritism. Grain really only plays along with him because the broker learned early on that if you can make the youngest of the Khaki laugh, he will get a heavy tip for his troubles and now it’s just like a tradition to make a scene every time they get anything now. The burnt human kabob that is now behind Izuku makes a noise that sounds somewhat like a scoff so he bends backwards a bit to whisper to the used kindle wood.

“He knows if he makes a show I will give him extra pay.” This got a snort out of him so Izuku will count that as a win for him and some money off of Grain because he wasn’t able to do that. He stretched his arms a bit then fixed the mask that was irritating his nose. “Okay okay Grain. We can go get my things now.” Izuku walked by the still-dramatic living Wassily Kandinsky painting. “You still got your boys driving me with my stuff right?” He put a dangerous tone into his voice as he stopped outside the doorway. “I wouldn’t want to carry all that back myself and the last time you forgot to get that for us.” Izuku slowly looked over his shoulder as he let the smile his mom loves carve into the cheeks of his face, still can't be seen but it's needed. “I mean this is a lovely building you got after it, maybe it’s time for a new place of work…. Yes?” 

That seemed to finally motivate Grain to drop the theatrics and tell him about all the items that he found for them. Grain was able to get all their traditional style living room furniture, two kotatsu’s because he personally requested it as a just in case he wants to share one with his world, some beanbags, things to help install sliding doors and tatami floors and everything for a traditional home, some extremely comfortable large futons as a just in case again. The broker was also able to get all the weapons, torture devices, drugs, ammo, armer, many different types of ropes and binding materials, many chemicals, plenty of computer or just technology stuff so if they need to make something from scratch, and materials to create other things that might be needed. Grain of course pulled out all the stops and made sure it was able to be shipped to their more permanent base and Izuku threatened him some more, if it got out that is their base Grain would be losing a lot of man power real soon. His wondrous mama always did say the best way to threaten a man that relies on money is how he gets it or make him use more of it, he can always die at any moment so his livelihood would hurt more. 

After making sure that the truck would make its way to the new base, basically a second house, and even put a tracking device under the back so he can keep an eye on it. Izuku walked back out to the front and saw that some of the people that were here are now gone, besides the burnt mysterious meat. The guy looked at him as soon as he walked into the front room, maybe he’d be a good intimidation guard for the new base. Having a person that has already looked like they have gone through hell continuously going in and out of some place, usually that would deter the basic chumps that like to use ‘abandoned’ buildings. 

Izuku decided to just keep eye contact with the random person, they didn’t look away and seemed to not care about any murderous aura that he has around him. Well, it’s more of a fuck around a find out type of feeling Izuku is letting out but it’s close enough. He decided he might as well see if he wants a guard position, his perfect mom and him won’t really be using that place that much so it’s better to have an always constant watch on it. Izuku can easily get their background so it’s not like he cares about that and if he betrays them then that just means Izuku gets a new pin cushion. 

“Hey. You're still here… can I ask a question?” He was right in front of them and it seemed to be making the other either mad, tense, or nervous. It could be all three for all Izuku knows, he can’t read burnt flesh that well because of all the already tight pain filled movements. They glared at him for a little bit until they realized that he wasn’t going to leave. “.... I would rather you didn’t but I’m guessing that you're going to ask anyway.”

Izuku nodded his head because at least they understood that the question would be asked no matter what they said, he could even pin them to the ground to ask. “Yep, correct answer! I was going to ask you if you wanted a decent job that covers all living costs!” He threw on a bright fake smile, even if Izuku knew they wouldn’t believe it and can't see part of his face. The mostly burnt person lost most of their emotion on their face besides confusion at the question. They tilted their head while still looking at the pinnacle of confusion, is it really that weird to randomly ask if someone wanted a job.

“W-what?”   “I want to hire you for a job. If you accept it then you’ll have all your living costs covered for as long as you have the job.”    “Do I look homeless to you?”   Izuku could clearly hear the anger in their voice but honestly, he can tell they haven't taken a bath or show in a little while. He cleared his throat and gave them a deadpan expression. “Your clothes are obviously worn out and have seen better days. You look like you one, haven't eaten in a week. Two, you clearly haven't cleaned up in a long time. Three, I know for a fact you most likely came here looking for a job to begin with so why not go with me instead of this fucker that losses his employees like their cheap earbuds.” 

Izuku waited to get an answer as a smile slowly stitched onto his features and might as well let his Khaki mask fall a bit. The Khaki mask is already part like how Izuku normally acts but he just asks a little bit more, rich and like he can throw his weight around more when literally no one knows who he is. The person he is trying to hire finally had shivered just a little bit at him, he’s has been trying to creep them out this whole time. “What…. Would I do if I did take this job?”

“Easy! You will live in our second base, all you need to do is live in our second base and make sure no one messes with it!” Izuku chirped out happily. At least this one was smart enough to ask what the job was.

“S-so I’m just some guard dog?”   “Yep! You can even get another job when you live there. I mean, it’s a free place to live that will always have food, water, heat, electricity and WIFI!”

They looked at him now with suspicion, which makes sense. Izuku is offering the best job to them, nothing else could be better and it’s probably too good to be true. “I would be like a butler…. Wouldn’t I. I feel like you would use me anyway you want.” Izuku’s smile grew sharper as they slowly started to understand what he really wanted out of this. He wants someone that will do anything for them and if they don’t then he will just kick them out. They would have been completely relying on Izuku and his mom so when kicked out they would have nothing left. This person can see that and knows that they would have to do anything we ask of them or else lose everything.  

He watches as the burnt bagel brings his hands to his head and messes with his hair. “Fuck….. FINE fine… You saw how I needed this type of job to live, didn’t you?” They get up and stretch a bit, Izuku will have to get a doctor to look at those scars. He might be able to find someone that can slightly reduce the damage done. “My names Dabi, he/him, I will leave your job whenever I want. I guess you’ll get a type of willing slave because I will literally do anything to live in a place with a working shower again.”

Izuku started to motion him to the door but looked back around to see Grains looking like he’s holding in a huge shit. He decides to let a sharp condescending smile lift on to his features. Izuku just got shown that Grain let a big fish get stolen from him but really Izuku and his perfect mama are the best customers he’s got. They tip him, buy so much from him, and even help get more people to go to him from their apartment complex. Grain can deal with losing one of the big fish in the sea, he can find a better one down the road. Izuku is really gonna like waving his new piece in front of that man's face any time he can get the chance too. 

Chapter Text

It’s been a month since Izuku has hired Dabi, the burnt man in all his glory that got a free place to live, free food, free water, free electricity and wifi. Dabi basically got anything as long as it wasn’t too much and he just had to be in the base for at least 9 to 12 hours a day and most of that time had to be used at night. The reason for needing to stay more at night is because people love to do more things at night, his amazing mom said that would be the only way she would let him do that but now they have someone watching that base at all times because Dabi actually never really leaves.

Izuku was able to get him on a normal diet or at least have a steady amount of food and Dabi has slowly started to exercise. Izuku has been getting his ear talked off about how much the burnt parts of the guy's skin hurts. Dabi has been saying how much it’s been messing with his workout routine, walking, smiling, anything really. He gets it too, the burn scars were obviously done by a bad street doctor that was using anything they found nearby and probably even made him pay them back for it. He was already trying to find a healer for the guy but Izuku was really getting tired of it because he was even slowly starting to text him when he has alone time in his shouto room, with all of his shouto merch, where he can just not think and just let his mind run in ecstasy. Today was one of those days.

Izuku had a nice long day of school, Bakugo was still being weird and he noticed his eyes lingering on him longer in class. He’s almost about to drag Bakugo’s ass behind the school and asked him what the fuck his problem is because he sucks at stalking people, if that’s what he’s trying to do. Besides Bakubitch being up his ass all the damn time, the rest of the school is still awful and loves to ‘make him cry’. They really need to understand acting, if they think he can’t make himself cry or that he doesn't carry fake tears on him when his eyes are too tired to actually cry then they are more stupid then he origanally thought.

Some kids pushed him around, one tried to trip him and Izuku stomped on their foot because that would literally result in him falling down the stairs again. He’s starting to think they want to see if the fingers fuck has a reason to be scared of him now. It is so nice to see fingers run in the opposite direction anytime he catches even a hint of Izuku, fun to see the fear still lingering in his eyes. Fingers will probably never get over that and it just sends cold chills down his spine knowing he did that and that is what he gets for almost taking him away form his world too soon.

After dealing with all the annoying useless pawns at school, Izuku was walking home and saw someone that was leaking some sludge from their mouth. He knew for a fact the sludge villain wasn’t caught yet and it just intrigued him on how they weren't captured yet sooooo…. He walked up and asked if he could talk. This got them asking who he was and what they want with him but Izuku just said that he knew a really nice old man named Grian that loves to give people things and that seemed to calm them the fuck down. They need to be a bit more wary but they might have thought Grain wanted something from him. 

Izuku was able to ask him some questions about his quirk, if he gave the littreal garbage water money, which wasn’t even that much. (It was a lot don’t let Izuku fool you) He learned the guy was first, under quirk withdraw every time he took control of a body second, he was actually slime but he can only travel in the sewer safely third, he was actually a normal drug dealer that just so happened to get a dose of trigger in some punch at a party a long time ago.(this link goes to a chap in a story im refencing here Residual Hope By SimplyKaren ) The guy said it happened around a year and half ago, that resulted in his new killer statute but he actually hates killing/killing of inocent people. He’s able to join the host in their body and help them out with healing plus some other things that he can’t remember, it’s a really cool quirk and it’s helpful. Of course it has its downsides but still a really cool quirk and it might stop Dabi’s bitching.

Izuku asked if he wanted a job, a simple job that if the person he’s bringing the glob too doesn't agree, he'd still get the money for wasting their time. The poor man's flubber asked for his number so he could think on it because Izuku just asked for assistance with healing someone, really was it that bad to ask to heal his mean body guard. After he gave the guy his private villain number to use, he was back on his way home and he was really glad the blob was hard on cash (don't let him fool you it was a lot of money) or he might have never learned his healing properties. Izuku didn’t tell him that the person has a fire quirk or if that would affect if he can heal Dabi but that’s fine, he’ll tell him it if the guy calls back.

After getting home, being tired out and looking for a cheap healer (was not in fact cheap), Izuku walked right to his room but he did say hi to his mom because he likes to live. Thank you very much. He plopped himself onto the biggest shouto plush he owns, which is 6 feet by the way. Izuku then grabbed his sho-mic, his shouto fluffy blanket, laid over the giant plush, got comfortable an- his phone is fucking ringing. Who the fuck is calling him, he will fucking strip their skin off with a god damned butter kn-.... Dabi.

He took a deep breath and sat up from his amazing plush seat, held it for a few seconds then answered the phone. “Yes Dabi, what do you need at….. 5:27 in the afternoon on a school night.” Izuku sits there for a bit waiting for Dabi to answer him but he can’t really hear anything besides breathing. He’s about to go down to the fucking base and kick his stapled ass off.

“I feel like this was a really bad time to call….” He sits there for a bit trying to regain control over his anger because yes…. Yes Dabi this was a bad time to call so why are you calling me but Izuku made a ‘i’m really nice and not that crazy’ mask for the guy so he has to keep under control and not rant at him on how he’s interrupting his Shouto time. “Just tell me what you need Dabi.”

“O-oh okay uuum-”   “JUST FUCKING TELL ME WHAT YA NEED DABI!!!”..... It goes quiet for a few little bit, the only noise being from his breathing and Dabi trying not to be too loud with his breathing. That’s hard to acoplishi because his thoat if a fucking mangled burnt mess. Izuku thinks of a way to apologize to Dabi but he’s going to try and find him a healer if the slime guy doesn't work so there is no reason to. “Look…. Dabi… I was going to have a de-stress day so…. Tell. me. What. you. Want.”

Izuku waits as Dabi is probably collecting his thoughts, not much happens besides him curling into his giant Shouto plush and warping his blanket tighter around himself. He should really get Shouto another plush of himself because it seems like the right time for it or maybe he should do it after he finally gets into UA, decisions decisions. “I was actually going to ask something.. A-a little more personal.” If Dabi asks him if he’s single, he is killing him now. Izuku made a affirmation noise for Dabi to continue but he’s ready to get up at any moment to walk his ass down there a beat the fuck out of that idiot. 

“I-i… Can you look to see if my family is o-okay?” Oh… oh what? WHAT! That’s what this is all about? Relief flooded through him as he doesn't have to kill the guard for the base so soon but who is this guy's family? Izuku doesn't know his real name so how the fuck will he know Dabi’s family? Did Dabi think I just found everything on him already, did he think he just deviled past his personal boundary that he made himself by not giving Izuku his real name. Izuku would only look into Dabi’s past if he thought it would bite him in the ass, he could tell that Dabi would keep him out of his business. He can tell that Dabi has something hidden but he’s not going to judge at all, it’s not going to affect him and it won't hurt his Shouto so… He’ll just have to ask his real name then.

“Oh…. I honestly didn’t expect that. I really thought it was going to be something else but okay. What’s ya name.”   “Wooo wooo wait. I didn’t say i would give you m-”   “You want me to become a fucking detective and find out who the fuck you are. I’ll tell you now, I didn’t just look into your past without your permission. Dabi you wanted to stay hidden and I respected that because I know for a fact it wont mess with me or my loved ones so just tell me your name.”

Izuku waits for a little while until he hears a huff on the other end. “You are always gonna get what you want at the end of this, aren't ya.” He just gave a chuckle as a response to what Dabi said. “Also you always mention this ‘love of your life’ and ‘my whole world’ and ‘my angelic love’ like 24-7. I feel like I’ll either never in my whole life, meet them or I’m going to meet them soon.”     “Stop deflecting Dabi, you still have to tell me your name so I’m able to tell you how your family is. You know, the thing you asked me to do and I will be making you do an errand run because of this favor.” Izuku can hear Dabi curse on the other end but other than that there was no noise. He must be in one of the soundproof rooms because those are the only places in that whole base that can cancel noise that well…. That’s basically every room though.

“Yea yea. I’ll tell you, ya fucking green devil.” Izuku starts to make himself more comfortable on his Shouto plush and grabs a notebook that’s right beside it on the little nightstand. It was also Shouto theme because of course it is, don’t doubt how much money he has spent on things covered in his beautiful Shouto’s face. “Yea, go on you burnt human nutsack that way I can go back to relaxing, I’m literally on a giant plush of my love and want to go back to sleeping on it.” Izuku grabs his shouto pen. Yes, shut up everything in his room is now Shouto themed, deal with it, it’s a chibi version of him and he loves it. He can hear the clear signs of Dabi trying to psych himself up so he can actually tell him. Izuku did notice that this guy literally let his old self just die, this would be most likely the first time he said his name in years let alone to someone else. This would be the first time acknowledging his past self and connecting or catching up with his old life. Izuku honestly hopes it works out for him, Dabi is a good guy and takes his job seriously. That’s not even scratching on the fact he can just cremate anybody he and his mom wants.

“Okay… okay.. M-m-my name… My name is Toya….” He sits there in his dark Shouto room waiting for a last name, he needs both parts of his name to make it easier and he will make it easier on himself if Dabi wants to or not. “Toya…… blank, I need your last name or I will not do it. I want this to be easy.” Izuku can once again hear Dabi curse some more and his patience are slowly thinning and by slow he means he’s about to literally get to the base to have a new body to get rid of. “Fuck fuck okay… M-my full name i-is Toya… Toya Todoroki!! GOD I SAID IT FUUUUUUUUCCCCKKKKK!!!!”

He blinks once… twice… “what?” He can hear some heavy breathing like Dabi, Toya fucking Todoroki, just got done running a 10k. “Todoroki Toya, Toya Todoroki. That’s name and ye-yes…. That- I’m…. Ummm surprise you are housing a person thought to be dead!” Izuku can imagine the jazz hands Dabi is doing right now and Today just got a million times worse. He takes some calming breaths and looks at all his Shouto much, the brother of the person he took in about a month or so ago. 

This is the brother Shouto mentioned about never really meeting but wishing he could, wishing he could help them before it was too late, wishing to have someone else that understood, wishing hoping pleading that there was someone else out there that went through the same as him and helped him, protected him. Shouto talked about a Toya before, saying how he made Natsuo laugh, help make Fuyumi smile and feel safe, and was able to help their mother be normal without looking at them with fear in her eyes, fear that they would turn into that man that monster that inhuman thing that made her birth child after child after child after child until it got what it wanted and threw her away….. Oh Izuku is not dealing with this now and he is not telling this bur-..... fucking it must have been Endever that burnt him now Izuku feels like a major dick, Fucking Dabi he is not telling him at this moment. He might tell him but Izuku doesn't know yet, he will probably te- no wait he’ll have to think this out sooooooo much FUCKING WWWHHHHYYYY TODAY OF ALL FUCKING DAYS DABI GOD DAMNIT!!!!

“Dabi…… I will get back to you on that but I will tell you now that I will not treat you any differently plus I understand better than others that the number 2… hero…. Is anything but that.” Izuku put so much venom into his voice while speaking about the thing that has deceived the public into thinking it’s a decent human let alone a ‘hero’. “I’ll get back to you but this is the Todoroki household, I’ll have to actually get into contact with them to see how they are doing. Have a nice rest of your day and remember to keep in your hours for today.” With that Izuku hung up and shoved himself deeper into his own Shouto plush.

He didn’t want to deal with this today, it was supposed to be a normal day and not this. Izuku looked around his room thinking about how his world would react to this news, should he tell him. He doesn't want to make his Sho, his love and life, unhappy because that’s normal. Izuku wants him to be happy and healthy because he doesn't get to see him like that, that much. He wants that thing that no one gets to see, happiness and pure joy just sketched into his face, the honesty and trust that is put into him when he gets to see Shouto smile. That is something that is never given to anyone and it’s Izuku’s but he needs to tell him….. He needs to tell him, doesn't he.

“Izuku, my one and only little angel~! Food is done but you can get some whenever you're ready!” Fucking….. CAN’T HE BE IN HIS EMOTIONS BY HIMSELF FOR A GODDAMN SECOND TODAY!!!

Chapter Text

A week has passed. A week has passed since the whole, oh yea your new ‘guard’ that you randomly plucked out of Grains hands is actually your loves long thought dead elder brother named Toya. Your whole worlds older brother now going by the name Dabi, who has burns all over them and looks like he hasn’t seen a good place to sleep in years and how did he even ‘die’ and does he even care about my world at all and…. and he was covered in burns....... and he was covered in burns… that fucking burning peice of trash. 

Of course that makes sense, why did it take a literal week to notice, why his Shouto is always sad and in pain, why all of the todoroki siblings are separated and don’t know how to act around each other, why Rei Todoroki is in a mental hospital and why his whole world has a scare on his face. Enji Todoroki was the fucking reason once again, Izuku honestly can’t understand why his lovely mother always tells him to not hurt that thing. He just wants him to know the pain he’s inflicted on his own children, his perfect Shouto. 

Izuku shouldn’t think about that right now, he’s still trying to unravel all of the Todoroki household secrets, they have so many of them. One of them is that Enji has been seen spending an unusual amount of time with one of his sidekicks. Another one is that almost all of the Todoroki siblings thinks their ‘father’ is a deeply closeted gay man but Enji Todoroki has been seen being openingly homophobic so….. Internalized Homophobia? Izuku dosn’t really give a single fuck about that one, the man made his bed now he needs to lie in it. That thing might be Bisextual t- ugh okay Izuku really needs to get all of that out of his head. 

He was sitting in his room, drowned in Shouto merch, and he’s at his desk trying to organize all his thoughts. Dabi wanted to know how his family is doing but does he actually know them? From what he could gather all of the siblings were never really that close, at one point in time it has been hinted that they were but were forced to not spend time together. Was Dabi close to Fuyumi, Natsuo, or Shouto, who was the closest too. Did he even know of Shouto, Izuku’s own world and life. When did he leave, his Shouto did say that he missed him or was it the fact that he was now able to be with his other siblings and wanted his brother that he thought he would never meet. If everything is fine and Izuku finds out that Dabi is actually no threat to his perfect little world, then he might be able to let them meet up and start to get to know each other. 

Izuku decided to send basic information on the Todoroki household, all of it summing up stating that Rei is wrongly in a mental hospital, Fuyumi and Natsuo visits sometimes. Fuyumi has a teaching job, Natsuo is going into quirk science and health practice for hard to use or dangerous quirks. Izuku gave…. Little information on him besides his injuries, just that he’s been forced to ‘train’ anytime of the day. Telling him how hurt he gets everyday and how much Endeavor neglects all his other kids. How all of them are now able to spend time together but Shouto wishes to hang out with one of his siblings that would have understood him better than anyone. It seems only Shouto wants Toya back but it must be that he hasn’t been able to move on while the other siblings have. That makes snece too, he wouldn't want to give up on the thought that out there some where, someone understands him better then his normal siblings.

Izuku basically put all the information to make his Shouto look like the victim, anyway shape or form, Izuku is making it so that Dabi will at least feel sorry for him and want to protect him. If Dabi doesn't like Shouto then it would be obvious by how he reacts to the information besides the abundance of his other siblings but their lives are a little more ‘boring’ then his Shouto’s. Izuku was able to detail some of the countless injuries that endeavor has caused and how much his life is controlled and how much he actually doesn't know what he wants in his life but Shouto is pretty sure he actually doesn't want to be a hero. That dosn't matter to Izuku though, where ever his Sho gose he will follow close behind.

He tried his best to form it all on Shouto’s side and no one else's. If Dabi doesn't like his perfect Shouto then Dabi will at least see how much his Shouto is just being a puppet for their ugh father. Aaaawww~ Imagining being able to control Shouto’s life down to the smallest of detail sounds so, a chill zips up Izuku’s spin as he shivers in delight, absolutely exhilarating. He quickly closes up his phone that is able to contact his, still, newly hired guard of the second house. He’s going to have to be able to get more Shouto merch for his other room, oooohhh maybe he could have Shouto in that room first or should his Shouto come into this room first, the room Izuku grew up in and started all of this.

Izuku got up and ran his hand over all the pictures of his angelic Shouto, face contorting into different disturbing shows of his twisted pleasure. Twisted and horrifying smiles as he looks for one picture to the next, oops he just drooled a bit. He doesn't want all of his Shouto things covered in drool…. Besides specific items. 

—------------

Shouto has been having such an easier time during training and just… living he guesses. He’s been talking with Izuku, his name is Izuku and it’s the most prized thing he has besides the Izuku plushe, everyday or almost everyday. Shouto has been messaging him after the teachers that come into this place to help him learn, leave and stay in his room more. His f-father hasn’t entered his room at all so he hasn’t needed to hide the gifts he has been given. Since his room is big enough to train in, Shouto has been practicing with the weapons he was gifted with. his Izuku has been sending videos on how to use them and also Shouto was about to send videos of him using them back. Izuku should be able to give pointers on what he might be messing up and add more to his training. Shouto know he should be a bit more concerned by all the things his Izuku knows and can do but he's just really greatful.

Right now Shouto is laying on his bed hugging the Izuku plush close to his chest, taking in big breaths. It smells like him and it just helps Shouto to imagine him here, with him and it helps him feel less alone. It’s weird how much Shouto wants his Izuku here with him, it’s normal to want to hang out with one's friend a lot right? Shouto just wants to be with the person that makes him feel… feel safe. After so long in this place that feels like it’s strangling him at any second of the day and then spending time with Izuku and feeling safe made him realize how much it actually hurt. 

It was so easy to ignore all those years alone, in pain, waiting for his room door to open and being dragged back to train more. Now…. Now Shouto doesn't know what to do. He’s been shown peace and safety in the form of his best friend, Izuku. Someone that makes everything feel right, that helps him breathe better just by being on the phone with him. Shouto has been told how friends help each other, keep each other safe and happy, and protect the other in times of need, he would do anything to express how much he appreciates Izuku.  

Izuku was the first one to help, not even his own siblings helped but maybe Toya would have helped him because he would have understood the pain right? Izuku helped and showed him things that he was never able to see besides seeing from afar. Since he has been able to leave the estate for a little while now, he’s been able to learn more ‘normal’ things. Shouto has been able to understand more normal interaction and he’s sure that he has this best friend thing down pat. 

Even if sometimes Shouto couldn’t tell the difference between couples and friends sometimes, he knows how friends act to each other. The problem he has is what they think about their best friend, is he feeling something normal or something wrong. Shouto is sure that his emotions are normal but he might have to ask someone else. He pulls the Izuku plush to his face and takes a big breath, Shouto wishes he could make it smell more like Izuku. All Shouto needs to do is be there for his Izuku and never hurt him, he can never hurt him like how Endevor hurts all of his ‘family’. 

Chapter Text

Dabi just got a loaded text message from his boss not that long ago. It was a detail message saying how all his siblings were do, Natsuo going for a doctor degree and focusing on quirks that hurt the owner like his, Fuyumi teaching small kids and trying her best to keep them safe like how she did with them, there mom… was put into a mental ward for… for ice burning… Sho-.. She snapped one day not that long after he left and ended up boiling Endeavor's pet project. Then the fuck apparently did something right and got her help but she would be okay to leave by now if she wanted. It stated that all the files on Rei Todoroki, was still ‘Mentally unwell’ and ‘shouldn’t be allowed to leave’. Even though there is proof of her two other kids meeting her and wishing to see Sho-...

Besides the family he actually cares about and wishes he was able to save or maybe it was wishing they saved him, Shouto Todoroki took up most of the message. The details on how he was trained… it wasn’t training, he was able to get that through his head after so long but… This was worse than his. When he ‘trained’ with that man he didn’t need to worry about broken bones, black eyes, almost getting frostbit, being forced to train with said broken bones, being forced to eat an extremely strict diet that basically leaves one on the verge of starvation, and so much more. It detailed how Shouto was cut off from everyone, unlike him, how he forgot most of his siblings, probably him first, and only recently was allowed to be around them because how could Endeavor's masterpiece not know how to communicate for any hero gathering. How only now when he was older and how Endeavor believed he was old enough to help himself and keep himself ‘safe’ in their own home to be with his siblings again. The mad man is acting like it was a shock that their mother finally snapped but at the worst time. Like Shouto had to worry about Natsuo or Fuyumi fucking hurting him…. If he was still there maybe he might have had to worry about him but… Toya wasn’t there and was able to turn into Dabi that finally realized how fucked up that place was. It took so long to get over his hate with the youngest of them but it wasn’t his fault ‘dad’ left him behind no… it was Endeavors, it was all Endeavors fault. 

That flaming fuck hurt his younger siblings, neglected basically all of them and forced his only daughter to take care of everything. The fact that only Shouto was allowed to have a ‘maid’ or ‘babysitter’ take care of him but not Fumi or Natsu speaks volumes. They even had different tutors, cheaper ones, too. The massage was long and Dabi can tell that it was easier to get information on Shouto because he was the one still living in that hell. They must have been watching it from a far and only was able to get good info on the people he could see but he did say that he does have a whole bunch more on the others it’s just Shouto’s seemed more like a glaring issue. He doesn't resent his little brother well.... not anymore, he should have actually been there for him but he never was.

Did his boss organize the information like this to make him more mad at Endeavor? Maybe. Did Dabi care? No, not at all. This just fueled the reason to kill that fucker more, the reason to go back and save his little brother like he wasn’t able to last time. Khaki is his boss and is only spoken in hushed tones in the underground, the family that gets what they want and always keeps each other safe… that is if you don’t hurt what's theirs. There are old stories of khaki’s fighting each other or throwing away the name and using their own and it always leads to bloodshed. One of the low time villains that used to be a khaki is named Chomper, the guy doesn't talk to anyone besides one person and people always said that was the one he claimed as his own and the family didn’t approve of. 

Did khaki want to kill or hurt Endeavor, if he kept piling the information in Shouto’s favor and making their sperm donor look like the monster he is. They could want to kill the fuck and if they do or if they have a better idea on how to hurt him, they can go right ahead. As long as Dabi can get one good clean hit on him, that would be all he wants. 

He decides to text back his boss so he at least knows what he wants to do.

Flaming@ss: So…. I read all the words vomit…. I wanted to kill that fuck befor but now

Flaming@ss: Now I'm pretty sure that you want to kill him too. 

Flaming@ss: You pinned all that info for me to hate that old fuck more, which was unneeded, I hate him so so fucking much but you also made it so Shouto is the victim. 

Flaming@ss: …. I used to not like him that much but… I realized how everything was the walking flaming trash cans fault for what happened and not Shouto’s so…

Flaming@ss:... fucking god dammit if you need me to do anything that involves him I will even do it if it gets me killed. I’m sure you have some plan but if you squeeze me punching him in the junk or at least a quick kick in the family jewels then I have no problem with the plan.

He gets no reply back from his boss but it must just be that time of the day again. A shiver runs down his spin at the thought of the poor soul that was loved by them. Dabi has seen the look of all consuming hunger on khaki’s face when mentioning anything about his world, well part of his face cause most of it was covered. He’s glad the kid has someone he loves and maybe Dabi wouldn’t have minded if someone liked him like that but anyone else…. Man who would have guessed thinking about his boss would even make a fire quirk user like him shiver like he’s in an ice block. Dabi went back up to his room as he sure as hell ain't going outside. Once in his room he gets a message from Mamaki, the kid calls her that sometimes and she has told him to also call her that.

Mamaki: Hello Dabi! I hope you are doing well!

He rolled his eyes at how this woman acts like she isn’t scarier than her own son. The Mama ‘oh look, I’m so nice and happy all the tim- knife slowly going down some ones back and putting salt into the wound is fun to do because it usually makes people choke on their own tears easier!’ khaki 

Tibe~mastiff: Yes I’m doing fine boss

Tibe~mastiff: ....

Tibe~mastiff: What the fuck is with my name???

Mamaki: Oh first off, that is a dog breed that is big and fluffy and is a really good guard dog that scares the crap out of people! Second

Mamaki: ….. You know that is not a name I like to go by.

Oh fuck sorry sorry. Shit, he’s so used to calling people above him boss that it’s going to get him a khaki torture treatment. Dabi is so lucky this lady has so much patience for him, he is slowly turning to one of theirs though so he will probably never be able to leave this place or well leave them.

Tibe~mastiff: Sorry Mamaki, I’m still trying to get out of that habit.

Mamaki: It’s okay sweetie! Take your time also, do you need anything, are sure you're okay?

Tibe~mastiff: No Mamaki, I don’t need anything. You know for a fact the fridge would notify you if it’s too low and the same goes for all the food closet. 

Mamaki: Are your burns okay or do you need anything

Tibe~mastiff: Burns are burns Mamaki

Mamaki: Ooohhh I’m sorry sweetie, I wish I could help that in some way…. I might be able to find a doctor to help with that but anyways have a nice night my little mastiff. I might come by tomorrow.

And…. with that Dabi can never leave the khaki family from now on. He is apparently Mamaki’s… little mastiff now…. Holly fuck he has been forced into a role of a fluffy guard dog she most likely sees as cute. He can’t tell if he has struck gold or just fucking hung himself in the gallows. Dabi lays down in his bed thinking about the past few hours and what has just been told to him. He shakes his head a bit and gets as comfortable as he can get in bed with all these burns. Closing his eyes and hoping to find sleep quickly, the last images of his brother being hurt, kid khaki smile curling into an inhuman emotion, and Mamaki keeping him chained up like a mutt…. This was his choice at the end of the day. 

Time to lay in the bed he made.

Chapter Text

He was trying his best to find out the truth. He was completing anything noteworthy when he watched the little freak at school or on the way home or whenever Katsuki saw him out in public. He knows how Deku works, all the ins and out of the nerd at school from being in the same fucking room all their lives. The one thing he is scared of is Izuku Midoriya, the one that is not the easy to read nerd that he knew all his life and that can just randomly pop up because of something that he doesn't know yet. 

Katsuki was trying to figure out what triggers Izuku to come out when Deku is supposed to be out at school. One time was because someone brought up Endeavor and called him cool and the best hero. He was sitting in his seat acting all nerdy and shit, one of the extras said a thing about the number 2. That made Izuku angry, he didn’t outwardly say anything besides the mumbling like normal did but the look on his face. Katsuki had seen that look from Izuku when they were younger and someone tried to mess with him. It was a face that promised pain and anything that seemed ‘wrong’ was to be ‘fixed’. Katsuki heard Izuku talk like that a lot as kids but never really thought about what it meant until he was older and that face was directed at him instead of for him.

Another time Izuku was suddenly around at school was when someone brought up having a significant other, gushing all about them and how great they are. This seemed to put Deku into a manic Izuku state that started scribbling in his notebook and he had this giant grin on his face. It was unsettling and disturbing to look at from afar, Katsuki was honestly shocked by how no one else seemed to bat an eye at that. The last and only other time he has seen Izuku at school was when fingers pushed him down the stairs. It was one of the most violent outbursts he has ever seen and now he’s scared of it repeating but on him instead. It would just be like that face he makes suddenly not being used for him but against him. 

Katsuki had to start doing the same thing that nerd dose with those hero notebooks. He wrote down everything and anything, he kept the people that matter the most in the loop which was his mom. She seemed to be denying how the nerd really is and said that Izuku was fine and not like her. She kept saying he needs to calm down and that maybe he was just seeing it wrong, that Izuku just has an actual partner that he tried to make very happy. 

Katsuki knows his mom is probably just trying to stay in denial and trying to make sure to not lose her marbles after he told her how Izuku really is. It might be the same with him and auntie Inko, not trying to relate how Izuku and auntie are supposed to act the same or well the old hag said she was worse. That was one way she said she ‘succeeded’ in helping her nephew if he wasn’t all that bad.

Today he made sure all his information was in order. From the new of new and the oldest stuff he knows, all the memories that are close to as old as him. Katsuki was going through the large amount of notebooks he has and wouldn’t you know, he forgot to date some of these and the time stamps for that day. He feels like he’s going to go crazy not knowing the exact time Izuku was just… there. There were exactly 35 different dates not written down but those were easy to fill out. The real problem he is having that is making him so on edge is the fact 476 timestamps are not there…. They are not there and they are supposed to be, he is supposed to help stop this thing that he grew up with but he’s already failing. How could he be a hero if he couldn’t even keep track of motherfucker that needs to be put back in his place.

This is just like keeping track of a villain so why is it so hard just to put, 11:57 am on Friday at the market, HOW IS THAT SO HARD!!!

.

.

.

.

.

.

Katsuki pulled his hair as he stared at his notebooks, he took one big breath and then another. “Oh fucking hell… I-i need a break.” He pushed up and away from his desk, slightly wobbling as he did. “God… how long was I sitting?” He stretches a little and hears a pop somewhere, he was definitely sitting there for too long.

Katsuki goes to his blackout blinds and pulls them back to see it’s dark out…. Wasn’t it supposed to be morning? Why didn’t one of his par- oh he asked them to leave him alone today and they also went to a business meeting around noon and were going to be staying at a hotel till tomorrow or something. He walked over to his door and opened it, all the house was blacked out and he learned recently that after he started to do the Izuku tracking thing…. Katsuki started to hate the dark more, not being able to see where things are or people, feeling like he needed to run to the light switch faster than he did as a little kid…. Or the faint feeling of eyes on him when he knows for a fact no one should be able to see him. 

Katsuki used his sparks to at least light up the area near him so he can not bump into anything. Once he got to the light switch he hit the damn thing a bit too hard but the hag isn’t in right now so no yelling for him. He goes down the steps so he can make some food in the kitchen, probably put on the tv or something to have background noise. That was also a new thing he can’t stand now, the quiet felt too suffocating at times. Katsuki is literally turning into a loud ass American that gets put off by the silence of all fucking things. 

He walked over to the tv and put it on a random channel, making sure all the lights that need to be on are on. Katsuki walks into the kitchen and starts grabbing the stuff needed to make something simple and fast. He's glad that tomorrow is the weekend. He gets lost in make his food and not blowing anything up with his sweat that can’t fucking turn off, it would have been nice if his body mutated that but no. At points Katsuki thinks he sees something out of the windows near the kitchen but when he looks it’s nothing. Must be a cat or even the wind messing with the tree branches or something, maybe he slightly regrets needing to keep track of that freak but it's okay. Someone has to do it though.

After he’s done cooking, he sits at the table to eat because he’s not a barbarian. Sometimes he will look at the multiple windows on the first floor because again… he hates the feeling of something watching him. Katsuki gets done eating quickly and then slowly turns off all the lights, tv gets turned off and lastly he runs up to his room. He’s really not good at dealing with this paranoia over Izuku, well it’s the fact it’s Izuku that makes it worse. 

Once he’s in his room, Katsuki makes sure his blackout curtains are drawn and no one would even be able to see through them without a quirk. After making sure all his room was okay he put his notebooks away in the more secure part of his room and lay down to go to sleep. All night Katsuki is flipping and turning at the feeling of being watched even if none can see him.

A greened haired someone is sitting in one of the trees nearby and shaking his head. He climbs down and starts heading home after wasting so much of his precious time. On the walk back he mumbles into thin air and if the few people that rarely passed him paid attention they would hear what he was saying. 

“...So disappointing…”

“...not even good at stalking…”

“....amateur at fucking life….”

“....Been doing it longer but that doesn't give him an excuse to suck.”

Chapter Text

Shouto has been quietly waiting for the supposed training in the woods that Natsuo would take him too. Yumi said she didn’t want to go and also said it was a boys outing or something like that, she also warned Natsu to not pester him too much about Izuku. They were on their first day camping and at least still having a connection with their phones so he can talk to Izuku all he wants. He was helping set up the tent, it was funny seeing Natsuo fight with the camping supplies. They then went to make the fire pit, his brother apparently got a Multi-tool shovel and hasn’t used it till now. He said that Yumi thought it was a waste of money but he pointed out that he was using it now so that means it wasn't a waste. Shouto thought it was pretty wasteful but apparently he didn’t get a say in it so he can just keep that thought to himself. 

He helped get sticks for the fire and Natsu was setting up more things for the campsite. Shouto has found a lot of sticks but because of the light drizzle they had yesterday nothing was good for a fire, everything was just wet. He did think a few times to use his fire to help dry them out more, Izuku saying in the back of his mind all the different ways he could use his fire that his old man doesn't use it for. He should ask Natsuo if using his fire would be okay on the sticks though because he doesn't know that much about his fire and might burn them before they can even use them.

Walking back to camp with a bundle of wet sticks in his arms, Shouto saw Natsuo fretting around here and there, setting up camp more. He walked over to where his brother told him to place the sticks before he went off to find some. As Shouto unceremoniously dropped the sticks to where they needed to be, Natsuo yelped and quickly turned to look at him with wide eyes. He just gave his normal blank face waiting for the other to talk. “Oh gods Sho…. You menace, I didn’t hear you at all… quite little fuck.” He watched as his brother turned back around with an eye roll.

Shouto smirked a bit in his head as he walked a little closer to his elder brother. “Oh, I’m sorry Natsuo. I didn’t know you were so afraid of sticks, I’ll make sure to be more careful next time.” He heard a loud whine as he set up his chair a good distance away from the fire.

“You know for a fact that is not why I don’t startle you little-” Natsuo continued to mumbled as he messed with whatever he was working on.

“Oh I’m sorry Natsuo, I just realized that there are so many sticks around. It must be a nightmare to take me on this ‘survival’ training camp thing.” Shouto said with obvious teasing in his tone, while he kept his voice and face as starlight as he could. He heard Natsuo groan more and mumbled about regretting the outing while he took out his phone so he could message Izuku, he’s so glad he got his name. He was sitting there for a long time just messaging with Izuku back and forth. Sometimes he got ideas on how to use the new weapons that were given to him and other times Izuku suggested that when Shouto could, record himself performing the moves so he could critique them.

He brought a bunch of training stuff with, Endeavor wouldn’t have it any other way but that also let him hide all the stuff he learns from Izuku better. Shouto was finishing up texting with Izuku, they soon needed to get supper started. “Shooooo get your ass over here and dry the wood and you can set it on fire while you're on it.” He resisted the urge to roll his eyes as he got up to burn some wood. Soon the fire was started, food was done and they were already going to bed.

“Night Shouto, sleep well.”

Those were the last words his brother spoke to him before he turned off the lamp. Shouto laid there for a long time, waiting to make sure Natsuo was really asleep. It took so long but finally he heard snoring and that was his sign to get up to his corner of the tent. Reaching into his bag, Shouto pulled out the only thing that has helped him sleep comfortably for the last few months. He knows for a fact Natsuo would pick on him for bringing his Izuku plush that he didn't know existed but it was really the only way he can sleep now. Shouto wishes it still smelled like him or that he had another one all together. 

He pulled the plush of Izuku close to his chest without fear of someone barging into his room and learning of it's existence. Curling around the plushie and imagining that it was a real person made Shouto feel even safer than he was before. Being in the middle of the forest, away from that hell, no flaming trash can near by threatening him for just living. Shouto let his eyes flutter close as he gripped the plush Izuku tighter.

—----------------------------- second day

The next day was full of random outdoor activities. Natsuo showed him a bunch of different games that Enji would never want him to play because they are too childish. Shouto was really good at the accuracy type games, Natsuo even said so. They also made sure to make the camp nice and neat. After games and keeping the camp in check, they started to look for a really open area near their camp. 

Shouto asked too because he wanted to practice with his weapons he brought with. Natsuo only agreed because he was really excited to learn something that wasn't from Endeavor. They at one point found a good opening and Shouto made sure the grass was gone by lighting it up real quick. His brother poked fun at him by calling him a little pyro maniac. Shouto honestly doesn't know why he would say that, he’s just using his fire in ways Endeavor would never like him to do. They both made sure the clearing was okay and then went back to camp, it was getting close to super time.

They made food, talked, and laughed a little because Shouto is still not good with humor. He wishes he could be. They both went to bed, Shouto was still able to talk to Izuku throughout the day and even informed him of the opening they found. Once again, Shouto waited until he was sure that his brother was asleep before pulling out his Izuku plush. He held it close to his body and curled around it. Every part of his brain wished for Izuku to be with him but it’s okay. The trip won't last that long and he can call or video call him tomorrow when he starts to practice with his weapons more. Natsuo should join in too so he knows how to use his knife that Shouto knows for a fact he has on him. 

—--------------------------- third day

They woke up today and made sure that camp was all in order. After breakfast and making sure they had lunch on them, both of them made it to the opening so that Shouto could practice. They made it there quickly and started to look around for things that can be used for dummies. Both of them found some fallen trees and logs so they could pull them into the clearing. Once they were all set up Shouto quickly took out his phone and set up a video call. It’ll look grainy but Izuku should be able to see what movement he is doing. 

After they got all of that set up, Izuku was ready to see how he was doing with his weapons. Izuku of course couldn’t quite correct him on stance as much but he did help the best he could without being there. He was able to do two moves correctly but everything else was really iffy. Natsuo was also trying to encourage him on all the moves he did, logs having different bits break off and flying in random directions. Shouto did get nailed in the face with a few of the broken off pieces, Natsuo laughed at him when it happened. Izuku worried that they might scratch up his face or cut him.

The attention he was getting from Izuku made his stomach feel tense? He felt like there was something in his chest that was squeezing at every little thing that he got praised for. Shouto felt at different times when Izuku showed worry for him, his fire would want to spring to life and burn brightly. He didn’t know why he felt like this. He’s never had a friend before and he has never really spent that much time with his siblings either, so interactions that require so much emotion made him confused. Don’t get Shouto wrong, he still did his work out and weapons training but the present feeling of knowing Izuku was watching all his moves made his guts…. Twist and warm up? This has never happened with family. He isn’t socially inept, he knows this…. Shouto knows what emotion is supposed to be seen in different scenarios but…. He’s never been in THIS scenario before. 

They went through everything that needed to be done and made sure everything was still in order. Natsuo said that they needed to make sure he didn’t accidentally start fires, Shouto knows how to control his fire so as not to burn anything when he’s not using it, thank you very much. Izuku stayed on call the whole time, talking randomly and giving advice on what he might need to work on next. Shouto was able to see the greenet staring at him while he moved around the open area. His eyes fixated on him as he moved some logs to be in an upright position for tomorrow's training. Some of the looks he was given made Shouto feel like there was hunger in those deep viridian eyes.  

He hung up once they finally made it back to camp, saying goodbye to Izuku and Nats having a huge grin on his face for some reason. Natsuo made dinner because he didn’t get any knife training today, Izuku said he can help tomorrow. Sense they got food and it was already so late they both quickly went to sleep. His brother was grinning at him even when getting ready to sleep, it took longer for Nats to fall asleep tonight. The deep even breaths let Shouto know he was able to grab his Izuku plush again for tonight.

After finally being able to get a hold of his Izuku plush, he shoved it into his face and wished that it still smelled like the greenet it was replicating. The barest of hints of citrus were still there but it just wasn’t the same. Shouto slowly curled up and started to plan ways to get Izuku to give him another mini him plush. Friends help each other all the time and help make the other feel safe so if Izuku finds out his plush makes him feel safe then he would get another one right? Shouto drifted off into a dream filled sleep, dreams of ways to get another plush, dreams of asked Izuku who he got the plush from, dreams of sleeping near Izuku, dreams of him hugging Izuku till they both pass out, dreams of curling up against a fully lulled to sleep Izuku that doesn't move once he lays besides him… does it matter that the dream version of Izuku didn’t know that Shouto was slipping into his bed to sleep better? Shouto honestly doesn't know.

—---------------------- Fourth day

The morning went as it normally did for both his brother and him. They ate, looked around themself at the beautiful nature that they usually never get to see in the city or well their neighborhood. Both of them made sure the camp would be okay for the rest of the day after they made themselves lunch for later. Shouto checked the time and noticed Izuku would still be asleep when they get to the opened area. He informed Natsuo that he’ll be helping him with the basics for fighting with a knife before Izuku wakes up. Shouto quickly grabbed the practice knife he used to train before Izuku moved him onto his current weapons. 

They were both on their way to the open area now. Natsuo has been looking at him in a weird sense yesterday, for some reason. Shouto has just been pushing it off because it might just be emotions that he can’t quite understand yet and he has heard Nats state that it can be ‘weird’ if he just points them out bluntly. The staring also doesn't really bother him either, he’s gotten worse looks for Enji most of his life so this was nothing to bat an eye at. Maybe his brother is thinking about something, Nats says sometimes when he thinks he will show the emotions that would match the thing he’s thinking about. 

Finally they got to the clearing and quickly made sure their logs and other stuff was not moved around. It pays off to look for the little things, with them living in Endeavor’s house it made sense to do that so you’d stay safe. Shouto quickly went over the basics, stuff here and there but then swiftly called Izuku and made sure Natsu was in sight so he knew today was his day to also train. It also helped that he was doing some of the basics already. The call was picked up in less than one ring and Izuku looked like he didn’t sleep real well but it could just be that he was helping his mom with something. Izuku didn’t look all too happy to be helping them train today but that made sense because he looked really really tired. He also only seemed to lighten up a little whenever he was helping Shouto but Natsuo isn’t going to comment on that..... Shouto has already said not to make a comment on it because Izuku gets really anxious.

The training felt like it was going slower than normal today but that might be because Izuku wasn’t personally watching him the whole time. It was also very hard to concentrate on his moves as his eyes kept wondering over where his phone was. Izuku wasn’t paying attention to him and every time he looked over to see Nats having all of the other boys' attention had a heavy feeling sinking low in his gut he wants Izuku to look at him.

When they were all done for the day Shouto said goodbye to Izuku and tried his best to keep his brother out of shot. Natsuo got enough of Izuku's attention today. He quickly ended the call when Natsuo was about to say goodbye and automatically went to clean up his hands. Shouto was going a little harder than normal because he split some of his knuckles when training. He doesn't know why he just needed to punch something really really hard today. It didn’t help though because that heavy feeling was still there and it was getting stronger. 

Shouto decided that maybe not talking will help with this weird heavy emotion. Doing that sometimes helped with other ones, waiting them out was something he did a lot. Natsuo must have noticed because even he didn’t really try to have a conversation. It was nice but the feeling was still there when they started to get ready for bed. Shouto informed his brother that he wanted to stay up a little longer tonight and said he could go to sleep without him. 

He was able to grab his Izuku plush when his brother wasn’t looking and he went back to the training spot. It looked really different at night, Natsuo should be asleep so he doesn't need to worry about being looked for and his brother also knows that no one else is camping near here so Shouto will be safe. Shouto honestly didn’t know what he was doing but he set his Izuku plush up so it could watch him. He then started to do the normal set of attacks and dodges that Izuku gave him. 

He ran through a set or too as his Izuku plush watched him. Shouto could practically hear the praise from the smaller boy clear as day. Every encouraging thing and light scolding for doing something wrong but then the high praise for fixing it. By the end of it Shouto was panting as he shot his head over to where his Izuku plush was sitting. His Izuku plush was still there, it didn’t move the whole time but Shouto could still imagine him singing high praises on how well he did.

He quickly jogged over to his Izuku plush and picked it up, hugging it tightly as he wished it was actually his friend, not some small toy. Shouto stayed just like that for a bit, imagining how it would feel to be hugged by Izuku again. After a little, he started making his way back to camp and changing his clothes. The whole time he didn’t let go of his Izuku plush. He just wanted to be with Izuku, they don’t even see each other everyday so Shouto doesn't know why he feels this way. He can’t understand emotions, it just doesn't make sense.

That night he went to sleep later than normal as he couldn’t get the idea of sleeping in the same bed as Izuku out of his head. To lay down and hold onto him like his dose with his Izuku plush. Shouto needs to ask Izuku to make the plush smell like him again, he needs to have something that smells like him again. 

—---------------------------- fifth day 

The fifth day wasn’t eventful at all. Normal morning, normal stretching…. Normal training with Natsuo getting all of Izuku’s attention and directions….. Shouto then did say that he wanted to have some more training so his brother went back to camp before him and this caused Shouto to have more time with just Izuku. Tomorrow will be the last day out here because they are leaving on the seventh day but that doesn't matter. Tomorrow is also a break day for Natsuo's training he has done.

Natsuo didn’t do as much training as him but that made sense, it was just learned for a just in case to begin with. Shouto was learning it to protect Izuku to become a hero. When he finally got back to camp the food had cooled down a bit and Natsuo wanted to go to bed early so it was just Shouto at night again. He spent some time like normal with his Izuku plush. It was nice and felt a lot more calming than yesterday's frantic emotions. That night Shouto was able to sleep very nicely with calming dreams of him and Izuku hanging out.

—-----------------------------  Six day

Shouto got up the next morning feeling relaxed unlike yesterdays morning. Natsuo was watching him more today than he did yesterday but that didn’t throw off his relaxed mood. They went through their normal camping morning and then went to train. Shouto was doing his normal training but Natsuo insisted that he didn’t need any more teaching time from Izuku as he just did some light work out but not training. He honestly thought Izuku would push on it to keep the training up but instead the other boy just said that he knew the basics and just to keep doing them when he got time for them. 

With this change of who Izuku had to watch, that meant Shouto had 2x the amount of Izuku time he did for the last day or so. This made his heart stutter for some reason. Shouto held onto his chest at random points in his training/when he was taking a break because he was kinda concerned. Why was his heart beating weird? Was he sick or was he going to have a seizure or maybe a heart attack? Shouto really didn’t know and that worried him a little but with the attention of Izuku on him, it calmed him some what. Izuku has shown his want to keep him safe and feeling happy every time they interact so Shouto knows he’s in good hands.

They got done with training, Nat got done faster then him because he was only doing light work out and he also wanted to get to cleaning the clearing sooner. Shouto was happy with his training today and he said goodbye to Izuku and then started to help his brother clean up the clearing. There wasn’t that much left to do but he helped anyway. They went back to the camp and started to make supper but it seemed like Natsuo wanted to say something. He obviously was not good with these things so he didn’t bring it up but he did stare at his brother for an uncomfortably long amount of time. Finally Nats seemed to cave and bring up his thoughts first. 

“Do you… are you…. Shouto.”

“That is me, yes.”

Natsuo puffed out a quick laugh but got back to his serious face as he looked Shouto dead in the eyes. “Not the time for that Shouto… okay…. Y-you… do you like him?” Shouto blinked a few times and digested the question.

“Like who?”

“Oh my, Sho… who else?”

“This doesn't help me in understanding who you are talking about.”

“I can’t tell if you're joking oh my god, Izuku…. Shouto, do you like Izuku?”

“Of course I like Izuku, he is one of my very first friends I have ever had.”

Natsuo flung his head back and groaned into the air. What was wrong with his answer though, he did answer his brother's question but why was he showing signs of annoyance. Shouto got a little antsy as Nats just rubbed a hand down his face and waited too long for his own liking to talk again. “You technically answered my question, I should have worded that differently. I’m sorry.”

Shouto nodded his head as he put more food in his mouth, wishing that he was mute at this specific moment in time. “I wanted to know if you had a crush on Izuku.” He blinked a few times before looking his brother in the eyes and said with a straight face. “I don’t want to crush Izuku, he is my friend, I don't want to hurt him.”

“OH MY GOD NOT- FUCK HOW DO I EXPLAIN THIS TO YOU OF ALL PEOPLE!!!!”

“I don’t know what you want to explain to me but I’m guessing it was not to put my friend in pain as I thought it was.”

“No… no ummm Do… do you want to be with him… romantically?”

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

“Explain what romantically means and I will be able to answer better.”

“HOLY FUCK YOU ARE JUST A LOST CAUSE OKAY GIVE ME A SECOND!!!”

.

.

.

.

“It’s a word to describe how people show love and most of the time… s-sexual urges. ᴵ ˢʷᵉᵃʳ ᵗᵒ ᵍᵒᵈ ᶦᶠ ʸᵒᵘ ᵈᵒⁿ'ᵗ ᵏⁿᵒʷ ʷʰᵃᵗ ˢᵉˣᵗᵘᵃˡ ᵐᵉᵃⁿˢ ᴵ ʷᶦˡˡ ᵏᶦˡˡ ᵐʸˢᵉˡᶠ ʳᶦᵍʰᵗ ʰᵉʳᵉ ʳᶦᵍʰᵗ ⁿᵒʷ.”  

“Oh…… I don’t know.”

“.....What?”

“I said that I don’t know.” 

“Y-you didn’t even think about it.”

“That’s true but I’m sure even if I think about it I won't be able to tell if I do or not because I am not good with those types of things.”

Natsuo looked at him before pulling out his phone to type something then looked back up at him. “Okay, Sho… do you feel like your stomach is doing flips when you are near him?”

“Stomachs can flip?”

“Just don’t think about the wording and think about the feeling fuck the words okay! Say how you feel when you are by Izuku, right now.”

Shouto sat there and put some more food in his mouth. He didn’t know how to say it. He knows that one word is happy and another one is excited. Those are words that Shouto would normally use for these emotions but they don’t feel right. Those don’t feel…. Big enough to describe what he was feeling….. Izuku has been showing him poetry recently but they keep using words that aren't right to describe somethings. Maybe if Shouto used those wrong words to describe how he feels Natsuo would understand it better.

“I….I-i feel hot… burning hot… It’s… I’m like lava when I’m near him and he’s the cooling rain that helps me be more solid. He helps me stay grounded like the roots of trees and he’s strong like a tree too. When I’m around you or Fuyumi I feel steady but not like him, it’s like his roots go all the way down to my core and just won't leave even after he himself has left. He’s like a plushie… A soft round plushie that has a rock on the inside of it. So he’s heavy and keeps me on the ground when I feel like I’m floating away, his soft hair is kinda like the fabric that I just seem to be unable to stop touching and the plush has a rock so it can hurt someone. He has hurt people to keep me safe, I've seen him step on people's feet, elbow someone, punch someone right after I turn around and then he gets us to leave…” 

Shouto stopped talking and looked up to see his brother just staring at him with wide wild eyes. He felt like he still needed to say one more thing, it was definitely the right thing to say. “He makes me feel so safe and warm.” It seemed like that was the nail in the metaphorical coffin, the thing Izuku told him the meaning behind before. Natsuo just kinda slumped in his seat while looking at him, not saying anything but he honestly just seemed too stunned to talk.

“When in the fuck did you learn to talk like that? ᵒʰ ᵐʸ ᵍᵒᵈ ᶦ ⁿᵉᵉᵈ ᶠᵘʸᵘᵐᶦ ᵗᵒ ᵗᵃˡᵏ ᵗᵒ ʸᵒᵘ.”

“Izuku has been showing me poetry…. I don’t understand it but that was how they wrongly describe things in them so I thought that since you understand that stuff better it would be how to get you to understand my… m-my feelings that I can’t quite describe with my own words.”

Natsuo stood up and started to clean up. “I can’t help you with that, I’m sorry but I do understand what you were trying to get across lil sho. Don’t worry about that part.”

Shouto made a slight confused face at what his brother just said. “You were going to help me?”

His brother ignored his question as he kept cleaning up. “I’m going to send yumi your way because she is better at that type of stuff, not me. ᴵ ᵗʰᵒᵘᵍʰᵗ ᶦᵗ ʷᵃˢ ᵃ ˢᶦᵐᵖˡᵉ ᶜʳᵘˢʰ ᶠᵘᶜᵏ ˢʰᵒᵘᵗᵒ” Shouto decided to help clean up even though his brother kept interrupting his questions or ignoring him. All he did was tell him how he felt about Izuku so what was so wrong about that. Well Natsuo did say he wasn't good at those types of things and said Fuyumi would be better at that.

Even though he doesn't know what he needs help with. Yea Shouto had these intense and at some times heavy emotions but that was normal right. Was that how he explained it to Natsuo or did he not do the wrong describing thing right like the poetry stuff does? Questions flew in his head while he got ready for bed and while he held his Izuku plush tight that night, his emotions seemed to scatter in every direction. 

The next morning they got up early to clean up and leave. Maybe his emotions were not normal or just a little to complex and he needed help with it and didn’t know. Shouto thought about it as he was in the car going back to hell to the house. He did seem to get overwhelmed by his emotions from Izuku the most so maybe getting help from Fuyumi was good… but how did he ask for it.

Shouto sighed as Fuyumi welcomed them back home and said that she made both of their favorites for working so hard this week. It’s going to be so hard to ask Yumi for help.

Chapter Text

Fuyumi has been a bit…. On edge you could say. Let's rephrase that because it sounded a bit too harsh and deep for this situation. So she will start from the beginning. Natsuo and Shouto came back from camping and they did train a bit but not as much a enji father would have liked.....if he knew about it. Shouto seemed to be more relaxed and happy then when he left, being out of the house was good for him. It was kinda like how Fuyumi thought it was a good idea for Izuku and him to hang out more. She should get back on topic though.

Shouto looked nice and relaxed, he did seem a little tense after seeing her but that could be because Natsuo did indeed talk to Sho about his feelings. If that was the case and lil sho was looking at her like that, that means that Natsuo can’t deal with them because he is an absolute disaster when it comes to something deeper than a one night fling or a light crush. Nats himself looked a little worse for wear but was again more relaxed than when he left, which was also good. The look of wear and tear, tiredness on him just solidified that he couldn’t help Shouto with his crus- wait no probably deeper than a crush because this is Shouto’s first love and really any deep DEEP emotions that were really positive. He’ll probably be a little manic and really clingy and stuff because this would be someone Shouto would finally see as ‘his’ or someone he doesn't want to get hurt and he has been hurt a lot in his life all of us have.

Shouto will definitely be a little ‘toxic’ but it would be more like trauma responses to a bunch of stuff. So far from what Fuyumi has seen, Izuku has been handling her lil brothers emotions like it was the back of his hands, helping in every way that he can. She thinks that he likes Shouto but she could be wrong but either way Fuyumi knew even if Izuku didn’t like Sho like that he would help him. So that was what she was told by Natsuo, that he was really…. How would one put it, severely in love. Deeply and so strongly in love that he somehow did poetry to just describe it and Shouto said that he was doing it in the wrong way because Natsuo would understand better. That got a laugh or two out of Fuyumi because really, Shouto has to be in love if he somehow used something like that to communicate how he loved Izuku. 

She really hopes Izuku likes Shouto back.

Anyways, she has been thinking of ways to broach the subject because it seemed like Shouto was avoiding her until he felt like talking. Fuyumi knew that Natsuo told him, he will ask her to talk about emotions to him aaaannnnnddd sense Shouto doesn't like talking about that to begin with…. Just made her job harder to help him because now he knew her goal. It has been exactly 4 days…. 4 days of trying her hardest to talk to her little, itty bitty brother about a big boy feeling that he refuses to talk about her even though Fuyumi knows that he knows that he needs to talk about them. It’s really draining but worth it. Today was going to be the day she finally gets to talk with him, she can just feel it.

So she went about her normal day as always, cleaning up, got ready for work and headed out to the school. She taught all the kids and made sure that they were treated equally, no Miss Tadashi… She will not treat Saki better than the other students because his quirk is a ‘heroic’ one. No Mr. Obasu, she will not like to go out for coffee because unlike him, she stays loyal to the one she is in a romantic relationship with. His wife really needs to get a better husband or maybe some better eyes, hell even better ears will help her at this point to hear how much he just doesn't care about her. After all the normal school drama, Fuyumi made her way back to the estate and started to make sure everything wasn’t out of place in her childhood home. enji’s Fathers jacket that he always brings to work is gone so that means he's out of the house right now. That’s good.

Fuyumi started to make food and make sure that Shouto got his homework done. Being home schooled was really the only option for the kids of the number 2 villain hero. She was able to get all the food ready, having enough leftovers for her father and brother if they wanted some. Then it was time to call Shouto to the table, Natsuo wasn’t here today and it was the perfect time to talk about the emotions thing with him. Yumi wasn’t stupid though and would wait till the end of them eating to say something because how much Sho hated talking about that stuff while eating. 

It was finally, finally, nearing the end of them eating and Fuyumi looked right up to Shouto. She knows that he appreciates bluntness for these topics so here it goes. “Shouto, can we talk about your love interest in Izuku.” This will literally be the only way to get him to talk at this point because of how much he has been avoiding it. As soon as the words left her mouth, Shouto’s eyes shot up to look into hers. Her brother had his carefully made blank face on but Yumi could practically feel his nervous and scared energy from where she sat. 

“I know you don’t want to talk about it but I want to help you. Emotions aren't your best working skill and having an outside opinion could help clear your mind a bit.” She learned a bit forward, forgetting the almost finished food. Sho seemed to only be focusing on his food as he shoves more in his mouth. This was another reason why it was good to talk to him when food was almost gone, he shoved it in his mouth so he wouldn’t have to talk. He was almost out of food to shove in his mouth, she was leaning in and hoping this would work and Natsuo will definitely be calling her to see how this went today. 

Shouto looked at a bunch of different spots in the room but after a little, he landed back on Fuyumi’s eyes and seemed to slump a bit. That was good, that means he was most likely giving up and talking about it. No more avoidance for her, baabbbbyyyyyy! “Okay, we can talk about my feelings for Izuku but you can’t tell Natsuo that much.” Shouto gave her a blank face but she could see the mischief growing in his eyes. “I want to see him struggle a little bit more.”

Fuyumi clapped her hands together with a big smile on her face. “That’s perfectly acceptable for me Sho! Oh oh okay now I can finally ask you questions.” She sits there for a little while thinking about some questions she could ask, her little brother ate the rest of his food slowly. Yumi can tell that he’s still really nervous so she starts off easy and asks the most basic questions that could help her understand better. These are questions made specifically for her little brother because he can’t understand emotions well so it should work. “The starter question Sho.” His attention is on her as the smile on her face grows bigger. 

“Does Izuku make you feel safe?”

“Yes, of course he does.”

“Do you want to spend every day by his side?”

“Yes, I feel… extremely happy when I’m by his side.”

“Can you clearly see a future with you by his side, not actually see the future just imagine it.” Fuyumi stops her brother from trying to explain that he doesn't have a future seeing quirk and how she should have known that. She knows that he doesn't thank you very much and she knows that her brother sucks with different sayings THANK YOU VERY MUCH.

“..... I can imagine us spending everyday together. Yes, we could probably live in the same house to make it easier or something close to that.”

She starts to do a little dance but stops so she can ask more questions for Shout and his obvious love interest. Fuyumi needs to contain her energy better so she doesn't scare off her brother. “How much do you talk to Izuku? I know you usually talk through the phone but I never really kept track of it. I didn’t want to try and invade your personal privacy.”

“ᵂᵉˡˡ ᵃᵗ ˡᵉᵃˢᵗ ᵇᵒᵗʰ ᵒᶠ ᵐʸ ˢᶦᵇˡᶦⁿᵍˢ ᶜᵃʳᵉ ᵃᵇᵒᵘᵗ ᵐʸ ᵖʳᶦᵛᵃᶜʸ, ᴱⁿʲᶦ ʲᵘˢᵗ ᵉⁿᵗᵉʳˢ ʷʰᵉⁿ ᵉᵛᵉʳ ʰᵉ ʷᵃⁿᵗˢ”

“What was that Sho?”

“No nothing. We usually talk as soon as one of us wakes up, when we eat breakfast, lunch and supper, but of course never whenever that old bastard is nearby. I’m pretty sure the only time we aren't actually talking or texting is with the training and eating because both of our family hates phone use at the table. This can all change with the day if the other has to do something though but besides that we talk as much as we possibly can.”

Oh wow…. Fuyumi didn’t think it was that much. She sits there and slowly blinks at her brother as the words process in her head. Shouto squirmed in his seat as she was just trying to comprehend how much time they actually spent together. This is basically just a long distance relationship right now, this is how couples that can’t see each other every day act. OH MY GOD MY BROTHER IS BASICALLY IN A RELATIONSHIP AND CAN’T EVEN TELL!!

“S-sorry sho, I guess I never noticed how much time you two actually spend together.”

“Is that a bad thing?”    “NO NO IT’S NOT BAD!!!”

As soon as those words left Shouto’s mouth, with that sad and depressing voice Fuyumi had to reassure him. It was normal when in a long distance relationship to talk a bunch on the phone or just text all day or whenever one can. Yumi fretted over Sho while she could reassure him that it was normal to do that and that the emotions that he was feeling were valid. 

“So… this is normal emotions toward a friend?”

Fuyumi stopped for a bit and thought of a quick way to explain this was not a normal friendship thing. Izuku probably doesn't see this as a friendship or maybe a slow build to a relationship, who knows. She takes a breath and looks her brother in the eyes. “No, that’s not exactly normal for a regular friendship- now now WAIT ONE SECOND!!!” Fuyumi waved her hand desperately around as he tried to get Shouto’s attention again after she said that. His head hung low as he looked at her with sad eyes.

“Let me finish what I was going to say because yea it’s not a normal friendship but it is closer to a… a long distant relationship.” Shouto seemed to perk up a bit at that. “Now there are plenty of different types of romantic relationships and it can take a while for you to understand what you want but that’s okay Sho.” She grabbed his hand and squeezed it a bit, yumi just wished he could have at least been raised normally so he could understand this better.

“So, you can slowly find what type of relationship you want from Izuku but Shouto.” Fuyumi looked her brother dead in the eyes and put on the most serious face she had ever done for him. “Every emotion you are feeling toward Izuku is absolutely normal and okay to have. You are not broken or wrong, you have some type of love for him and are just trying to understand if it’s romantic, which it probably is, but if it is more platonic with no sexual urges or if it is sextual. Maybe you’ll only ever want to go as far as kissing and hand holding or sharing a bed. That is all normal and okay and I’m sorry if I’m not explaining this as clearly as I can because it’s hard to do that when you are bad with emotions.”

“That’s okay Yumi.”

Fuyumi smiles at her brother and makes sure he knows this. “You are normal and in the right to feel these feelings, Shouto. Don’t ever think liking someone is bad, this is normal and right.”

Shouto searched her face probably to see if she was lying and that was okay too. She knows how her brother grew up, how all of them grew up. If their childhood didn’t show you can’t always trust your family then Fuyumi will never be able to understand that lesson in life. After her brother found what he wanted, his blank face finally changed and a beautiful smile beard across it. “I-i’m normal with how I feel?”

Some tears were forming in his eyes and his shoulders slightly shacked. Fuyumi quickly got up from her stop and ran to give her brother a hug. She wrapped her arms around him in a tight embrace and she pulled his head into her chest and rocked back and forth. Shouto curled his arms around her and hid his face in her, hiding his tears from the world. “It’s okay sho. You aren't broken just cause you can’t understand emotions. You're not wrong because you react with different emotions than other people and it doesn't matter what other people say.”

Fuyumi slowly felt a wet spot form on her shirt but she didn't care. She slowly rocks while rubbing Shouto’s back. “It doesn't matter what Endeavor's sidekicks have said to you, it doesn't matter what those rich pricks have said to you at those dumb social gatherings, and it doesn't matter what that flaming piece of shit has said to you. You are not broken or wrong or messed up just because you can’t understand or use your emotions ‘normally’ Hahaha there is no such thing as normal and they can go fucking shove it for all I care.”

Fuyumi continued to comfort her brother, someone that has been cracked from the world but he is not broken. None of them are broken, just cracked. They can still fill in those spots and work again, it’ll just take time. She looks down at her brother's shaking form as he tries his best to gain control of his emotions again. The emotions that Endeavor said were useless, not needed then turned back around and screamed and raged at Shouto not emoting ‘normally’ like others. Fuyumi holds onto Shouto tighter.

She did something right, here.

Fuyumi knows she’s done the right thing and nothing will ever change her mind.

Chapter Text

Izuku was so happy that his Shouto was going to experience camping for the first time. He did say that he wanted to train there too but now he can take a break when he wants and go at his own pace. Izuku himself will get to work on some pests that was trying to get to his world. They thought they were so smart trying to be subtle but they just made his perfect person feel uncomfortable.

They made his Shouto uncomfortable

Trying to get closer to him when they went out, giving him free things or just straight up hitting on his love when Izuku was standing right fucking there. This has caused a little list of walking corpses that need to be taken and drugged and tortured and uuuugggghhh, this is why they have the second house/base. It has a lovely big warehouse type garage that is soundproof with two THAT'S RIGHT two layers of soundproofing so nothing can get out of there. It was the most perfect thing, besides his Shouto, Izuku has seen someone make. 

It was the second day of his Shouto and Natsuo being out in the 'wilds', it’s really just a dense forest. Izuku was finally able to get the last bit of people on his list for his 'anger room'. It’s what his wonderful mother has been calling it because anger is what mostly fuels Izuku when he is in there…. And the screams plus begging from the fucks that thought it was a good idea to mess with what is his. Right now he was on his way to the last place that holds the bastard that tried to get with his Shouto, by the way there were almost 20 ish years older than us and also very open about what he wanted to do with his Shouto. This was the one on top of his list that he wanted to get last and kill last. Izuku wanted this pedo fuck to see others tortured and die, he was also taking the mans wife with two because apparently she knew about her husbands disgusting…. ugh ‘Hobby’ and didn’t do anything to stop him so, yes she was dying to and in front of that thing she calls a husband. 

He actually just made it to their house, both of them should be asleep by now. It made his skin crawl at the fact he had to stalk them to make sure he could both of them at the same time. Only his Shouto should have gotten that privilege but his perfect mother did explain that this was out of hatred and murderous intent, it helped him feel better. He’s getting off topic though because wow, Izuku thought they would at least have some type of alarm system but nope. All he had to really do was pick the lock on the door and boom, nothing else was stopping him. Izuku has looked into these guys too, a small time hero that is well respected. 

Bullshit

The guy had too many allegations thrown at him but they were just pushed away, not taken seriously or they were ‘dealt’ with. This isn’t new for Izuku but at least he acted and accepted that he was a ‘bad guy’. This fuck acted all high and mighty just because he has a decent quirk, somehow got his license, and lastly disgustingly forced himself on to many objectively beautiful women. The only person Izuku will ever say is truly beautiful is Shouto and his Shouto alone, his mother is a different type of beautiful. Izuku was honestly doing a service to the community at this point to get rid of this ‘hero’.

And here he was…. standing over these two morons in their stupid bed as they sleep calmly like two fucking assholes. Izuku just watches as they don’t move, the hero and his wife can’t even tell that he’s standing right here and is ready to put drugs into them so they stay asleep. He decided to walk over to the wife first as she probably won't wake up right away with the slight pinch she will get. He pulls out a needle, it already has the drug in it, and he takes off the cap of it. Izuku double checks to make sure there is no air and sees the little bit come out at the top. He then gets really really close to the woman and quickly finds a clear vein in her neck, puts the needle in her neck, sees her strain a bit and tries to move her hand. She doesn't wake up but it looks like she tried and then falls into a deep drug induced sleep. 

Izuku makes sure she’s out by making a little cut on her hand, he got no movement in return. He quickly made his way over to the hero and finished that bastard off as well. Both are now drugged and Izuku has to call his wonderful mother to come, well more like driving down the street from where she was waiting. 

This is going to be so much fun. 

—------------------------------------------------

It was going well so far, Izuku was able to casually get those two people into the second house. Dabi was in his room still so Izuku knew that he wouldn’t see him but that man wouldn’t care anyways. His wonderful mother, always a helpful person, helped bring both of them in, chain them up and also put a pair of cockleshells onto the bustard of a hero. Some of the people he already got were awake and looking at him as if they wanted to talk but they can’t because they are gaged and some are even blind folded. 

There are 5 soon to be dead people here besides the 2 he just brought in. Some of them are still trying to get out because they have just been there for about a day. Others have been here longer and the longest person that has been chained up here was for about 4 days. Izuku of course gave them water and shit food now and then so they don’t die…. He didn’t take them to the bathroom though. This was why there was many drains in the floor, also why he had to clean up everyday and spray off the fucks with a hose on many occasions. It was fun watching their pride wash away with shame for the fact they had to shit and piss on themselves. There was also the fact they were all down their underwear so it was easiest to clean them off with a hose. 

His mom said that he didn’t need to do that but Izuku didn’t want room to smell that gross. His mother did always love to keep the torture area clean and neat, there was also the fact that his mother said he was going to clean up everything once he was done. Izuku didn’t want to try and get those stains off the floor after waiting for so long. It was time for him to go around and give food, water, and a quick rinse off.

“My precious cute little baby boy!”

Izuku looked up as he was giving water to the people that were calm, rowdy meat slabs don’t get free for a quick second for their things. A smile lays on his face as he grabs the person's neck chains, yanking a bit so they know they can’t get away while they talk. “Yea my most perfectly amazing fantastic mother?”

The fucks that where only here for about a day didn’t get see his mother last and they seemed to be a little either on edge or hopeful. It was a nice mix to see from these bastards that will be hurt so very soon. “Are you taking care of the vermin here?”

“Just enough so they won't die. Don't want them to die peacefully ya know.”

“That’s my baby boy!” His mother was suddenly squishing his face while he held a cup of water to the person still in his grip. “Remembering all of what I taught you.”

“Yeuup.”

“So are you going to take your love soon?”

“Mouuuumm.” Izuku shook his head so that it was no longer squished after he whined a bit. “You know I can’t do that. It’ll just be a repeat like with dad.”

“Oh…. that is true and Endeavor still cares enough about his ‘masterpiece’ so he would try to find him.”

“Oh I am making plans to kill him though.”

“Izuku! You know you can’t go after someone else's world!”

“WELL MAYBE that ‘Midoriya’ should watch their fucking back because I’m tired of their stupid world hurting mine. HOW DO THEY NOT EVEN HAVE THAT MUCH CONTROL OVER HIM!!!”

“Izuku you know how hard it is to make that blubbering flaming baby actually listen to anyone. Moe-chan is trying her best with him but she hasn’t found any time when Enji was at his weakest so that she could take him.”

“She needs to hurry her ass up!” Izuku was already done with giving water to everyone and now they just need their food plus after that, a wash off.

“Izuku…. She has made it her fate to be his sidekick and watch how many people interact with him on the daily just to try and get him. She was even able to get them out to eat a few times but those took months to do!”

“Mom I know that no one should help others with their worlds unless they are like their parents but…. But mom can I please just help. This is a gray area mom HER WORLD IS HURTING MY ETHEREAL SHOUTO!!!” Izuku stomped his food while shoving food down someone's throat. He didn’t mean too but that doesn't really matter because they deserve to choke anyway.

His mother took a deep breath and held it for a bit. Izuku just went about feeding everyone and then hosing some down. Others don’t really need it because they are just covered in a little pee…. He’s just going to doing it to make them cold for night actually so he’s using the cold water for everyone, might as well get the slightly dirty ones too. After his mother finally calmed down a bit more she came back over to him, a smile on her face while he hosed down the new additions for tonight. 

“I….. I can get into contact with Moe-chan if you want. There is no guarantee but I can warn her again. She knows that this shouldn’t be happening to begin with and is very upset at her inability to actually stop her world.”

“.... I’m going to suggest cutting off his legs to her-”

“Izuku you know for a fact that she loves having her love intact”

“....I’m going to suggest breaking his legs till he can’t fucking walk right so he can’t escape. That would be a small enough of a difference and helpful, right?” Izuku looked at his mom after finally getting done with the nightly pest care. They should really be happy that they even get a cup of water and a simple sandwich every fucking day. He could be doing something else in his free time really. His mother seemed to be thinking about his suggestion, actually he thought she was going to shoot that one down too.

“Hhhmmmm….. Moe-chan will probably consider that idea because of how long it’s been.” His mom was looking at the ground with a thoughtful face. Then she looked back up to him and they both said the same thing at the exact same time.

“She’s getting desperate.”

His wonderful mother sighed a bit while he started to clean up the floor a bit. Izuku did have to make sure that all the stuff on the floors didn’t stain too badly, that was why he was just pouring a full gallon of bleach on the floor then pushing it around with a squeegee. He passed a mask over to his mother as she put it on, he wasn’t going to dull it for everyone in the room. If they get splashed then that’s their own fault and it’ll also burn their nose a bit. Seeing them tear up is fun. 

“Having a Midoriya get desperate is always bad.” His mother said as she laid her head onto one of her hands. Izuku got some bleach on some of the fucks while he pushed the bleach. The little whimpers here and there mix with the still slightly thrashing day old people made for a nice background noise. “She might do something really bad in regards to getting Enji later….. She might hu-”

“No… no she will not personally hurt what is mine and if she does you know how bloody it can get when two Midoriya’s go at it.” Izuku looks at his mom with the corner of his eye and sees her nodding her head. “You’ll be on my side right?”

“Izuku, you know you’ll have to fight this one on your own. That is your own world and your own person, not mine but I will try my best to keep you alive….. I will try my best not to hurt either of the people I truly care about.” He gave his mother a sad smile understanding how she felt. Izuku knows that they were raised like the first sets of the Midoriya lineage, the 'base type' of Midoriya, everyone that falls under family is supposed to be protected. What was theirs is theirs and no one can hurt what is theirs. Some of the family doesn't value family as much, barely anything or actually nothing at all. It depends on which side of the family you're on and how you grew up to see what ‘type’ of Midoriya you’ll be. 

The thought of the poor few that don’t get the Midoriya trait and leave the family and then just have a child with the trait again, wanders into his head. Shaking off that train of thought because those ones end up always being so different and thinking they are monsters more than anything. He knows that those unlucky ones are forced to be ugh ‘normal’ and end up having a legitimate psychotic break at one point. Those ones die quicker, get put in prison quicker and kill themselves quicker than any other one. 

“I know mom…. I know just, just don’t worry about it.” Izuku hugs his wonderful mother close, so thankful that she was like him. So thankful that he was raised right. So thankful that the Midoriya trait was hidden for so long but then just amplified by the quirk mutation. With the mutations of quirks came little hiccups in DNA and it just so happened that their families tendency to be a little bit ‘Yandere’ was actually a brain mutation. If Izuku remembers correctly, the first proper “Midoriya’s" where brothers and the one never really recovered after the one got the mutation and the other didn’t. The one that did get the mutation tried his best to protect his brother but it just ended up with them wanting to kill the other protector more. 

Izuku sighed. That first one didn’t know what he was doing because he didn’t have any type of backing. The first “Midoriya” had no family history to use for help, he did it all on his own and it ended up killing the one thing he never wanted to get hurt. Izuku's perfect mother holds onto him tight as he comforts her. Maybe he’ll ask his mom for the story again one of these days, she always seemed to be more happy after recounting that 200 year old story to him.

The story of two brothers. 

One with a brain mutation that made him dangerously obsessed with protection. 

The other with the ‘normal’ civilian mindset.

Izuku chuckled in his head. He wonders what both of them would think of their grandchildren right now. Maybe both would be happy that we were at least able to adapt enough to live day to day without hurting that many people. 

Chapter Text

Izuku was having such a good fucking day! He got to punish 2 out of the 7 people that he captured. They weren't the hero and his wife because he is leaving them for last. Best to make them fear for their lives while they can't use their quirks, see, or talk. It was the perfect way to instill fear while making them think when it comes to them, they could maybe protect themself. Izuku is making sure to say that they are normal citizens and the torture-ies even conformed it. They asked why he was doing this and he explained, it was fun to see them not remember his world and then at one point they scream apologies. They just beg for forgiveness but he gives them none.

Izuku was able to cut the 2 up with knives that were soaked in salt water for a day, making the cuts not deep enough to bleed a lot but still enough for the salt water to seep into the open wound. He was able to scalp the one and dump peroxide on their head. Don't want them to get an infection. The blood mixed with clear liquid cascading down their face while their piercing screeching filled his ears made him so excited. It was perfect to watch as the others shook with fear, knowing that they will most likely be next very soon. The others get their fingers cut off slowly, not fast but slowly cut through the flesh…. To the nerves and then through the bone.

Izuku made both of them into beautiful blood canvases, it splattered everywhere and at the end even some over the others nearby where splattered. Here’s a little fun fact, as he is cleaning up the bodies by cutting them up. “Did anyone know that since quirks came in….” He said it out loud as the few with blood splattered on them shack from fear and maybe disgusting. “Quirks came in and…. After the quirk war doctors noticed that humans suddenly have more blood.” Izuku whipped some blood off the floor and put his cloth back into the bucket of cleaning solution.

“Doctors said we got more blood in the our systems so that we can last longer than before with bleeding and that makes sense.” He continued to whip up the blood, the rattling of chains nere by. “Heroes get hurt so much and they are seen bleeding for hours, not getting help or anything to stop it. There were also hundreds if not thousands of civilians that should have bleed out but didn’t.” He stands up and sighs, he finally got most of it cleaned up and now he just has to hose it down. Izuku will also probably have to hose down everyone again because people just can’t control their bladders. “Besides humans now taking about 2 times as long to die of blood loss….. We can also take more pain now too!”

He looked over to the mongrel closes to him and lets a huge crazed smile stitch onto his face. “We evolved with quirks and it honestly just made us more durable! Even the few of us with no quirks are more durable!” Izuku picks up the hose and washes down the ones splattered by blood…. And other fluids. The smile spreads up to his ears with the yelps by the temperature and pressure of the water hitting them. “Actually! Because all of society beats on the quirkless, same with ‘villainess’ quirks but less than the quirkless, we are LOADS more durable then the average joe!” He then drops the hose and runs up to one of the bastards that was glaring at him, jumped up and slammed his fit down on their head. 

Murderous intent lights up in his eyes and he grabs their head and yanks it so he can look them in the eyes. “I know for a fact I can take more pain than you!” Izuku then grabs one of their eye lids and starts to slowly pull it further from their eye. “HAHAHAHA I MEAN JUST LOOK AT YOU!!!” A light blush starts to form on his face at the tears and pain clear as day on the fuckers face. It just fills him with so much joy and happiness seeing someone that tried to hit on his Shouto, in so much pain. Izuku can’t wait to call his whole life on the phone again after this, just hearing his voice would help this high 1000x fold. A sharp loud shriek brought him back into reality, some with the wet feeling on his hand. He looks at it and sees the eyelid of the asshole in his hand with some blood and probably tears on him.

Izuku’s eyes zip over to the face of the person he just ripped an eyelid off of to see them with blood running down the side of their face, tears and snot with it. At one point he lost his smile but only after a few seconds of looking at what he had caused made the smile return 10x stronger. “Oh look at that, you want me to stop now?” The fucker nodded their head really fast but didn’t talk, they learned early in the game that he hated when they begged with their voices but most forget it when they are in so much pain. “OOOoooooo a smart one we have here, you didn’t beg and gravel with your voice, just with your pitiful and terrified expression!”

Izuku then cut up their face a little, only a slice or two, as he looked at the wound he caused. Thoughts rolled through his mind as he thought about what he wanted to do with this smart little disgusting thing. “Hhhhmmmm…. You know what…. I’ll be nice and give you some pain killers and make sure you stop bleeding. That will be your reward for actually staying quiet for most of the whole time and also not even begging for your useless life or for the pain to stop.” He talked as if he was speaking to a child or more akin to a pet of sorts as he explained what he was going to do. If this lucky one played their cards right then maybe they can actually live! HAHAHA not the way one would want to live, never seeing the outside world again and most likely getting Stockholm syndrome so they don't run away. 

Izuku patted their head like one would do to a dog then let go of them go finally. “Don’t worry, I’ll be back with your medicine and make sure you're all better after this, okay?” With that, he walked out of the very large garage. He slowly made his way to where he knows the medical supplies are and looks around while he does, might as well make the pain last longer. It’s a nice way to see if they actually deserve his kindness, if they can stay quiet and not beg then they get to be helped. A very easy concept that many can’t seem to understand. 

He finally made it to the medical things and started to look for the type of painkillers he wants and a way to close that wound he gave them. As he rifles around the medicines and such, Izuku starts to feel someone watching him. “Hello Dabi~ How may I help you in this wonderful moment in time.” He glances over his shoulder to see the other older male just watch him from a distance. It seems like Dabi is trying to get a read on him and also figure out why he is rooting through the medical shit. Oh, almost nicked himself on some medical staples. 

“So, what type of people do you have locked up in there?” Izuku threw a quick glare over his shoulder and Dabi put his hands up in mock surrender. “If this oh so simple mastiff puppy guard dog is even allowed those details.” He saw out of the corner of his eyes, while he still took things out of the medical box, Dabi was doing quick little bows in his direction. This got a small laugh out of him and a stupid smirk to spread on Dabi's face, fuck he got a point.

Izuku let out a long sigh as he pulled out some medical thread and some other med shit. “Weeeellll since you got me to laugh, there are a few people that tried to get with what is mine… .. Some are pedos, others pushed too hard, like 1 or 2 of them just seem generally interested in them and thought they where beautiful. They are right but they shouldn’t have tried to get with what is MINE right in front of me.” He started to make sure that he could carry everything back in his arms but decided to get a box for the convenience of it. “That is literally a one way ticket to getting me to fucking kill you or them or others or most of a town but here we are with only like a hand full of soon to be corpses.” Izuku looked at Dabi with a big, and not unhinged for once, smile. “Isn’t that better than like 20 or maybe 50 people? I think I'm doing a good job.”

He started to walk away and Dabi decided to trail behind him, like a puppy his mother has labeled him as. They walked in silence as nothing really happened on the way to the warehouse size garage. It was until the door finally opened that noise finally hit their ears. It seemed some people where trying to find a way to get the hero out so he could help them escape, others just hung limply and maybe asleep, one or two closes to the person that Izuku ripped an eyelid off are trying to maybe calm them down a bit more or something on those lines. He personally thinks that they are doing an amazing job at staying calm and not screaming, he can’t even hear sniffling from them all the way over here. 

Izuku finally took his first step inside and it seemed everyone had gotten used to his presence. They looked at him and then pinned their eyes onto poor Dabi behind him. The man didn’t react though because all the years people have probably been staring at him on the street. As he walked toward his goal, Izuku leveled everyone with a glare. “This is someone that lives and works for me…. You all will die but as a just in case I’ll just call him Mastiff in front of you all!” When he finally did reach the person that earned some medical supplies, all of the others finally started to either ignore him, and Dabi, or are just intentionally turning away from them. 

He walked his way over to the one person that was able to get him to actually want to help them….. After he already tore off their eyelid but that’s okay. Izuku is going to fix that right up. “So this is where you’ve been every time you come too home 2?” He put the box on the ground as the person that is still just silently crying looks at him, blood dripping down her face, snot and all. Izuku just hummed an affirmative and started to work on this person that still is barely making any noise, they are doing a really good job but dealing with their tears and snot is annoying. “Soooo all of these people got too close to the person you love, eeegggghhhhh I can see some my age and eeewww oh my kami is that the small town hero, Sour?”

He started fixing up this fuck by cleaning off their face but the blood just seems to not stop so he just moved to the other stuff that could be cleaned off. “Yup that is Sour, a child predator that tried to grope YES AND I MEAN GROPE MY WORLD!!!” Izuku shouted and his grip on the person's face tightened, a low whine was barely able to be heard. ‘Pro hero’ Sour tried to defend himself, if by the jinggling of his chains where to go by, with the gage on no voice was actually heard. There was some mumbling from people that were talking and asking if that could be true or not and that just made Izuku even more mad. He was able to speak up but Dabi stepped in for him, at least he can focus on the person that earned his treatment. 

“What the fuck is wrong with all of you. I know for a fact my boss doesn't hurt people until it’s to protect the one he loves.” Dabi’s gruff and angry voice could be heard while Izuku tried his best to stop the bleeding. “His family is known in the underground for killing, maiming, and erasing those who hurt people they deem their ‘worlds’. Hell! Even their own family fights sometimes because one can hurt another's world and that then becomes a personal family problem and no other villains or criminals help them.” Izuku was finally going to be able to stop this stupid fucking blood by a nice ointment that was made to help clog up wounds, thank you quirks for also making this healthy and help heal time on fresh wounds. “Those dumb ass few that do help, usually end up dead or worse. The underworld knows to leave his.” A slight bit of wind was felt on his back, must be Dabi pointing at him for emphasis. “Family the fuck alone. Only those that want to get hurt or can actually do anything would be willing to try but those that can do anything would have no reason to so they don’t do anything.”

With the blood finally coming to a stop, he must now wait about an hour or so for the healing ointment to kick in enough so he can maybe sew anything that ripped weirdly. “This isn’t even to mention that some of you are GROWN ASS ADULTS TRYING TO GET WITH A 15 YEAR OLD!!!! WHAT IN THE EVER LOVING FUCK IS WRO-”

He made a sharp whistle sound and that seemed to finally get Dabi to shut up. “Mastiff, you can stop now. They will learn to leave what is mine alone and also never even get the chance to do it again.” Izuku moved all the things he got out back into the box so that he could move it further away from the hanging soon to be dead bodies that might want to still try and escape. “They want to live in ignorance and not learn that what I’m doing is completely justifiable and understandable then shame on them!” He picked up the box and began to move it by the entrance of the room. 

Dabi was following behind him in a huff but didn’t say anything more or looked at anyone else. After Izuku was able to place the box back down, he turned to look back at everyone of the motherfuckers that tried to get close to his Shouto. The one person that he treated looks to be completely regreting what she did but also seemed equally expecting of her fate. That is one Izuku will have to keep an eye out on. “I’ll be back after I know for certain that the ointment I gave you, Shinrai, is finally done doing what it’s supposed to do. I’ll need to see if I would need to bandage or sew anything together but I’m sure I’ll just need to put on more ointment.” With that last little thing and a promise to be back later to fix up Shinrai more, Izuku left the two dead bodies half cut up where they were. He’ll deal with them more later and he knows for certain that the tarp they are on will make sure no blood stains the floor.

He walks with Dabi following behind him without a care in the world, he’s gonna call up or most likely text his love. “So why in the hell did you actually help them?” Izuku looked over his shoulder to see Dabi with a skeptical and confused look on his face. 

“Hhhmmmm…. You mean Shinrai?”

“Yes…. who the fuck else you gremlin.”

“....I might do the same thing I did with you to her.” He kept walking to a living room type area but couldn’t feel his house guard behind him. Izuku turned to look at Dabi and just saw him looking so lost. 

“W-why… but…. She….”

“She already passed one of my tests and is probably soon to pass another one.”

“B-but…. But I’m the guard dog.” This got Izuku to laugh at the so easily stated fact that Dabi used to absolutely despise but now fully accepts. He also seemed a little protective of the title, which makes this even funnier. “H-HEY OI I’M BEING SERIOUS HERE!!!!” He looked up to see a fuming and extremely embarrassed Dabi that was very red and smoking slightly. This just made Izuku laugh harder as he fell to the ground. “STOP LAUGH AT ME! I WAS JUST SAYING IT WAS MY JOB AND THAT BITCH WOULDN’T EVEN BE ABLE TO DO IT RIGHT!!!”

Izuku just laughed on the ground as he clutched his side, texting his Shouto was forgotten in the thought of Dabi protecting his guard dog title like the rabid street Mastiff he is. Stomping was heard going by him and into the living room while he still laughed on the floor, tears started to form in the corner of his eyes as the image of Dabi in a puffy dog costume entered his mind. Dabi trying to protect house 2 in that, to die for.

After way too long Izuku was finally able to breath, get back up and to the living room. The first thing that he meets is a pillow hitting his face, might have deserved that. A small little ‘fight’ broke out after that but it was over swiftly. This left both Dabi and him sprawled out of the sofas huffing for air. “So you know…. She wouldn’t take your job and she would be more….. Of like a test run.” Izuku said in the middle of gasping for air, looking over to see Dabi doing the same but having a harder time because of the burns and most likely, lung damage from his quirk. He probably just has overall damage because of the bull shit Endeavor pulled to have the ‘perfect’ child and just messing up someone gens to the max. 

“T-...T-test run?” 

“Yea a test run…. That is if she passes all my little tests for her. She of course doesn't know that she is taking them but I know for a fact this place needs to be cleaned up a lot so… she would be kinda like a maid, a live-in maid.” Dabi looked at him like he was crazy or insane or maybe both… are those two things the same or different? Izuku shook off that thought and looked back at his live-in guard dog.

“Cleaning?”

“Yep.” He popped the p at the end of yep.

“What cleaning?”

“General house cleaning and also like evidence and blood and basically making so I can maim and torture all I want without needing to worry about the aftermath.” He moved his hand around and he listed off the things she would do, if she was able to pass all the tests. It would be a complete test run.

“Wouldn’t she just be able to run away?”

“That's where Stockholm syndrome comes in!” Dabi stared at him, like really really stared at him. It was a long and hard stare that Izuku couldn't read quite well but after a bit Dabi just threw his arms in the arm. It was probably in exasperation because Dabi has called him a menace, gremlin and other things on multiple occasions. 

“Sure.. that works!”

“It does!”

It was quiet for a long time, nothing was really said after that nor was there a need to say anything. Izuku went about his business texting Shouto and seeing how his day camping went. His sun, his whole world, love of his life to the moon and back a million times over, played today. He played a bunch of kids games he didn’t even know where a thing. He wrote paragraphs to tell Izuku how to play them and how he was able to win a bunch of them. It was adorable to see him ramble like this in text and he would definitely call him if the burnt rabid street dog, now trying to be less burnt but still rabid street mastiff dog, wasn’t in the room. Izuku could just say he didn’t want the burnt dog to even hear his love's voice, which is true, but then the asshole like he is will try and listen anyway. 

It would be awful to tell Dabi and probably then Shouto that one, yes your younger brother is my love and you will never separate us and two yes My lovely and amazing Sho your eldest brother is alive and well because I am keeping him well off the streets and from killing people. It would end up with a bunch of tears and Shouto coming to find Dabi. Dabi himself would probably feel very conflicted and not know what to really do but try to protect his little brother but in the end he would know that Izuku would do anything to keep his Shouto safe and happy. There is no point in making him sad and hurt when he has seen years of that.

After Izuku told his Shouto how proud he was and happy that he was able to experience that even if it was late. He got ready for bed in his second room because it would be annoying to go all the way back to the apartment home right now. Dabi just did his own thing all night and also did some patrols around the house. He then also looked around the block and scared off anyone that was too close for Izuku’s liking, Dabi followed the rule Izuku laid out for him so well.

Closer to the green apartment complex was a man dressed in all black looking out for anything out of the ordinary. His white/gray scarf moved around more with the slight breeze that was blowing on the roof tops. He was asked to look around more and keep an eye plus ear out for kidnappings because they have become more frequent. He jumped along the roofs and stopped crime that was happening but it seemed controlled for the area, more than normal control. A bigger villain or criminal probably lived nearby then, to make it easier and safer for themself and people that lived near them. 

It didn’t really matter to him because these types of big fish don’t really show their face all that much and just mostly use their power to keep their things safe. Eraser was able to stop some drug deals, he didn’t bother with the ones that were just posted up waiting for someone, he did stop the ones that were shooting up in alleyways though. While running around he was able to see the quickest flash of bright yellow. He sighed as he went along his way and stopped more crime and thanked whoever was living here so he wouldn’t have to do that much paperwork when he was done with his patrol. Then he has more time to go home and sleeping in his bed, nice and warm bed.

Chapter Text

Izuku is very tired but so exhilarated. He has just got done torturing and killing 2 of the people that messed with what was him. The one that seemed to find a way to follow the invisible rules he set up was not really touched and was even given a baggy shirt to wear. She thanked him so much after that and also when he gave her more food and water then the others. She was just so thankful the whole time and being such a good little insect. It’s now night but Izuku didn’t want to leave sour and his wife to sit in here the whole time. Now would be so nice, it would be so perfect to see them bleed. Izuku just wants to see them bleed and bleed and bleed and bleed and bleed. 

Izuku didn’t want to scare Shinrai anymore actually, she has seen so much and he really just wanted her to live in the main parts of the second house to clean and stuff by now. He was only hosing down the floor with the blood on it at the moment. The two bodies are cut up and put on tarps so no more blood will cover the floors. Shinrai was actually sitting on a pillow he gave her OH and he also allowed her to sit on the floor. Sour was screaming his head off about how he was treating them like shit and kept asking why Shinrai got special treatment. He also yelled a bunch about how he did nothing wrong, Izuku thinks that he’s yelling so much because it distracts from the pain of the cockleshell that's on him. Randomly he did tighten it or even twist the point so that it goes further into the flat part before the asshole, between the balls… yea that part…. He heard it hurts like a bitch.

This was actually one of the reasons why he wanted to kill them already. He has his live-in maid ready to go and probably won't run away but Dabi was here so she probably wouldn’t be able to, to begin with. She seemed to always be so grateful to be given anything and she was also one of the first ones to be taken so Shinrai has been here for close to a month now. Being treated less than human and then stated that she can be treated more human if she just followed the rules, has been wonders to make her fall quicker into a Stockholm Syndrome mindset. “-ET US GO!!! YOU MONSTER, I’LL MAKE SURE YOU STAY LOCKED UP FOR THE REST OF YOUR LIFE!!! YOU YOU GIRL RUN RUN GET HELP!!! DO SOMETHING, DON’T JUST SIT THERE!!!” 

Sour did make sure that he didn’t move that much while yelling, didn't want to pull too much on those shells. Izuku could feel his eye twitch as he slightly looked over to Shinrai, she seemed uncomfortable and was even tearing up a bit. It made him upset because she was meant to be a live-in maid and treated with some type of respect because of all the things she would do for him and she'll keep any secrets to the grave. “Look look, if you help me escape I’ll make sure you're treated well for the rest of your life. You look… young enough to still be needing help, your parents must be so worried.” 

Izuku felt his hands grip tighter as he washed more blood off the floor, he just needed to ignore them. From the corner of his eye Izuku could see Shinrai trying to ball herself up more, if he’s correct she was only a few years older than him and it made him sick seeing how Sour treated her. The wife did nothing, she went quite near the beginning of this but she always stood by when her husband did disgusting things so this made sense. “You look like you just got hit! ALL I’M SAYING IS THAT I’LL MAKE SURE YOUR TREATED RIGHT!!!” Sour was getting more upset while Izuku’s live-in maid just seemed to want to be left alone.

He thought for a second he could hear Shinrai mumble something but it might have been my imagination. “You a good looking young girl that needs help, if you can just get this freak away from us I’d make sure the rest of your life could be nothing but bliss. With how you look in that shirt I’m sure you’ll look even more…. Beautiful in something a bit more appealing.” At this point Izuku feels like he might puke in his mout- “ⁿᵒ” His eye darted over to where Shinrai was sitting, she was curled into a ball and covering most of her body with the baggy T, that he gave her. The water was still running but Sour seemed to finally stop trying to talk to Shinrai until Izuku finally looked over at him.

The small time hero looked angry and getting more red as time passed, his wife just looked lifeless like always. At this point Izuku isn’t really sure if his wife was his willing wife. “What did you say?” Sour's voice was deep and full of anger and that made Izuku want to sink a knife into his collar bone. Shinrai made an eeping type of noise and curled more into herself as Sour started to yell, started to scream and rage at her just for a simple small no. His poor live-in maid started to shift backwards further away from the chained man, pushing herself off the pillow and onto the cold ground.

Izuku dropped the hose to the ground and that caused the stupid asshole to shut up fully, finally. He walked back over to the wall, turned off the hose, and then whipped around to glare at Sour. The man just tried to move away from his view but couldn’t because he was chained to the ceiling. Izuku’s eyes wandered over to the cart that held all the torture devices he just used a little bit ago. The bodies were still warm and if one looked close enough, steam could be seen from how cold Izuku likes to make the room cold. He wanted to make him bleed, he wanted to slowly peel back his skin, sink his hands down to his muscles and tendons. 

Izuku wanted to hear him scream.

He needed to hear him beg.

“Shinrai, could you go to the door over there and scream the name Dabi.” Izuku looked at the girl just sitting there, not moving, it ticked him off a bit. “If you don’t move you’ll lose your other eye lid.” The promise of pain seemed to jump start her and make her move over to the door. The thing is, Shinrai doesn't have much strength so it’s taking quite a lot of stamina just to make it to the door and she’s going very slow. He knows it’ll take a while for her to get to the door so he decides to walk over to his cart and drag it over to where Sour is. The sound of the cart randomly creaking and squeaking were the only sounds in the room besides chains rattling, painfilled groans from sour, lastly the sharp and desperate breaths from Shinrai trying to get to the door faster. Honestly, she could be crying but Izuku didn't really care or well not right now.

“I've finally gotten tired of your shit, Sour patched dick.” Izuku finally made it over and he can see the small drops of blood from the cockleshell hit the floor. It made sense with how much the fucker was thrashing. When Izuku finally made it over he quickly moved in close so he could twist the loop on the cockleshell so it'll would go deeper and make more blood spill onto the ground. A sharp shriek was sounded by the man as he squeezed his legs together from the pain. A puff of air left Izuku’s mouth as he tried to hold in his laugh. Seeing heroes absolutely convulse in pain, like they were little babies crying out for their mothers. It's always so much fun to see.

He waited and just watched as Sour tried his best not to thrash and make the pain worse, warmth spread through his chest at the thought of the fact, this was the person that tried to grope his Shouto. This was the disgusting creature that tried to get a date from his Shouto, this was the thing that Izuku was going to make sure the pain lasted longer. His eyes slid over to look at Sour's wife, she didn’t even know what her husband did but by how she had reacted the whole time…. This poor thing must have been caught up in the whirlwind called 'a rising hero' and was forced to marry him, he’ll kill her quickly. He turned to the door and was able to see that Shinrai  finally made it to the door and was opening it. He waited… he needed to see if she would listen to the order he gave her. 

Shinrai stopped as the door opened easily, he did leave it slightly ajar when he's in here, the hallway was easy to see from where he was standing. She didn’t move, Shinrai didn’t make a sound as she just looked into the hallway. Izuku can’t see her face but he could see it after he’s done, a quick look at the security system and he could see the hilarious raging emotions of an unlucky girl not knowing what to do. Shinrai seemed to lose more stamina as she leaned against the door frame. Then somehow a much louder voice than Izuku has ever heard from Shinrai escaped her lips. “DDDAAAAAAABBBBIIII!!!!” It sounded like she was being killed.

Izuku knows for a fact with the open floor plan that they have, Dabi could hear this yell from the living room, that was where he was lazing around on his phone today. Soon the sound of thundering footsteps was heard through the doorway. Shinrai looked kinda scared but moved closer to the door frame, sliding down to the ground as the last bit of her strength left her. Izuku watched as Dabi finally entered the doorway, his eyes first landing on the live-in maid on the ground. It looked like he was about to move her further into the room or something along those lines until Izuku whistled to get his attention. Just like the good loyal guard dog he is, his attention automatically went to him. 

“Mastiff, can you go and bring Shinrai out to the living room so she can get more food, water, and sit on a nice warm couch.” Dabi blinked a few times before giving a quick nod and started helping the live-in maid up. Izuku turned his full attention back to Sour who was trying his best not to cry, it was hard not to grin at that. He walked over to the cart and picked up a serrated, chipped, and rusting knife. Izuku dipped it into salt water and then walked back over to the soon to be bloody canvas, it was the right to call it that, which will be a beautiful rage painting. 

“-ait wait wait, s-s-s-stay away from m-me you ps-ps-psycho.” The grin Izuku was holding back stretched across his face as he walked over, ignoring the pleas to leave it alone. When he got close enough, he quickly sliced the back of Sour's hand and down to his wrist. He cut the back of the wrists, then one line down to the right side elbow, another short line to the left side of the elbow, and lastly back up to where he cut the wrist. This was the first stop he was going to do but Izuku wasn’t lying when he said he wanted to skin him. 

After just standing by sour’s arm and watching it bleed, also the crying, tears and snot running down sour’s face was fun to watch. Seeing a grown man cry at such a little bit of pain was hilarious, maybe he should rip off one of his eyelids and laugh at how a hero couldn’t handle the same amount of pain a civilian could handle. Izuku will get to that later, right now he started to skin off the patch of skin he outlined. The raw screams, the blood splattering on his face and on Sour’s face was perfect…. Amazing. Exhilarating! It always felt so nice and good hurting the ones that got in the way of his world. This was an ant that tried to grope his Shouto, his world, Izuku honestly would have cut off his hands in public but that would bring too much problem.

He reached over and grabbed a bottle of alcohol and poured it on the part of the exposed muscle, the part was only half skinned and Izuku needed a bit more room to see. A wicked smile stitched across his face as Sour screamed out in agony at the pain of having his freshly half skinned arm drenched in alcohol. “Don’t mind me! I just needed more places to see how much you were bleeding and now your wound won't get infected!” The idiot thrashed as more alcohol rinsed away the blood but more blood just kept coming. “Oh no, it just seems to not stop.” As Izuku keeps pouring the the bottle slowly onto Sour’s arm, he holds the blade, that was kept in the worse conditions for this very reason, and started to slice into the fucker chest. He also cut into his shoulders, sides, or really anywhere the liquid was running across already. 

The screams grew and then lessened…. grew and then lessened, every time Izuku cut a new spot for more pain and then sour would get slightly used to it and quiet down a bit more but he didn’t like that so he just made more cuts. The pained look, the blood slowly getting on his clothes just make him feel so rejuvenated. It felt like the second best thing in the world to torture this scum but the bottle of alcohol just had to run out, he needed to spread the bottles out more. The screams started to get more strained and sounded hoarse from all of the ear piercing screams Izuku’s been able to cut out of this thing. He really didn’t care and just started to basically dance around Sour as he cut random places, putting all the cuts where he knew wouldn’t kill him as fast as others would. 

Blood dripped off of sour but he was still moving around, it was amazing how much the quirk mutations helped with making torture last longer in this day n’ age. Izuku read a few of the past Midoriya’s notebooks for good long tortures and saw how short these sessions usually lasted, he’s glad they got so much long. After cutting into sour all he wanted, he walked over to the cart, got out the torch and turned it on. A whimper was heard but Izuku easily ignored it and let it fuel his anger to hurt this bag of shit more.  

The yells of pain were a lot more subdued now because of all the screaming and how raw Sour’s throat should be now. Izuku made swirls in his skin with the blow torch, everywhere the flame went it was followed by red skin that slowly started to bubble. He made little lines of red and bubble’s everywhere he could reach, he even popped some of them here and there and heard the yells that elected from the over grown baby man. A crazed smile played on his lips as he circled back around to look sour in the face. 

It was perfect to see his face contort in pain as tears ran freely down the bastard features. Izuku wanted to do one… more….. Things… Sour was most likely about to die. He was always going to die but it might happen really soon and Izuku wanted to make sure he died knowing what he did to him. What his last punishment will be. His hand shot forwards and grabbed the cockleshells with a tight grip, whining was all he got in response as the thing was most likely getting more tired from the blood loss and pain. “Look me in the eyes, Sour. You need to see this last thing.” He got an obedient little pest it seems because sour’s eyes quickly looked at him, good.

“You…. tried to GROPE….. The love… of. My. life. The light in my darkness. The only thing that keeps me sane in this fucked up world. You almost TOUCHED my whole world like you owned him. If anything…. I own him, not you. This is why you are losing these.” As soon as those last words left Izuku’s lips he ripped onto the cockleshells with all his might. They tore with quick ease and this got one last shrieked scream escape out of this disgusting fucks mouth before the light left his eyes. Blood spread on his hand and slightly up his arm, he could feel it cack on his shirt and pants. Some of it has dried while other parts are still fresh or at least wet. With the last bit of light gone in Sour’s eyes a breath of fresh air rushed into Izuku’s lungs. 

It was amazing, perfect, ecstasy inducing. This feeling was something he usually only got from being with his Shouto but it also seemed to happen when he kills someone that wronged his love. It was too much for words. Izuku slid his eyes over to the last person still chained up hanging, she hadn't made a sound sense the first time she woke up. It was time to finally put her out of her misery, it was like putting down an injured dog. He walked over with the awfully kept knife and quickly slashed across the woman's throat.

Blood quickly spread out on the side of his face from where he was standing besides her. Some gurgling noises were made but it was like she was already gone before he killed her. Izuku hated doing mercy kills but he also needed to tie up loose ends. Thinking about loose ends, he looked around at the new mess he just made. This will take forever to clean and it was…. He looked up to the clock that was by the door, it was hard to see because it was meant to be hard to see and hidden. It read…. Ffuuuuuccckk, it was almost 9am… he still needs to clean this all up, cut up the bodies, wash off the floor, move the bodies to the dumping ground, go to multiple different dumping grounds around the prefecture, he himself needed to clean off soon but the blood of the floor needed to go first, he still needed to deal with Shinrai so she knows where to sleep and that this was only happening because she obeyed the rules. He needs to make sure she knows if she disobeys them, she will get punished, without hesitation or remorse because she is now the live-in maid. Live-in maids follow their rules until they die and that was the end of it, Izuku can make sure she dies sooner if he has to as well. If she dose good in things she'll also get rewords so its seems fair to him.

He looked back over all the stuff he needed to do. All the things that are going to take so long to do, he should be able to do it by the time he needs to call his Shouto but…. But by then it would have been the time he started to torture those fucks yesterday. Izuku sighs as he starts to move the cart to the cleaning area. 

He will probably not get sleep until tonight. At least this wouldn’t be his first night without sleep. 

Chapter Text

Dabi was pulling the person that his boss wanted to keep down the hallway. He’s not picking her up, she can walk and he honestly doesn't give a fuck because now he’ll have to share all of this . Is Dabi a little jealous over the fact the person that literally saved his life and helped him back onto his feet , that was obsessed with his quirk for a little, is now focusing on someone else that could take his position. Yes he was but that wasn’t the point, the point was that his boss trusted too quick and wanted to help others too fast. if they could give him something he wanted in return that is

“Y-you're Mastiff? B-but he made me c-c-call Dabi?” He rolled his eyes at the stupid question, maybe he doesn't need to be jealous over her. Dabi yanked her along, she yelped and tripped up a bit but he just kept walking. “C-can you t-t-tell me your n-n-n-name?” He huffed as he finally made his way over to the couches and shoved her onto them, her name was Shinrai or something right. She yelped again as she fell onto the couch, he slightly glared at her because he really wished his boss would just kill her. “Name: Dabi, stay here. Don’t move. If you do, I am not as nice as my boss.” 

He got close to her face to make his point better, his face isn’t pleasant to look at and it also helps with intimidation at least. The girl, the name Shinrai was probably right, backed up with a scared look on her face. He huffed some more and walked over to where the medical box was and picked it up. Walking over he grabbed her arm and started to see if there were any injuries on it, then the other arm, both her legs and her face etc. etc.. Shinrai tried to pull herself out of his hold but she was weak….. He guesses the talk about her not taking his place was right, being a live-in maid was not his thing anyways. Dabi was the live-in guard, which was a very different job and he was sure Shinrai couldn’t do it even if she tried. 

“Look.” He said as he grabbed Shinrai’s chin to keep her head still so he could put in the quirk enhanced eye drops in them. “My boss is…. Very picky and… some would say nice .” He could tell she kept trying to close her eye but with the missing eyelid, that was impossible. “But he saw that you regretted what you did, you are around his age and finally.” Dabi dropped a drop or two of the eye drop’s in her eyes, the single eye started to tear up and the other one followed soon behind it. “You had an awful life.” 

Shinrai’s eyes were filled with fear or at least he thinks it’s fear, maybe it’s just her being nervous. “I-i-i… y-y-you.” A scowl spread across Dabi’s face as he let go of her chin. “I-i-i-i y-y-y-you, shut up . Yes, you had an awful life. I, if you're smart enough to connect the dots and the fact that I have so many fucking burn scars, also had an awful life .” He motioned to his whole body as emphasis because someone can clearly see how he was not healthy. Yes, Dabi is better now, has food, water, a place to sleep without worry and a place to live yada yada yada but he still looked like shit . It was just a fact of life right now, he looked like he was still living on the streets or at least only just started to live on the streets with the clothes he had on, them being nice and clean clothes and all. 

“Let’s not forget, you can give him something he wants.” Dabi dramatically waves his arms in her direction, always one for theatrics. “He wants a live-in maid …. You are that maid while I am a live-in bodyguard . You have already shown that you will listen and follow orders, given what you just did not a few seconds ago. You already wanted to get on his good side by making him happy and now since you're out of that ‘room’ you will be given everything you need to live here.” He spins around with his hands raised above his head, tilting back a bit he lets out a slightly crazed laugh leaving his lips. He really likes being fucking dramatic . “I mean LOOK AT THIS PLACE!!! It’s basically a mansion and you’ll be given your own room, food, water, place to live, everything you want besides leaving this building. ” 

He then snapped his head back to Shinrai as a deranged glint in his eyes grew brighter. He laughs some more before he flings his right arm over his face. “Why would you want to leave! You have everything here and at least when you get hurt here there is a reason for it. At your old place, people just hurt you for existing. Isn’t this better?” Shinrai just started to curl up on herself more as he moved around, grabbing the medical supplies, putting them back in the med kit and spinning around with all his manic energy. “Really Shinrai, that’s your name right but anyways, you should stay .” Dabi lets his eyes wander back over to her as she tries to look as small as possible, shaking all the while. He smirks as he picks up the med kit and starts walking it back to where it was before. “I am going to get you something easy to eat and then take you to your room.” 

He turns around to look at her, she flinches but he pushes on anyway. “I hope you know you won’t be able to leave the building but you’ll have access to most of the rooms.” Dabi then made his way to the kitchen to make Shinrai a sandwich and this time it’ll be a good sandwich unlike the other times Izuku gave them food. He just decided to make them a simple cheese and ham sandwich. They only had peanut butter sandwiches this whole time so some meat and dairy should help her a bit. After getting done with the food, he walked back over to Shinrai  and set the food beside her. “Well…. There you go.” She looks at him through her arms, eyes wide and scared. 

Dabi sighs and now is upset that he let his jealousy cautiousness make her wary of him, it’ll just be harder to work around each other now. “Eat.” He said in a serious and slightly dark voice, Shinrai shot her arm out and grabbed the sandwich. She took a big bite out of it but she kept her eyes on him the whole time, which was kinda funny to watch. This is how the time went by a little bit, just Dabi staring Shinrai down and Shinrai trying to eat the dry sandwich when she barely has any saliva to use. He didn't really care if it was uncomfortable for her, he needed to watch her because that’s what the boss wanted from him. Is he being a bit petty, yes.

She was finally able to finish it after like….. 15 minutes of awkward staring and munching on a sandwich. Dabi grabbed the plate, not caring for the flinch he received in return, put the plate on the count and made his way back over to her. “Now that you're done….. I’m taking you to your room because the boss isn’t going to need you for the rest of the day.” He quickly picks her up and swings her like a sack over his shoulder. Shinrai screamed for a second but then shut herself up, flailing her arms a bit as she tried to gain her balance or maybe get to the ground but stopped that soon as well. “That means that you can go to sleep in a bed for the first time in like….” He started to walk to a free room that’s like 2 down from his own. “When was the day the boss took you?” 

It was quiet for a long time as he just walked to Shinrai’s new room. “W-w-what da-a-ay is it?” Dabi took a bit to think about what day it was. “It’s a Wednesday and the date is **/**/2***.” Shinrai seemed to think about it for a little as Dabi just kept walking to the room. There is one thought going through his head and that is ‘wow she’s really light, probably due to some starvation from before the boss got to her’. “I-its been abo-o-out 2 w-we-weeks now.” The stuttering was annoying to hear but he’s sure that she’ll get over it soon

“Okay so 2 weeks of no sleeping on a bed.” Dabi finally got to her fucking new bed room and yanked the door open. “Now you get a bed to sleep in.” He walked over to the bed and just dropped her on it. she yelped, she has been doing that a lot today, Dabi grabbed the handle full of quirk enhanced eye drops from his pocket and dropped them on the nightstand. “And now you can go the fuck to sleep and leave me the hell alone.” Shinrai looked at him, she just started to wrap herself in the big fluffy blanket that was bought for her by Mamadoriya. “Mamadoriya will probably be the first to check on you because the boss still needs to get done with them, clean up both sessions, and talk with ‘ his world ’. So you’ll get to meet Mamadoriya probably tomorrow or the day after tomorrow.” 

Dabi turned around and made his way out of the room, right when he was about to close the door he was able to hear a tiny ‘thank you’ from Shinrai. He rolled his eyes as he shut the door fully and walked over to his room. He wished he didn’t need to deal with this but at least now he doesn't have to worry about Mamadoriya being up his ass about the place needing to be cleaned. 

—-------------------------

Inko was enjoying her day at the apartment, baking here and there and cleaning up the place. She was also making sure the office room is spotless because Izuku pointed out that she missed some blood on one of the wheels. If someone were to see that, that would be bad…. Well if anyone saw this room it’d be bad but Inko can mostly brush it off as having a strange collection habit because it took a long time to buy all of these things. A bunch of them came from the UK though so there are transaction paper trails..... from the grayer parts of transactions but those weren't entirely illegal. 

Everything was fine until she got a text from her Mastiff that Izuku got rid of the last bit of guests. That made her a little sad, Inko really wanted Shinrai Tori to live. Dabi then was able to confirm that yes, Shinrai is alive and is currently sleeping in her room. That was perfect! Now it won't just be Inko forcing both of the boys to clean up all the time. Having the family Mastiff protect the house was great but he wasn’t that good at cleaning, but now they will have a live-in maid. She’ll make sure that Shinrai is happy and healthy. OOOOOoooo they could even do a girls day out, when she’s behaved enough and not going to run to the heroes for help. Inko hasn’t had a proper girls day out in a long time, Mitsuki would always be on edge the whole while but she was good at acting calm by now. It's funny to see her pretending that she's calm and happy for everyone around her because Mitsuki knew that Inko could see through the act.

She walks around the apartment after finally cleaning up the office room. Inko thinks she deserves a quick break, the phone ringing again makes her retract that statement. She looks at her phone and sighs a bit, it was from a client. It was a legal client too, not from the hospital she sometimes works at. This seems to be from the legal firm, yes she works as a lawyer sometimes too deal with it, that will only call her to deal with annoying people because she just so happens to know how to work around them. Inko sighs again as she accepts the call. “Iiiiiiinnnnnkkkkoooooooo~” The annoyingly high voice of her boss pierce her ears. 

Inko growls out a bit in pain as she glares at her phone. “...yes…” She said through gritted teeth. If she didn’t need to have some type of social life and connections, oh how she would love to stable this bitch in her voice box. “Innnkkoooo~ you need to come in!! We have that sidekick from Endeavor refusing to work with anyone but you again.” She sighs out and then grits her teeth in pain again. You see her boss's voice is awful, absolutely disgusting to hear too. Think of Alvin from the chipmunks, in those pre quirk movies, going through the worst puberty and randomly he just starts yelling. That’s how it feels and it just hurts so much to hear. 

“Yes yes, I have her number. I’ll call her and then we can set up a time for whatever case she has for me to deal with.” Inko hung up quickly as she knew for a fact that her boss would beg in that awful voice to come down now. She goes to the couch and plops down on it as she calmly scrolls through her contacts. Looking through every name that was in order, closer to the bottom with the contact ‘Moe-chan ( ˘▽˘)っ♨’ .  Inko gathers herself the best she could…. Then she presses the call button.

Ring ring

Ring ring

Ri- “Aunty. God I was wondering when those ants would finally tell you to call me.”

Moe Kamiji , a distant cousin of Inko Midoriya but she treated the young girl more of like a Niece than anything. In her social life and sidekick persona with her mask on, she was a bubbly hard headed, fiery girl that will do anything to make sure everything will turn out okay in the end. She tends to forget the normal social cues that require a more delegate touch but she means well. That’s all a lie though. Moe Kamiji, known as Moe-chan from close family and also known as the villain Forest fire, is very knowledgeable but extremely…. Blank.  She isn’t known from her emotions unless it has anything to do with her world because as the name implies, her emotions revolve around that specific person. She has already injured other Midoriya’s for getting in her way with her love but she has never hurt close family before and has refused to unless she absolutely has to. 

“I need help getting these certain maggots to shrivel up and die already but they brought something into the courts. *sigh* And having maggots in court ma-”

“Makes everything harder. Moe-chan, you know I’ll take the case and also make sure the other side loses in a landslide. No worries or guarantees.” Inko talks casually because by the way her voice sounded emotionless, it gave a big clue that she was alone. “Is this another ‘fan who was hurt by your world's flames’ again?” For the first time through this call Moe-chan finally showed some emotions, true and raw like always.

A low growl sounded from the other side of the phone. “Those little Phonies! Hussies! GOLD DIGGING BITCHES!!! Those little flies that hang and cling to my world, all for his money, got upset over a little burn.  Wwwaaaaa part of my hair got singed. Help me, I got a little second degree burn from the big scary fire. Boo hoo my arm has a 4th degree burn and won't ever look the same again. Feel sorry for us because we want your worlds money, attention, his everything! THEY DON’T EVEN DESERVE THE SHIT ON THE BOTTOM OF HIS SHOES!!!” A bang sounded out as Inko was pretty sure that Moe-chan hit the table that she was sitting at or maybe the wall but she definitely hit something solid. 

Inko grabbed a notebook just in case she needed to write down anything. These things might pertain to the case or it might just be something she needs to cover up later. “He saved them from a villain and this was how they repay him!” She hummed along as she got basic case info from Moe-chan and decided it was best to keep her away from them until the case is over at least. “Now sense they can’t get in his fucking pants for the money they decided to go through court, fucking maggots need to know there fucking place.”

Inko wrote some more things down before making sure her lawyer work email is open. “Moe-chan, can you give me the case details in an email so I can set up a proper defense for your world.” She heard a confirmation before a ding popped up on her email and there was all the details, police report, video of the fight and, not shocking, Burnin’s own view on what happened written in too. She was relieved that Moe-chan stayed in the Burnin mask while writing this because if she didn't use it at all she wouldn't be able to help or reference it. “Besides the details and other things, did you offer to handle this one or did your love actually ask you to do it.”

Inko heard a wistful sigh through the phone. “Yea….. yea he… he said that he could count on me to help with that one because he saw the damage he did himself…. He said he trusted me to go to the right lawyer and this honestly wasn’t me that offered to handle it this time around, he just…. Trusted me….. Me….” That was a little shocking but that also means that Moe-chan was breaking through Endeavor's resolve. The thought of her little Izuku asking her to talk to Moe-chan floated in her head. It was now or never to ask her what she’s going to do with her world.

“Moe.”

“Aunty… you forgot the chan.”

“Moe-chan… you know who my son's world is.”

.

.

.

.

.

“I’m going as fast as I can, Aunty Ink!”

“I know I know but it’s becoming harder to hold him back Moe! What am I supposed to do, your world still hurts my son's world without any care at all!” Inko heard Moe-chan groan as a thunk echoed through the phone. “You know if it was anyone else they wouldn’t have had this much patience!”

“I KNOW!”

“Moe-chan you know how Midoriya's, ones that have the last name Midoriya, are raised on the oldest principles.”

“I know… I know and I've been using that against him too much.”

“We value everyone close to us. They are all special to us but on different scales, you are going to soon reach a part of that scale that doesn't matter to Izuku anymore. He’s going to hurt you and your world if you don’t finish this up or at least let me, Moe-chan let me help.” It was quiet for a long time. Moe-chan was breathing heavily and Inko was just trying not to yell, she didn’t like to yell at her loved ones. She did get yelled at though, she really doesn't like yelling, not like this. It was too emotional and it was bad emotions, not the ones that got her excited and ready to see more but the ones that leaves her drained and exhausted. All of the family did say that the original way or the Midoriya’s were too emotional, being able to get drained so easily, having too much sympathy. That was the only way to keep her loved ones happy and safe though, understanding emotions are what helped her save her world before he ended it all..... she could have lost him with out them.

“I’ll allow it.”

“What?”

“Aunty….. I-...I-i need help.” Inko was a little shocked that Moe-chan agreed but she was getting desperate. She’s been at it for years now, years has she trained to be the best of the best. SO many people said she could be her own pro hero and get out of that sidekick role but that’s what Moe-chan wants, she was aiming to become indispensable to her world first so that he would finally let his walls down. It’s taken too long though and now she’s desperate but she probably could have lasted longer if Inko’s little baby boy picked a different world. “P-please… please Inko… help me.”

Inko sighed, rubbing her head because an incoming headache was going to form. It’s always so draining to deal with some family. “Yes Moe-chan, I’m going to help you. It will literally benefit everyone if I do.”

“Thank you… t-thank you” Moe-chan whispered into the air but she didn’t hang up the phone. Inko stayed in line, the light sound of crying could be heard but inko said nothing as she waited. “T-thank you..” 

“Thank you.”

—----------------------------------------------

AAAaaaaannnnndddd he thinks those are the final touches for Shouto’s room. Izuku backed up as he looked at the spot that’s a fake plate, it’s in place quite well because it looked like the rest of the room. He let his eyes wander to other parts of the room to look at where all the cameras are hidden. Everything looks perfect, nothing was out of place and that’s how Izuku liked it. He got up from his spot and started to walk to the bathroom attached to Shouto’s room. Need to make sure those ones are also good. 

Izuku looks all over the bathroom at his hidden cameras but honestly he wouldn’t guess there were cameras there if he didn’t put them in. Everything looked normal and perfect. He double checked the camera that was placed in the bathing area. He wanted to make sure when his and Shouto’s relationship gets further along in the future, that he won't blackout every time he sees him naked or something close to that. Getting used to seeing his amazing world’s body now would be better, yup he’s just using it to get used to it…. Nothing else. 

Izuku noticed some mess he left behind and quickly cleaned it up. He walked back into his life's room and looked around one more time. It was perfect, it was amazing… it was… hhhuuu. A shiver ran up his spine as he looked around again. This whole time setting up the cams Izuku made himself focus on the task at hand so it could get done faster b-but now. He sank to his knees and shoved his face into the dirty clothes basket that was close by. Taking a big breath through his nose made his senses get flooded with his Shouto’s smell, the smell of heaven, the smell of happiness, the smell of safety and love. Perfection

Izuku buried his head into the clothes and closed his eyes. His body was shaking a little bit but that was fine, it’s okay to shake a little like this. It made sense if he was so out of it and that he made sure that he got done early specifically for this reason. Izuku took in big breaths and just inhaled the best he could under all of the clothes, eyes rolling to the back of his head when he realized that a pair of boxers was in front of his face. He really should have done this sooner. 

Izuku shoves his hand into the laundry and pulls out the boxers that were in front of his face. “This is now mine.” He declared out loud as he rubbed the claimed pair of boxers on his cheek. He should probably grab something else while he’s here too. Izuku started to rummage in the dirty clothes and looked for a type of shirt that was perfect for a quick pick. He quickly found a big plain white t-shirt and a gaint smile spread across his face. It was perfect and he was totally going to wear this to sleep every night now. The thought of his Shouto’s scent leaving the clothes crossed his mind.

Izuku might make it more of a habit to break into this place so that he can always have something that smells like his love more often. He folded the shirt around the boxers that he grabbed and reached for his bag that he brought for the cam stuff. No need to worry about it working or not because he already checked if it did. The sound of the front door opening up caught his attention. Fuck… Fuyumi was home already?

He quickly got his stuff together and quickly but quietly went to the window so he could escape out of that. With the place being devoid of people, the house was a trap for anyone that wanted to sneak around and Izuku was trying his best to sneak. He was able to make it out of the house and outside because it was still bright outside, glad that Fuyumi didn't see him. He acted like he belonged here. He calmly walked away from the house with his big duffle bag on his shoulder, sweat on his forehead. Izuku tries his best to make it look like he just came back from the gym or something as he continues to walk. It was finally done though and that was all Izuku really cared about. He walked all the way home with a big smile on his face.

—-------------------------

Eraserhead was so happy with whoever was recently making sure crime was lower in this area. He took a bit out of his sandwich as he looked around. The only noteworthy thing in this whole neighborhood was the conveyance store, some very small shops and the green apartment buildings. It looked very homely and every time he went on patrol someone from the development was ‘keeping watch’. Everyone he’s talked to from there says that they like to make sure everyone is safe because they feel rather close with each other. 

It doesn't help that a little while back, a pedo was found trying to take the owner's kid back to their place. That seemed to make everyone keep the others in check and make sure no one like that could come in again. It made Eraser glad to see people looking out for each other, it made his job easier when someone does something to stop a crime from starting. He finished up his sandwich and got back to patrol in the more crime ridden areas. 

It was going okay like normal until he came across his normal headache that seems to follow him everywhere he goes. “Hhheeeeyyyyyy~ my eraser~” He looked over to see the tight leather clad villain, the tight leather never stopped their perfect mobility though. Extremely long blond hair with a few streaks of blue, pulled up into many very intricate braids. Deep bright red eyes filled with a crazed and desperate look bore into his soul as he took in the slight new look they had. Their outfit seemed to have deep blood red with accents of black and the few buttons that where a shiny silver. Nothing much has changed with their outfit really though besides the added color, it used to be all black. They still had their extremely tight leather pants, now sporting detailed deep red cat designs along the gray trim, bulky black boot heels that he knows reaches up to their knees also had some design updates. They were used for more protection on their legs and now they have some red on them. A new thick dark red shirt was under their long trailing coat, the coat itself went to about half calf, now the red shirt had some lines and details in gray but he can't tell what the design really was. “Sooooo~” Eraser's eyes focused on those deep passionate red eyes as they purred out their words. “Do you like my little new details~” The ringing from the bell collar around their neck caught his attention, though it somehow never makes a sound when they're running though. "I made sure it's your color..... your perfect quirked eye color~"

The jacket, imagine it's got a longer tail coat please

The hair he's rocking the fuck out of - the stretched ears

Yes i did make these pants! took so long to edit them.

The boot heels that I love the design of!

He made sure to keep his eyes on their face and keep his peripherals on their arms. “I saw how your eyes just raked over me~” He kept a deadpan expression as he watched them swing their hips around. Their hands ran up their sides, Eraser kept looking at only their face, their shirt hiked up a little at the action. He got a quick glimpse at their abs in the bottom of his vision. “Do I look that good in this my dark angel~”

Eraserhead took a deep breath and let out a long sigh. “Trjegul, I know you love to mess with me but I’m not going to arrest you because you are in the gray area.” A cute chuckle left Trjegul mouth as he held onto one of his cheeks and the other on his gut. Eraser kept his face as straight as he could but got ready to use his captor weapon if he needed too. He never knows when this guy will attack or do something weird. “Oh my little Raser~ You're just so cute…. Aaahhhh~ I love you soooooo much!” He tried to back up as quick as he could but couldn’t escape the others arms that wrapped around his neck. Trjegul knows how much he hates PDA and how much he hates the invasion of personal space but he can let it slid, no one can see it anyways. He still needed to get out of their hold, he just wont punch them this time.

The arms around his neck tightened as he tried his best to jerk himself out of Trjegul’s hold, he then felt lips near his ear. “Oh I just love~ when you struggle my herooo~” A shiver went down Eraserheads back as a tongue licked his ear but then no one was clinging onto his neck anymore. He quickly looked around to see where they went, he caught a quick glimpse of them going around a corner. Soon he followed behind at a quick pass, Trjegul was fast but he had his scarf and buildings to help him. Eraser followed behind them but almost got the slip a few times, it makes sense with how long Trjegul has been on the villain scene. 

When Eraser finally caught up to Trjegul, he stopped dead in his tracks at seeing an arm just laying on the ground. This wasn’t usually this villain go to on killing people whenever actually did kill someone. They only ever killed a few people but one of them evaded the law for years by paying their way out. Another one was a pedo and he thinks the last one was a rapist. Eraser looked up to see a cocky grin on the villain's face. “So you know….. Some big fish from an old family have started moving a lot more recently.” He stayed on guard and looked around subtly just in case Trjegul was hiding allies, not very likely or possible to ever happen but it’s better to be ready. “This family always makes the fun more fun! They haven't moved this big in a long time, well moved this big while using the family name that is!” 

Trjegul squealed a bit and they shook their arms a bit back and forth, a type of stim or quirk they do when they are happy. They danced around in their spot a bit before talking again. “They haven't moved like this in years my Raser~” Suddenly the joy was replaced by want and desire in those deep bright red eyes. “If only you would make some big moves on me~” The cocky grin was back ten times as Trjegul started to move backwards a bit. The villain seemed to shiver. “Oooohhh~ the thought of what moves you make in the bed just gives me chills~” 

Suddenly they moved their arm quickly to a hidden pocket and threw something on the ground. Eraserhead wasn’t fast enough to react and soon the alley they were in was filled with smoke, The jingle of Trjegul bell collar finally making noise was the last bit of sound he heard then it went quiet. Eraserhead coughed a bit and waved his hand in the air around his head to disperse the smoke a bit more. After all the smoke was gone he pulled out his eye drops to wet his eyes and hopefully stop the irritation the smoke caused him. 

He really fucking hated when Trjegul used that smoke bomb, it’s annoying as hell and they knew personally how much he hated it.

Chapter Text

He was trying his best at making his explosions more controlled . Katsuki knew he needed to train the best he could so that he wouldn’t hurt others with his quirk, example would be how he can make his explosions but they won't be hot enough to burn. He knew he needed the best control so he wouldn’t hurt anyone but…… Izuku Midoriya was being strange when they were still in school before the break that they got, the one right before they finally would be able to enter high school . He kept track of the creepy bastard and made sure that nothing was going on. He needed to train though so he couldn’t just watch him all the time . 

Katsuki kept track of Izuku Midoriya as best he could but it never seemed to be enough. Even when they were on their break, he went to places he knew the creep would be at. He looked but almost never found him. Katsuki searched but almost never found him…… he looked….. That means the creep was doing something. Izuku Midoriya was on the move but he couldn’t do anything about it. That bastard was doing something to that Sho person that he didn’t quite know the name of. Poor soul was probably being stalked and berated everyday, that’s only going off of the last time Katsuki saw the creeps notebook though. 

He tried to focus as he made another explosion to the giant tree. This was the forest they used to go to all the time. This was the place Deku would compliment him and say what a great hero he would become. This was the place where he saw Izuku Midoriya hurt people just to keep him ‘happy’ but since he was just a little brat, he couldn’t understand. Katsuki launched a bit too big of an explosion at the tree, it shook as he backed away quickly. Eyes wandered around the tree quickly as he made sure it wasn’t going to fall.

Katsuki didn’t want the tree to fall, it held so many memories. Some good, most of them were bad but that didn’t mean he wanted it knocked down . He took a couple of big breaths as he tried to steady his heart but one can only do so much with nitroglycerin running through their veins. On somewhat wobbly feet, he walked closer to the tree. When he was finally at its base he plopped down on the ground with no other thought. He looked up to the leaves of the tree as some of them were falling down from the big hit it took. Eyes wandered to a spot that both Deku and him used to sit at and race to every time they were here. 

Leaves as green as his hair

Quite as how he was around him unless it was to praise him

Burn marks from his explosions on the bark like the sca-

He shook his head back and forth doing his best to clear his head from the past. It wasn’t his fault that Izuku Midoriya was a monster. It wasn’t his fault that Izuku Midoriya was stalking or maybe doing something worse to the poor schmuck that got his attention. Nothing was his fault because that was just how Izuku Midoriya has always been, even when he was Deku. Katsuki knew this. 

He knows

So why…. Why does he have to shed tears over this? His vision blurred as wet streaks were created down his cheeks. Why was he still mourning over the fact Deku wasn’t real or Deku changed so much that he became Izuku Midoriya. WHY?!? It wasn’t his fault and there was no point for tears! Why!! Why after all these years does he still feel like this!?! Katsuki didn’t need to feel like this! There was no point and it was such a giant weakness to have! The nerd wasn’t real or the old version of him died. SO WHAT! That’s what he’s been telling himself for years! So what! It shouldn't affect him. This shouldn’t have mattered this much and if Katsuki went off of what his mother was saying Auntie Inko was the same way!!! That means it was either taught to him or it’s some really fucked up gene they both have. 

Katsuki raised his hands to his head and covered his eyes. Closing them and letting the blurred world fade to black felt better than looking at all those familiar greens. He kept his breathing even as his heart thumped loudly in his chest, unable to slow down or it would most likely cause him death. His hands moved up to his hair as he started to pull at it painfully , trying his best to ground himself with the pain. 

He just needed to get over this. Katsuki nodded his head to himself. He just needed to get over this and everything will be easier. Everything will be perfect and then he could take the creepy fuck to jail for stalking or some shit. He could save the dumbass in those notebooks Izuku Midoriya has. Katsuki could make sure that villain doesn't hurt anyone else. Taking a big breath and holding it for a bit, he opened his eyes and looked at those green, too green, leaves. 

He just needed to make sure Izuku Midoriya stays in his place and goes to jail for the wrongs he has done. For the wrongs Katsuki knows he’s going to continue doing. 

—---------------------------------------------------

Okay time to get focused! It was time to go into work so that she could see her handsome flame , her own fiery world . Moe clapped her hands onto her cheeks and looked at herself in the mirror. The dull expression that’s always on her face looks back at her, wishing it could have been that fury filled look her world always has on. A sigh leaves her mouth as she excites her bathroom so she can go into the agency. 

Burnin sits at her desk as she organizes all of her papers quickly, face fitting into the cocky and fiery grin she always has on. If some looked closer they would see that it actually never reaches her eyes unless she is talking to someone. All of it is for the act, it's for her fiery world. 

“Burnin.” Her eyes zip up so fast that she almost makes herself dizzy, the air warmed up like it always does around the one she loves. There he stands at her desk with an indifferent look on his face but she can see it. Burning can always see it no matter what look is on his face. Her perfect world eyes are the easiest thing to read and everytime she is near him she can see that kindness . Burning can see happiness just by her being here and it always makes her burn up but Burnin wouldn’t be known as the best at masks if she couldn’t hide her emotions. 

The normal smile that she always reserves for her one and only easily grows across her face. Burnin always feels so warm and calm in his presents. “Hello Endeavor! Are we about to go out on patrol?” Her everything just grunts an affirmation but that’s okay, he can’t let anyone know how much he actually likes her. Burning already knows how much her own world already loves her but he’s just so bullheaded. That might be one of the only traits of her world that ticks her off sometimes. The only reason she didn’t like it was because if he wasn’t this bullheaded, she could have taken him away by now. “Yes sir! I’ll gather up the others so that we can be tailing behind you for backup and clean up sir!”

The love of her life gave her a nod but he looked directly into her eyes. Burnin can read him better than anyone else. She knows that he's saying how much he cares for her with his eyes and lingering looks. She knows that her world loves her by how she was the only one he ever invaded personal space with. Burning knows that every action he makes, it just screams ‘I love you’ and it hurts that he can’t show it to her normally because of that stupid fucking quirk marriage he got. It wasn’t even his idea to have the fucking thing, it was an aranged quirk marriage and that made burnin burn hotter everytime it entered her mind. 

The fact someone thought they could control her world like that. That they thought they could control his feelings and life like she herself wanted too . No. She was able to end the ones that arranged the marriage and supported it but that didn’t make them divorce. It made her sick that some people think it’s okay to try and force two people that didn’t even love each other to have powerful kids all for the sake of old viewpoints.  

Disgusting

Forest fire was walking around. She needed to let out some pent up energy that has been surging through her for the past week or so. So she went out in her villain suit and attacked/killed some random drug dealers and druggies. It helped but not much. Forest fire needed the kill she wanted for a few weeks…… today was finally the day she could because the dumb trails were finally over and it was a little bit after too. Those hussies won't know what hit them.

It was easy to track them down, their homes, normal hangouts, and jobs. It was like breathing at this point to see when was the perfect time to kill these fuckers in their beds and sometimes take them away to burn them slowly. The three that went into the courts, that her aunty Inko took care of, were dying… today to be exact. Well more like this night. Forest fire has already killed two of them, burning in the green flames that remind her of Aunty Inko’s passionate eyes. That woman was too kind for her own good.

Don’t get Moe wrong, she knows that Inko will kill anyone that gets in her way of whatever goal that she has. The thing is, Inko would hesitate to kill her . Inko would pause in trying to kill her specifically or any ‘family’ really. Moe gets it, she really does get protecting the ones you love but the main Midoriya family has…. too much love. They have too many loved ones and it gets too complicated. Thinking about something being complicated, Forest fire is looking at one little bitch that’s about to be dragged from her home. She’ll drag that hoe by her hair if she can, making her scalp bleed a bit will be nice to see. 

—----------------------------------

It was a nice cool night. Not many villains are out tonight and the Khaki (remember it's said like cocky) family has stayed relevantly in place. So far all Trjegul has been able to see of the family is that there is a mother and a son. No father in sight with their group but the mother, Khaki-san, has stated that she’s buying this or that for her husband. With the stuff she bought at those times, her husband must be an inventor of some type. The son is a different story altogether though. 

He has been seen making many deals with Grain , getting the man to practically dance around him just for a couple more bucks. It shows power to have that he can make Grain become a jester for him, that man was very stubborn but a kissass to a font. The thing is that he's only a kissass to a bar minimum. Khaki-kun has made him into a fool on many occasions and only made him become more of one for the extra 100 or some more. Trjegul could see how both of the Khaki’s dealt with the underground, how they dealt with other villains or anyone in general. They treated everyone like peasants as they were merciful royals that blessed them with their presences, like the old king of the underground or well Trjegul guesses he’s more of a bogeyman now. 

He could see why they acted like that too. They were an old power and family that killed and maimed when they wanted. Hundreds if not thousands have lost their lives if lucky, the unlucky few wished they were dead when they were done with them. Trjegul Knew to stay out of their business, especially when they took a potential poor soul for Grain to use. It made Grain furious at the loss of that promised money bank he could have ran dry but Khaki-kun made up with in ten full by buying so much from him. He personally just paid for basic info Grain had on them, it mostly consisted of things Trjegul already knew but there were things that were added that only someone that has dealt with them so much would know. 

Khaki-kun was impatient when something he wanted was in front of him. He moved like a ghost with every step he took, it was the same with his mother that wore heels everywhere she went but no sound was ever heard from her. Grain had seen Khaki-kuns hair, it was black and extremely curly and on one off occasion he had seen Khaki-san with a bit of white straight hair come out of her villain attire. Trjegul paid extra to know what made Khaki-san in such a rush that day for her to slip up, Grain informed him that it was because of a business partner Khaki-san had in America. Grain himself has worked with this man plenty of times in the past so he could get things across the borders and such but apparently they ignored Khaki-san and she didn’t like that. Grain mentioned it had something to do with cameras and someone hurting someone else, maybe someone being dragged through the sea so she could get her hands on them for doing something she hated so much that countries couldn’t stop her. 

The only other info that Trjegul was able to get was obvious, Khaki-kun was a sadistic little brat that wanted to see everyone jump at a simple sigh from his mouth. Which people did without thought, Khaki-kun didn’t even need to do anything to make everyone in the room try to leave as fast as they could when they entered. Besides the threat they were to his dark angel, they seemed like a lovely family. Trjegul respected them for going after what was theirs without hesitancy, every step they took was with determination, smarts, and a burning passion that he himself had in his everyday life. The fact they haven't even gotten close to his wonderful hero, made them even better in his books.

His dark angel even mentioned how similar they sound to him and that just made him warm. His perfect hero gave him praise and reassured him that they would never be able to even meet how passionate he was about life. Trjegul was honestly only passionate and determined in life because of his dark angel, if it wasn’t for his Eraser then he would be lost. A poor empty husk without purpose or emotions. He would be a picture of a smiley face passed to walk with the words ‘you can do it’ on it and it wouldn’t even be capitalized letters. His little hero made his life perfect and Trjegul would be damned if he couldn’t let Eraser know it every time they saw each other. 

He sat on a rooftop calmly as the thoughts of his dark angel raged on in his mind like a ferocious storm. His thoughts turning and twisting like a python around the thought that his dark angel was his and his alone. His love, his life, he would kiss the ground Eraserhead walked on, he would do anything that man told him to do no matter how much it hurt Trjegul or went against his morals. He would stab himself in the gut, he would filet himself like a fish, he would kill all the ones he loved and throw his life away if Eraserhead asked for it. Trjegul would let the ones he hate, live... if Eraserhead asked that of him. He would do anything and everything if his Eraserhead even hinted that he wanted it to happen, if it would make him just a little bit more happy Trjegul would do it without thought because that is what his world deserved. No no, not his world....his universe, his god, his everything, his king, his master, the one that controlled his life down to the finest minute details. If asked he would stop breathing if his dark angel wanted. If Eraserhead was happy by the end of the day, even if just by the tiniest bit, then it would be a win in his mind.

Trjegul has even killed less than he already did, he hunted less as it was now nonexistent because his Eraserhead asked him too. He stopped going out more when his Eraserhead said he needed to stay home more. He did EVERYTHING that his dark angel asked of him. Reaser never asked him to completely stop going out though, he never asked him to turn himself in because he hunted down people that the police could only dream of getting. Trjegul has also killed ‘innocent people’ at the beginning to catch his Eraser's eye but as soon as his lil hero found out it was because of him, he told him to stop killing ‘civilians’ for his attention. His dark angel never said anything about villains or rapists or pedos or abusers or druggies or dealers, he could kill anyone that seemed to not be good. It helped that it felt a lot more satisfying to know that all that person’s life was filled with pain and hate for other people could finally come to an end because now they couldn’t hurt others or get close to his love. 

Trjegul looked into the deep night sky, filled with stars that couldn’t be seen as well as it could in the woods while he was in the deeper parts of the city. Light pollution really was a hassle when it covered something his dark angel loved to look at so much at nights. “Trjegul.” A dull and deadpan voice that had some hit of fondness hidden in its depth said from behind him. “You need to go home.” Ah~ an order, he loved when his dark angel asked him to do things but he never did as much nowadays. It’s probably for the fact that he’s basically a very violent vigilante than a villain, even if people still called him a villain because of his past. His Eraserhead was just happy he could be off the streets and not killing every single night. He tilted his head back so he could look at his lil hero who was standing behind him in a relaxed pose. The moonlight shining behind his head like a halo, a perfect recreation of the dark angel he knows and loves. He looked unworldly, he looked holy and all around omniscient with that glint of hidden knowledge in those pitch void like eyes of his. 

A lusty and cocky smile spread across his face as he looked at the pure being behind him, the one that controlled his life and cradled it like a precious thing that Trjegul himself didn’t think it was for a long long time. “Ooooo~ I bet you just want me to get in bed sooner, I wouldn’t be so reluctant to stay home at night if I had someone like you in bed. My perfect and holy dark angel.” He reached a hand out to his one and onlys face, just out of reach but so so very close. “Oh how I wish to have you in me for at least a second, I think I would die from happiness.”

His Reaser raised an eyebrow as he didn’t move an inch, even with his hand so close to his face. “You still need to get home even with your bed being empty right now. I’m sure whatever day job you have would be thousands of times harder with how little sleep you get.” A chuckle left Trjegul's lips as he dropped off the side of the ledge he was sitting on, moving and contorting his way to the ground. Using everything around him to make it safely to land flat on his feet without even breaking a sweat, that is what hard work gets you. Trjegul looked up to see his Raser leaning over the edge to get one last look at him before he leaves for his home, his home that was lacking a major part at the moment but he can deal with not having it there for now. 

“You of all people can't really say that My other worldly dark angel~”

Chapter Text

It’s better living here now. Shouto was able to spend as much time as he wanted talking to the one he cares about most, video calling him at any moment they could. Both Fuyumi and Natsuo were very curious about how he was with Izuku and honestly he’s fine with it. He’s fine with it because they just drop by sometimes when he’s being a little too loud in his room on some calls. They'll check in to see if he’s okay, he’s never really loud so from his siblings' own words ‘its good that you're growing more comfortable’. 

Now they would never notice that all of the voice calls were actually video calls that he switches over to voice with a quick press of a button so they can't see Izuku. What they don’t know is the little bit of jealousy he feels for Izuku’s neighbors for living near the boy. How both of his brother and sister keep saying that everything he is feeling is normal, that they also experience this ‘first love’ that he has. Shouto in love? He can’t tell, he can’t see that because all he wants is to be by Izuku 24-7 and he’s been able to accomplish that by being his friend. It might be love but Shouto can’t tell besides the want and need to hear Izuku’s voice every day. These are all normal feelings, Fuyumi and Natsuo said they have experienced it all before with their ‘first love’. 

They keep using that term. “First love”. When he asked what they meant by that, they said that it’s because Shouto will most likely get out of the ‘first love’ phase and get over Izuku. That if it happened it won't then it was completely normal and happens all the time. They said that they both had first loves and remember them but they are glad they got over them. Shouto didn’t like that term. It was basically saying that his care, want, need, desire to be with Izuku will disappear and go to someone else. That is false because Shouto knows for a fact that he will never have these emotions for anyone but his Izuku.

He cares and tries his hardest to learn more emotions for him. He deals with Endeavor and life for him. He has slowly but quickly made his way into the deepest parts of Shouto’s heart and is painfully nestled in his veins, muscles, skin, heart, liver, lungs, brain, eyes, all of him has been engraved for the way Izuku has just taken over. He used to care, Shouto knows this. He cared for his mother, tried his best to protect her and was hurt for it. He was hurt for being in the wrong place and the wrong time from the one he wanted to protect but now Izuku has taken that place for the want and need. Shouto is sure those two emotions for his mother and Izuku are different because he knows for a fact he didn’t think this way when he was younger. The protective feeling is there but it feels 1000x bigger than it ever was for his mother, for his sister and brothers. 

Besides Shouto trying his best to understand these emotions that his siblings keep saying are a type of love. He has to deal with the fact Yumi has indeed kept her promise and Natsuo is out of the loop. His brother has been questioning everytime he sees Shouto off his phone/not talking to Izuku/only texting Izuku because the texting has decreased and calls have replaced them. Nats ask how he feels or to describe in the ‘wrong way’ again. Shouto is slowly getting better at describing the deep burning and all consuming feeling that has only ever been directed at Izuku, and has only been made by Izuku. Nats says that he might stay on this for a while, unlike him who goes from crush to crush, person to person. Yumi says she doesn't get some of his wrong descriptions but that his feelings are valid anyways. 

Fuyumi hasn’t experienced the need, want, desire, to find a way to embody the way Izuku looks at him onto his skin like a tattoo for all to see. She say she doesn't understand how Izuku is his raging fire that burns all of his emotions to ash as it dances around his mind, blinding the back of his eyes so when he sleeps all he sees is the projection picture of Izuku's smiling bright face that makes his heart stop for seconds at a time. Yumi has had dreams of her crushes, yes but that's not what he was describing, every moment of every day after the camping thing they did has been filled with this all consuming fire called Izuku . The fact of just thinking about holding his hand makes him burn up, the fact when he looks anywhere around him…. Shouto can clearly see him by, talking in those cute mumbled words. How his friend, someone who he is comfortable being this close to and really doesn't need anyone else as long as Izuku is looking at him and solely him, he’s fine and happy with it.

Natsuo just can’t wrap his head around how Shouto has described his feelings for Izuku are like brier bushes growing from his lungs. His every breath fueling the fire and growth as they get bigger and bigger. Nats asked if he was okay when he said ‘if he tried to remove those brier bushes, it would rip and slice open his lungs/throat, as of now if he woke up without seeing those beautiful flower from those bushes every morning then his world would crash down as he bleed to death from the lose of the most best feeling he has ever felt even if it may hurt him but he knows it never will happen, he will forever be with Izuku.'  Shouto decided to keep away from the non right way to describe something that has a lot of injuries involved in them, so as not to worry his siblings.

The main point is that he…. Loves…. He loves Izuku in a way that he hopes never stops . It has only been 2 weeks since the camping trip and he’s glad it happened. It showed him how much he wants his Izuku, it showed him that these emotions that he’s experiencing are normal from how much his siblings keep repeating it, it shows him that he’s okay with the relationship he has with Izuku right now. Shouto doesn't want this relationship to stop. He doesn't want Izuku to know how he feels so that the other could pull back more from him. He spends every available second he can get with his Izuku and that’s all that matters, no matter how much Natsuo and Fuyumi bother him with questions about how Izuku is doing. Shouto will still be with his Izuku no matter what in the end. 

—------------------------------------------ (all of these povs happen at diff time btw)

Fuyumi is still a little concerned. It has been a little bit over a week's time and she has noticed Shouto’s time spent with Izuku has grown more. It started small but quickly grew to Shouto spending all time he had free on his phone and even uses it at the dinner table if he gets a message from Izuku. She can tell it’s a bit obsessive but why wouldn’t Shouto be a little ‘toxic’ . All this just shows how Shouto is holding in his wants/needs and how Fuyumi must be seeing how Shouto reacts to finally being able to keep something he cares about longer than just a month. 

This was okay, if a bit worrying, because she knows that Izuku is a good kid that has only made her brother smile. He doesn't care that their father is the number 2 villain hero, he actually doesn't like heroes all that much so he didn’t even know that the Todoroki family name is infamous in hero culture. Fuyumi keeps track as much as she can of the interactions, most of the time now all of their talks are done through calls and not texts. It’s cute to see Shouto happy all the time but sometimes she feels as if she’s missing something from the conversations she has heard. Sometimes Izuku hints that they usually video call and sometimes asks ‘why Shouto isn’t showing his face now’ right after one of them enters whatever room they happen to be making the call in. 

Izuku has made some weird comments as well, whenever she is able to ask how he is, it’s always kind of standoffish but quickly gains more emotions after the first few words leave the phone. Izuku then always tries to end the small pleasantries as quickly as possible. Fuyumi understood him wanting to spend time with her brother but at the same time they are always talking with each other. Besides the fact that she is certain that Izuku wants more from the relationship from her brother, Shouto is comfortable with how it is though. The kid was good, nice and kind, a little weird but everyone had their own little habits and Izuku’s was giving too many gifts to the ones he cares for and that every time he said Shouto’s name the word ‘his’ is always placed in front of it. 

Yumi did ask Shouto if that was okay with him, when he wasn’t talking with Izuku at the time, and he said he didn’t even notice it. After it was pointed out, her brother did say that he didn’t mind though and in his own words “I am his so him calling me that makes sense.” Shouto is basically dating Izuku without calling it dating, it has to be . She can’t see it any other way but Shouto says that he’s okay with what they have now, then that’s how it will be. 

Fuyumi will just stand by the side line and wait until they finally get together so she could celebrate the pain of seeing them pin so much over the phone, finally being over with.

—--------------------------------------------------

Natsuo was worried about how his baby bro was acting. Now he’s not the best at the feelings that involve love but he knows something at least. He can see how…. Unhealthy everything seems to be at the moment. He can see that, Yumi can see that, even the flaming shit has asked if his ‘mAStErPIeCe’ has found a new sparring partner or something because of the new moves he has seen. The moron didn’t think that maybe fighting more than one person all his life will let Shouto react better and have a varying style that could keep him more safe. 

It’s not right but it seems to make both of them happy, so it couldn’t be that bad right. Besides all the pinning he hears 24-7. Natsuo saw how possessive Shouto was over Izuku on the camping trip. He saw it by how much he was glared at for being told how to use a knife by the kid. He was able to see much more of it at the house when Shouto was doing a video calls but changed it to voice just so that no one else could see the Izuku kid. Natsuo saw how slowly but surely his brother had been taking that plush toy with him everywhere. He doesn't know who the plush character was meant to represent but Shouto has been slowly hugging it everywhere around the house. It had to have come from Izuku for him to love it that much though. 

Natsuo has also heard how possessive Izuku is of Shouto, saying ‘his’ all the time in front of Shouto’s name, saying anything that Shouto does is amazing and perfect, and Izuku even brought up one time when he decked someone for his brother. He doesn't know why Izuku did that but he hoped that it was for a good reason, Shouto said it was not needed but then the kid said that no one was allowed to invalid his personal space like that. 

Besides all the red flags that Natsuo hopes turn down a bit lower, the pinning was painful. Every time the phone was on, plain as day, everyone could hear how much they liked each other. It was disgustingly cute, so much so that they have things called, cam nuzzles, reco nuzzles aka recorded nuzzles, they even have fuck text nuzzles. It’s cute and gross and so extra for no damn reason. Natsuo tried to ask Fuyumi if she could somehow help them along more, so he didn’t need to see that sweetness everyday but she said she has done all that she could. SHOUTO STILL CALLED THEM BEST FRIENDS! It was driving Nats nuts about waiting for the cute shit to just end. Natsuo just wanted cute shit to end, it was too much. 

He also has to make sure Endeavor keeps in line, not to ask Shotuo about why he’s doing better and is happier. Trying to turn his head back towards him about how his own schooling is, top of his class, Fuyumi with how her school kids were, and if anything was really bad, Shouto would say that he’s learning new moves so he’ll be a better hero. That flaming man always seemed to approve of that whenever Shouto seemed to be cornered to answer those types of personal questions. Natsuo could see that training has been getting harder but it was now less because everytime the new school year rolled around, villains became more promenade and worse from a week or two after it because of all the hero schools not accepting people.

Those days Endeavor expressed how much Shouto still needed to train more and work harder. Those days are when after the flaming shit leaves for somewhere, Natsuo helps his brother with his weapon skills. Fuyumi even helps sometimes by teaching Shouto weak parts of the body because when Yumi was going for her teacher's degree….. The human body was something she liked to study and it was one of her side classes, biology and anatomy. Izuku thanked them for helping ‘his Shouto’ and that he can’t wait to see him everyday in school.

Natsuo can't wait for the pinning to end and everything goes smoother than it has been. The red flags will leave and then the pinning will stop, it’ll be the best thing in the world. 

—-----------------------------------

She was hoping that they could meet at another ball but there was none that Endeavor was invited to before the recommendation exam. She knew that it was immature to be so excited to finally spend a year in the same class as Tokoroki-kun but she was just so excited. Momo wanted to be in the same class as the other boy since they were 7, it was when they were introduced and it was also when her mom said that she was most likely going to marry the young boy. She was wary at first but after being able to spend some time and a few more balls together, Momo didn’t mind that outcome much.

She knew for a fact that she was most likely going to be married off at one point or her parents would find her a suitable husband to run the company while she’s more on the side lines. If Momo married Tokoroki-kun though, she could handle the company while he works as a hero. Now she is going to try to get into the hero course but it’s mostly to understand how it works and if she doesn't get in then she’ll try from the normal hero test plus the business courses. It wouldn't be the end of the world if she didn’t get in, did she wish to be able to save people, yes but her parents already got that dream out of her head. 

Momo had to be head of the family business and she understands that. She could also still find different ways to help people from her position of power too. Their family already donates to shelters and such, they help the best they can but they also never really understand where to help. What would help people the most and what will make them look better, that last thing was something her parents said a lot but Momo never thought of it as a way to make others like them more. Her family was already too nice, they even have a quirkless on staff to help with cleaning, they got a good salary and they were very good at cleaning. Momo never really has talked to them though but they must love their job!

Todoroki must really want to be a hero though, he’s been focusing on it since he was so young. Endeavor didn’t even mention trying to have Todoroki succeed him. It was only after when the boy was around 11 did endeavor really start stating that he has been training Todoroki to be the next number 1 hero because he knows he’ll go that far. She has also heard Endeavor talk about how good it would be for his son to be with her, which made her happy. If he said that, it would mean that Momo would be able to marry Todoroki easily. She would work on the company and him the hero-ing, she could help here and there too if she learned how to do those things from the hero course. 

She really really couldn’t wait to get into UA with Todoroki. Momo really can't wait for it but she needs to contain herself better. Imagen how much her parents would think of her as less of a lady if she acted like such a little girl. Momo needed to be professional so that Todoroki could see how much of a good choice it is to marry her. It’ll be the perfect next three years of high school after that!

—-----------------------------------

It was getting closer to the time Enji had to take the boy to the recommendation exams. His masterpiece would win for sure because he’s been training him for years, he's made him for this but…. Recently Enji has noticed that the boy has been incorporating new moves into his fights. They are very different from how he’s already been training the boy but Shouto seemed confident in his movements. It was weird but it must just be Shouto training more when he wasn’t around.

Enji didn’t put up any camara’s inside his house so he couldn’t see if Shouto was training his fire but Enji hoped that this was the end of his little Temper tantrum. His masterpiece has been having that thing for years now, maybe he can see Shouto use his flames soon, maybe he’s trying to get better at them for the recommendation exams. That would be smart to get better at them for this because of how many other strong children will be there. None of them are better than his masterpiece but it’s best to be prepared. 

Enji has been getting some….. Tips from Burnin…. He doesn't really know if they are tips on helping him stop Shouto’s tantrum or to help him teach children better. She seemed to know what to do and is always very excited to help him. He also knows for a fact Burnin would never give him false information, he could depend on her but Enji never needed too. She was there just in case something ever happened, one never knows what will happen in life so it’s best to be prepared for it. An example was the one time he met Eraserhead, an underground hero, Enji’s quirk was cut off and that was when he realized that a villain could have this quirk. This was also when he started to steer clear of Eraserhead because he made him mad, he thinks it was from him talking about President Mic or something along those lines. 

Enji doesn't know what he said about that hero but apparently it was enough to get his quirk turned off, punch to the nose and water splashed onto his face. Burnin seemed very upset for him when he told her how the under acted to him but he honestly doesn't want to get near him again. This was not because he was scared of him but it showed how far Burnin would go for him, she was a good sidekick. The best one he has in all honestly. 

Chapter Text

Izuku was calm…. trying his best to be calm while he waited for his world to be done with the recommended exams. He wasn’t allowed to go with him, he didn’t want to be seen by Endeavor yet, and he was supposed to get things ready for when his amazing Shouto finally passed because he knows for a fact he will pass. This was also going to be the day Izuku may show his Shouto the second house…. With Dabi out of it, Shinrai is now more behaved and has started to really enjoy her role in being a live-in maid. It would be the perfect time to show him, not all of the house but parts of it and even if he’s never been to his apartment yet too!

He was making sure everything was in order, getting Dabi to run off to where he does randomly during the day. Izuku had to threaten to bring Shouto in without warning him first and that got him grabbing a pack of things and said he'd come back when Izuku called him. That was okay, no one liked walking in this area and if they did they never got close and those that did…..... The reason why Dabi was more scared to be seen by Shouto now than ever is because they have been working on fixing his skin and burning and such. It took a little but his perfect mom was finally able to get into contact with something with a quirk that could heal Dabi but with time. His scarring was now a middle of light purple and dark purple, like a medium purple color but definitely a lot better then it was a month ago. Also with the help of healthy food intake, normal sleep schedule and just all around more healthy life for about 4-ish months now….. Has helped his body and mind immensely! So he would probably be able to be identified as Toya now more than ever but it was still a stretch, a stretch but Izuku's incredibly intelligent Shouto would be able to see it from miles away. 

Besides getting Dabi out and about, Shinrai has been cleaning, cleaning, cleaning and organizing but all with the help of his mom. He’s noticed that instead of calling Shinrai some sort of dog, she’s changed up her game and started to call her ‘her Partridge’ or ‘her little Rollulus Partridge’. It was a bird that could be described as a ‘ clearer bird ’ and his amazing mom saw that they could have black wings and a red puff on top or their head or green and brown fethers, she thought it matched them perfectly. Shinrai has been getting better and is able to walk around easily now, wearing the all pitch black maid outfit that has a white apron that is usually never worn. She has also been trying to control her hair better but the red puff that is her hair just seemed to have a mind of its own. This was the reason why Izuku’s mom has been calling her partridge so much…… it’s weird how much his mother will name everyone that ‘works’ for them different dog names, usually, and Moe-chan calls other people different types of bugs….. Maybe it’s a coping mechanism?

Eh not really his place to judge what everyone calls insignificant people that just seem to love getting in the way or people they like to use/claim. It was around midday as he was finally making sure all of the house that wasn’t supposed to be seen, was locked or just not seen and locked. This was when he got a call, it was from his Shouto! Izuku was so excited and started to shush his mom and Shinrai that were in the room with him at the time. He answered the phone and was greeted by quite sniffling. This automatically got Izuku to be on high alert with his smile frozen to his face, trying to hear where his Shouto was on the other end. What Izuku didn’t notice was that his mom pushed Shinrai out of the room and also left it so he could have some privacy. 

“Sho? My wonderful Shouto? What’s wrong?!” His voice was strained but was full of fake happiness as he tried to stay calm. “You're crying because you passed right?..... You're okay right?” Izuku stood there and just listened to his love cry a little harder at his words. He just wanted to know if he needed to come to him or not, he just needed some type of confirmation. Standing there twitching while keeping in the same spot to wait for an answer in the completely quiet room but FINALLY his world finally said something. 

.

.

.

.

“I-izu… It hu-huuurrttss.” The raspy voice of his world filtered through his ears and it made Izuku go into action. His words tapered off at the end but that was okay, he was already walking to the door. “Hu-hurt *hiccup* hur-rt *Sniffle* ” Izuku started running through his house, past his mom who asked if he needed some weaponry but he ignored it. He flew over to one of the closets and pulled out two different helmets that should fit onto him and his world perfectly. He ignores the crying from the phone and Shinrai asking if master Shouto is hurt. 

“Sho, can you tell me if any of your siblings are home.” Stay calm stay calm. You have to get to his place. You have to make sure no one else is in the house and if that flaming corpse is still in the vicinity of his whole life then Hawks will become the new number 2 real fucking quick. “N-...N-no… work… col-lleg.”

Izuku ran into the garage, whipping his head around to see where Dabi’s motorcycle was. There in the right corner, his mom got it for him but Izuku knew how to drive it…. It took so long to learn to drive it. “Izuku! At least take a knife!” He gets onto the motorcycle and picks up the backpack that Dabi left with the bike, putting the extra helmet in the bag. His mom runs up to him, Shinrai right on her tail. “Yo-young ma-a-aster, at least take the k-knife.”

“Huuu…hurt-ts.” Izuku throws the pack into his back and then rips the knife out of his moms hand, shoving it into his pocket. “There, I have a knife now. I need to connect the helmet with my call so I can still talk to him while I speed there.” He didn’t know what his face looked like but his mother looked worried, Shinrai looked worried. 

“Just be careful honey.”

“P-please come back unharm-m-med master Izuku-u and please s-save master Shouto.”

He didn’t even acknowledge what they said as he put on the helmet and heard how it connected to his phone. The sound of his world in pain made his heart hammer in his chest as Izuku started up the bike. “Don’t worry Sho, I’m coming.”

“Em… lef…sh-shel hurt.”

Izuku bolted out of the garage as soon as it was half opened, motorcycle roaring as he drove through the alleyways till he made his way to a road. He was going to kill that bastard if he was still in that house, he’ll kill him the next time he sees him. Dabi be damned. 

—-----------------------------------------------------

He didn’t mean to, really he didn’t. Shouto just wanted to relax and not worry about the recommended exam but this one guy just wouldn’t leave him alone. He kept trying to talk to him and Shouto just wanted to get this day done with so he could go back home. So he ignored the wind guy and also he had to keep dodging this girl that looked kinda familiar. She had black hair and some people would call her hot or something but Shouto wouldn’t agree, the only person he would ever call that was his Izuku. So with both of those people bothering him it would of course mess with his score. 

He kept giving one word answers to the black haired girl, after finally telling him her name in the middle of the conversation and he had to asked who she was. She said her name was Yaoyorozu Momo, but she said to call her Momo though…. He wasn’t going to do that any time in the next 5 years and maybe more so she didn’t need to worry about that. After Yaoyorozu found out that Shouto didn’t care about her and just wanted to leave any conversation starters she offered up, she just got more insistent. He didn’t like that so at one point, whenever stupid words started to leave her mouth…. Shouto just walked away. 

You heard this right. Shouto would walk away from the heir to the Yaoyorozu family and yes he did know who they were. He didn’t care and hated every time his father brought him to one of those events where he would be paraded around as the next coming of a number 1. It was honestly very demeaning. Anyways, Shouto ignored her the whole time and also ended up dodging any conversation that wind guy tried to start. He was able to get him to stop after the obstacle race though, the wind guy won but his Izuku told him many times that he needed to work on his speed. His speed in fighting was okay but his running speed was really bad, with his quirk it’s better but still bad. Shouto knew that he was going to lose as soon as he saw he was paired with the wind guy. 

Back to what he was describing though was that wind guy shut up after he said something to him when he won. Shouto doesn't remember what he said to him but it seemed to upset the guy. The whole time waiting for the interviews, he was being glared at by breezy guy and annoying girl that wouldn’t leave him the fuck alone. At least the wind guy only glared at one point, trying to dodge two different conversations would have been annoying.

Then it all came to a head after the interviews they did. Wind guy was already gone but he kept getting hounded by the heir girl that needed to honestly take a fucking hint and choke on some broken glass by now. That would at least stop her from talking but at one point, she touched his arm…. She. hugged. him. The heir to the Yaoyorozu company hugged his arm and had it shoved in the middle of her chest. It made him break out in goose bumps and put an obvious face of disgust on him that apparently made her even more upset and hold onto his arm tighter. 

Shouto wanted her off. He didn’t like it and it felt wrong and gross with her on him unlike how happy and warm he feels when his Izuku did something like this. So, he ripped his arm out of her hold and pushed her away. He might have used a little more force than necessary but he didn’t want her touching him and that just made his skin crawl. This got the awful and annoying girl to start crying but Shouto didn’t care. Her crying face was gross and snotty though, ugh . Shouto must have still had his face of disgust and slight hate on, the hate was for the fact she thought she could hug him like that. Hugging him like his Izuku hugs him, she tainted that hug but once he gets Izuku to hug him like that again it should be fine. 

Shouto thinks a female hero came over to her to try and calm her down and the hero that’s always loud and with banana hair came over to him. He was pulled a little more away and was asked why he would push another person to the ground like that he answered honestly. “I didn’t like that she thought that she could hug me like My Izuku hugs me .” This got the radio hero to stop for a second but it was barely that as he recomposed himself with years of practice that he has from the spotlight. Shouto could see the split second though, it’s what happens when one looks for facial changes all their life.

After a quick talk of ‘ next time just push her away a little more lightly so she doesn't fall down.’ he was quickly dragged away by father. Endeavor didn’t look happy and until they got home, he was quiet. Shouto could tell how mad he was by the fact he was so quiet, he would have yelled a little but only when he gets like this, it means he’s really mad. When they finally got home, Endeavor pulled him into the house and straight to the training room. Shouto was too tired to do training… Endeavor knew this…. This will just end up being a one sided beat down. 

After they finally made it to the training room, Shouto was flung inside. He braced for the fall and made sure that it would just leave maybe a bruise but that wasn’t that bad, what was bad was the kick he barely dodged that was aimed right at his chest. “Why did you do that boy?! ” Shouto was able to get up quick enough to twist out of the way for a punch but another one was thrown too soon and hit his left shoulder. The force of it made him fall back down and Endeavor seemed even more upset at this. “ That was the heir to the Yaoyorozu company and you first ignored her then pushed her to the ground?”

A stomp of a foot was then put on his arm, Shouto felt it creak under the pressure but it didn’t break this time around. He breathed out slowly and tried to make some ice appear as a type of shield for him because he knows his fire isn't as strong as this basterds but the heat was too strong while he was this tired. A kick to his ribs made him stop him from even trying again and then a burning hand grabbed his right arm, quickly making his cold side go red from the heat. “Get up boy. Being so weak to not even be able to handle this and don’t think I didn’t notice how you still didn’t use your fire.”

Shouto screamed out as the shape of Endeavors hand burned into his right arm, grip tight making it impossible to break free even with the help of his left hand that has no problem with heat. His left hand stung a bit from the normal heat his asshole of a father radiates, that was it but he was soon thrown into the wall nearby. Shouto tried to dodge the pouches coming at him but he couldn’t. One hit his face, another his arm, one in his gut, then a knee was thrown to his gut and as he hunch over an elbow went into his back making him sprawl out onto the ground again. He tried to breathe but his breath was gone, coughing up a hack of his saliva while his body tried to catch up to all the abuse that just hit him. “Weak.”

A burning foot was placed on his back, he felt it burn away his clothes, the smell of burning clothes and flesh hit his nose. Shouto tries his best but he gags and pukes a little on the ground and starts to curl into himself, trying to get away from the pain but it still burns…. It still hurts. “So pathetic. ” The burning heat was gone but it still hurt, it still burned and he just wanted it to stop. “ I thought you were stronger than this.” Then the air started to cool down a bit but it still burned, it hurt and the smell was still so strong. Gagging on his breath Shouto moved his way closer to the wall, maybe sitting up will help. He tried to get up from the ground but he couldn't move his back, it burned.

It hurt

A vibration in his pocket made him remember that he still had his phone on him. Shouto could call his Izuku. Izuku makes things better. He’s safe. He helps him and heals him. He’s perfect and amazing. Ring ring…. Ring ring…. He’s the only one that cares most for him and he makes sure Endeavor doesn't hurt him as badly. Ring ring… ring ring… He taught him now to dodge the punches and taught him Endeavor’s fighting style from the inside out so that he wouldn’t need to worry anymore. Ring ring… ring ring…

His Izuku

“Sho? My wonderful Shouto? What’s wrong?!”

That was his Izuku, when did he pick up? It hurts but at least Izuku helps make it feel better, not really but it feels like everything is better now…. But it hurt trying to move…. It hurts trying to breathe…. It smelled awful but at least he’s not gaging anymore. 

“You're crying because you passed right?..... You're okay right?”

Shouto was crying hard… When did he starts crying, he can’t tell but the pain is so strong so maybe it was distracting him more. It hurts so much. Breathing was hard and crying isn’t helping but his Izuku is talking. But… b-but

“I-izu… It hu-huuurrttss.”

His throat hurt from when he puked and screamed… How much did he scream again? Was it enough to hurt his throat? Shouto knows for a fact people nearby would have been able to hear him. “Hu-hurt *hiccup* hur-rt *Sniffle* ” All he could hear was movement from the phone but Shouto knew his Izuku was still there. He could hear him breathing, that was enough for now…. As long as he was here somehow that was okay. 

“Sho, can you tell me if any of your siblings are home.” 

Shouto tried to wrap his brain around the words as it got harder to think besides the pain and his Izuku. His Izuku was on the phone, who was on his way. His h is his his Izuku .

“N-...N-no… work… col-lleg.”

He could hear the footsteps his Izuku was taking. He knows he’s on the way but it was getting harder to think and when did it get so dark.

.

.

.

.

It… i-it hurt.

.

.

“ke a knife!”

.

.

.

It burns…. Burns so much.

.

.

.

“ng ma-a-aster, at le”

.

.

.

Help..

.

.

.

“Huuu…hurt-ts.”

Izuku please. He needs him…. He needs his Izuku. He needs the one that makes everything better. He needs the only thing that makes him feel so warm and happy and how long has it been since he could say he was happy.

“Don’t worry Sho, I’m coming.”

Shouto knew that. His Izuku would have come even if he didn’t ask. Even if he didn’t call, his Izuku would have been here eventually. He would have found out somehow. “Em… lef…sh-shel hurt.” A roar of a muffled engine was the last thing Shouto focused on before his Izuku didn’t nothing but whisper words of encouragement. His Izuku will be here soon.

Everything will be better once his his his his his his his his his Izuku gets here.

Chapter Text

Endeavor left to go do his ‘hero’ bull shit and Izuku wished he was here so he could stab him. He was able to get to Shouto's in record time but then regretted the fact he brought a motorcycle and not a car. His Sho was hurt… he was so hurt. When Izuku got to the house, he ran.

Where is he! WHERE IS HE! WHERE IS MINE !!

He didn’t know if his Shouto was curled up somewhere and Izuku couldn’t get any more coherent words from his world on the phone. It was until he got closer to the training room that he smelt it and heard a low mumbling of the perfect nonsense his world was making that was also being echoed on the phone in his hands. He bursted into the training room and was met with his world covered in horrible burns and the back of his shirt slightly burnt off and partly melted into his skin. 

A scream erupted from his mouth and he was shocked that no one called heroes to investigate it. “ MY SHOUTO!!! ” Izuku ran over and tried to stop his world from moving to see him better, mumbled words of ‘my Izu’ left his mouth but Izuku didn’t acknowledge it. He must have been so out of it because his Shotuo only ever calls him his first best friend/his first friend or just his first name, never a nickname. 

Izuku didn’t know what to do at first besides cry and beg for his Shouto to keep his eyes open. After a little of trying to see how to pick his Sho off the ground, he pulled out a med kit Dabi’s bag always had and started to at least lightly clean his back burn. 

“D-d-don’t worry m-my Shouto.” Tears streamed down his face as he got out things for burns from Dabi’s bag. “I-i-i’ll make it ea-easier for me to get you-ou out of here.”  Izuku’s hands slightly shook as he heard pain filled whines with every feather light touch he gave his world, his life, his everything .

After Izuku was able to make sure he could move his Sho without hurting him too much, he got them out of there. A large jacket from the bottom of Dabi’s bag helped him hide the injury from sight and got onto the bike. He wanted to put the helmet onto his worlds head so he’ll be safe but didn’t want him to be injured more so he went with the goggles over his perfect Shouto’s eyes. At least wind won't bother him as much.

“Sho… sho please.” Izuku’s voice wavered as he tried to get the helmet on his worlds head. An injured hand pushed it away again, well more like he pulled back more because his Shouto was so weak he couldn’t even get enough strength to push away his arm. “Please…. How about… j-just goggles! Yea, so your eyes don’t hu-hurt my Sho.” It was quite for a little bit, besides the painful labored breaths his Shouto was breathing. Finally a grumbly humm was what Izuku heard and took that as a yes, it sounded positive and also his Shouto allowed him to put the goggles on too. 

Izuku tried to get both of them home as fast as he could, driving through shortcuts and quick turns. The light grip of his world clinging to his back randomly gets tighter. He would slow down when that happened because that must have meant he was going too fast right or it was his Shouto being in more pain. Either way Izuku was going slower because it would help his love somehow. 

When they finally made it home, Shinrai and his mother were waiting for him. Their maid had tears in her eyes but quickly ran off to get a better med kit, something better for burns and also some quirk advanced medicine. His wonderful mother just helped him take his most amazing Shouto to the living room to be treated. 

“Mast-....” Izuku took off his helmet and was met with grave faces from both his mother and Shinrai. Tears quickly pooled in Shinrai’s eyes and soon started to roll down her cheeks. “M-master…. Tho-those b-b-burns.” Her eyes quickly flicked between him and his Shouto until she turned around and started to run out of the garage. “I-i’ll get a better med kit for you!”

His mother walked closer to him, face sad, anger, confused, her expression changing from one thing to another so quickly that it was hard to keep track of. Her eyes glanced over at his hurt Shouto but quickly went back to his. “Would you like me to help honey… this is probably very hard for you.” Izuku was trying to keep himself from crying again as he looked into his perfect mothers eyes, he took a deep breath and then nodded his head. He needed help, it hurt him to look at his world like this but his Shouto needed to be healed.

“Sho… my sho.” Izuku has no idea how his Shouto was sitting up on the bike right now. “We need to get you to lay down somewhere that will be easier to heal you at…o-okay.” His Shouto humm, leaning too far to the side and almost falling off but Izuku was at least swift enough to catch him. “Ye-yea, that’s it my lo-... my Sho, that’s it my perfect and strong Shouto.” His mom went over and hosted up his Shouto by his legs and they started to move him to the living room.

“M-master, Mamadoriya! I-i was able to get the big burn kit and so-some other kits around just in case you go throu-ugh something in this one because D-dabi usually uses this one the most.” Shinrai was by the couch but moved out of the way when she saw them. His Shouto whined as they started to turn him on to his stomach so that his back wouldn’t hit the couch. “Easy Izu, easy easy. He might have an injury on his legs or arms somewhere.”

They were able to patch up his Shouto quick enough but now Izuku had the dilemma of, should he move his Shouto to his room and sleep in the same bed… do that same thing but sleep on the floor…. Do the same thing as the first one and sleep on the couch…. And lastly, keep his Shouto sleeping in the living room and Izuku himself could sleep on one of the couches nearby. He was able to cross out the keep Shouto in the living room because that leaves up the chance to have Dabi waking up his love. Then it was just the breakdown of if he had it in him to sleep in the same room and his life…. His brilliant and wonderful mother helped him decide.

Izuku mumbled out his thoughts as he looked at his Shouto who was now peacefully sleeping on the couch. At one point he passed out from either the pain or just from being so tired, Izuku was at least able to get him to swallow the quirk enhanced healing pill. His love will need to have another one of those pills when he wakes up and Izuku also has to remember Dabi to take a pill when he gets back too. His mom did say she was soon going to have an appointment to make the burn marks almost completely gone or at least get his nerve endings back up and run- “Izu.” 

His eyes shot over to his mother that was still standing by him, a patient smile on her face. “Do you want my input on your choice dear or would my smart perfect boy want to think of an answer on his own.” Izuku looked at her for a bit, the sound of Shinrai running around looking for a new shirt that would fit for his love in the background. Should he ask his mom’s thoughts for this one…. She does have the rare knowledge of multiple other Midoriya’s lives and their progress in her head. Not many could say they helped a whole new Midoriya generation grow up in her free time of raising him. 

“Yes… please mama… please I-i can’t think straight right now.” His mother nodded her head and a big smile grew onto her face as she gave a very clear answer. “You could sleep in the same room with him and I would even say you could handle sleeping in the same bed as him.” Izuku looked at her and blinked…. Blinked again…. Another blink and his mother still didn’t state that it was a joke at all. “Mom… mom I don’t think I’d be able to handle that.”

“What do you mean, you're Izuku Midoriya. I have seen the most control out of any Midoriya I have ever laid my eyes on… from you.” His mom came forward and cupped his cheeks. “No one in Japan is as patient and has more self control than you do my perfect and wonderfully smart son.” She started to hug him and Izuku had to try and hold back some more tears that were threatening to fall down his face. She let him go and looked into his eyes with a low determination growing in them, her voice slightly trembling. “There is also the fact that your world is hurt…. You would stay more than in line just to keep him from hurting more .” He hung his head and stared at the ground with tears that finally decided it was time to fall down his face. 

Izuku sniffled a little bit and then was brought back into a tight hug. “Let me help you bring him up to your room and then you both can sleep soundly.” He nodded his head into his mothers shoulder and soon they were both getting Shouto up to his room, opting to not try and man handle his Shouto in his sleep just to wear a shirt. Izuku was also able to text Dabi that Shouto was going to stay at the second house but only in his room. The time when Dabi found out that his little brother was Izuku’s main focus of love was…. It was a little chaotic but he calmed down by the end of the day at least. 

Dabi knew he was able to take care of his brother better then anyone else and not to mention that Izuku also wants to kill that fuckers Sperm donor too. He was able to get confirmation from Dabi that he was mostly just going to spend a bunch of time in his own room or helping Shinrai with chores. Hmmm, it's a bit weird to see him helping someone like that. It has been a month since Shinrai was able to come live here as a maid and it was very…. Patchy at first but they seem to have found some type of even ground to stand on. Sometimes that even ground turns into quicksand though and ends up with Dabi screaming or yelling at her and maybe threatening to kill Shinrai and Shinrai running to her room to cry it out. 

Izuku has made sure to let Shinrai know that Dabi’s death threats are fake and only his anger taking over in the heat of the moment. She seemed to understand just fine and only has a real problem with the yelling or him just raising his voice too high. Shinrai said it felt to much like her father yelling at her for fucking something up and she just got scared of the memories of it. Ahhh, ptsd and trauma is the best isn’t it. Just makes life so much easier to deal with at the end of the day. Izuku really was glad that he could just lay down in bed today, a bed with his life in it. 

This is where he was now actually. Curled up on a bed with his hurt world in it. Izuku wanted to wrap his arms around his love so badly but couldn’t because it would hurt him more. His Shouto was sleeping on his stomach, a position that he never sleeps in and Izuku hopes he never does again. He doesn't want his Shouto to be this hurt again just to sleep on his stomach. His love does look really cute though, hands curled up into fist right by his cheeks with his arms tucked under him. This was the first time Izuku has seen his face sleeping this close up.

He looked adorable, calm…. At peace and not on edge at all from the first time he has personally laid eyes on his world. Izuku was able to tell that even in his presence, when he was able to show that he would do anything to keep his Shouto safe from harm and his walking corpse of a parent…. His love was still tense at times, scared of his ‘father’ finding them and hurting Izuku or him. It was just how everything was, Endeavor was powerful The Khaki family is stronger though his influence traveled far and wide The Khaki’s have been here since the dawn of quirks Many feared or respected him for that alone anyone that found out about The Khaki’s try to run away in the opposite direction as fast as they could That’s why his Shouto was so scared That’s why everyone is scared of them and respected what they where. He had a reason to be scared, his Shouto would stay scared because he doesn't know of all the bigger fish in the sea that would eat Endeavor alive plus enjoy seeing him watch himself being eaten slowly and painfully. Izuku would be one of those in that mix 

Izuku also knew for a fact that his life didn’t know about Moe-chan. He didn’t know anything about Izuku’s family besides that he has a mom, some distant family and the pizza place owners that are like grandparents to him. His wonderful Shouto didn’t even understand why it’s weird that that specific pizza place isn't out of business yet or hasn’t ever gotten robbed. It’s a mutually agreed upon, gray zone. No one hurts that place no matter what and every villain in the area made sure that no one will mess with them even though they have that place more in the sketchy part of town. His Shouto didn’t even notice all the villains that keep watch on that place even though they all suck at sneaking around. Well… maybe Izuku is just perspective because both Oba-chan and Oji-san don’t notice those people and they have been living in that sketchy part of town most of their lives. 

He shot his eyes up to look back at his Shouto’s face because at some point he looked away. Izuku looked away from this adorable face for a little bit and that made him kinda upset with himself. He needed to burn this image into his head. Izuku needed to be able to close his eyes and make it feel like this exact moment in the future anytime of the day, during anything, even a fight to the death or even if he’s on the brink of death , he needed to remember this exact moment. He looks at his love and breaths out quietly, happy with his life, happy with how everything went. If all of his pain, all of his trouble, everything bad in the world lead up to this moment and the millions of moments that Izuku will be getting in the future, everything single one of those millions of years and deaths and wars and any type of suffering just for him to be here… right here with his world, his how reason from breathing…. Then everything was worth it.

Everything was made just for this to happen…. In Izuku’s mind right now because wow is Shouto cute.

Watching with rapid attention as his life scrunched up his face a little and held it for a second then let go, letting out a content sigh. 

Yea

Yea this is perfect and Izuku isn’t going to get a wink of sleep done tonight. He lays his hand near Shouto’s hand, wanting to hold some part of his world, in his sleep. His heart starts racing as Shouto reaches out for it and pulls it back into his tucked in arm spot.

.

.

.

.

.

Oh… would you look at this… It seems Izuku has been trapped.

Chapter Text

Shouto felt really groggy and like his body was on fire. Why was his temperature so out of order, he always had perfect control over his body temperature. Maybe he got sick after he got too hurt this time around. What was the reason he got so hurt this time again? Shouto remembers going to UA, The hero school and a school that Endeavor wanted him to go too. He didn’t mind going there but day by day, his want to be a hero was slowly diminishing. What was the point of being a hero when all they do was hurt and lie and break the law.

He tried moving but realized that his back hurt so much, muscles pulling taut as he moved the little bit back into how he was laying before. His eyes were still closed so he couldn’t see anything but he could still feel like someone was lying besides him. Scared….. Shouto was scared about who was lying besides him and holding his hand in his sleep. For a very known fact, Fuyumi and Natsuo would not be in his room because they aren't here in the house at the moment. He remembers what happened at the school but after he got home all his brain was giving him as pain, no rhyme or reason… just pain. 

That’s normal, that means even after he was tired, endeavor trained him but it was more like a one sided beatdown. So who was beside him, who was sleeping besides him in his… bed while holding his hand? The bed felt more plush and thicker than his own futon but this one also felt nicer than his futon too. Hot breath hit his face, making him finally crack open his eyes and all he saw was green. Green, a very deep green edging onto black at some point and this green green green green…. It was his green, the green that belonged to his Izu. 

Shouto’s eyes widened as he looked further down and his eyes landed on his Izu…. Izuku curled up beside him while holding on to his hand in his sleep. He felt hot before but now he felt like he was on fire all over again. Heat began to pool into his chest and stomach as he watched his Izu sleep…. Just sleeping peacefully. A deep sigh left Izu’s lips and more heat started to rise to his face. Izuku just looked so peaceful in his sleep. His Izu just looked so…… so cute. 

Laying there watching Izuku breathing and just sleeping beside him so calmly was nice. Then the thought of where they were ran through his head finally. Shouto’s eyes widened as they zipped around the room, some pictures of both him and Izuku on the wall, a stuffy that looked a lot like him, everything else seemed kinda bare. It was as if the room was just put together the other day but that also means. 

Shouto was out of that house. 

Izuku came to save Shouto from that house and made sure that he was safe in his home. 

He has no clue where Izuku’s home is but that also means that his father would have a hard time looking for it too…. Right.

Izuku

A giggle escaped his mouth

His Izu

A smile that Shouto feels like he’s never worn before smeared across his face

His Izu took him away from that place and saved him.

His smile was so big that it hurt his cheeks but it felt right . He felt so much. It was too much but not enough at the same time. It was like fire was shooting through every part of his body but it mostly pooled into his chest, face and weirdly his stomach. It felt right and perfect and like his briar bushes felt like they were growing so fast in his lungs and just spreading out. It felt like the thorn bush that he would never want to remove, no matter how hard it was in letting him breathe, was blooming with this fire that grew hotter at every second he stared at his Izu. 

The flowers from the briar were a beautiful pink while his mind raged about how perfect Izuku was. How perfect this was and that it needed to stay like this. How Shouto needed to make sure that Izuku never leaves his side. Shouto needed to keep Izuku by his side at all costs and try to keep him safe like they have for him. It’s what a best friend would do right. His sister and brother told him that this was normal, that the burning fire that wanted to turn everything to ash for his Izu was normal. 

This was a normal feeling and Shouto knew it because the people he trusts the most have said or shown that this is right . This was perfect and everything in his little happy world is complete. That flaming garbage can't take this away because he would find a way to keep a part of his Izu inside him at all times. That wouldn’t even matter because that piece of shit was never going to force Izuku away, he was going to be by his side for the rest of his life even if he had to ki- NO…

Shouto took a deep breath and looked at Izuku still sleeping, being completely ignorant to how much this single person controlled everything he felt without even trying. Deep breath in…. And out… relax your face and get that smile to calm down. The pain of his cheeks stretching so weirdly for too long wasn’t bad but for some reason it made him want to smile more. One thing is sure that he ca-can’t…. He can’t kill them…. Why did that even cross his mind? That’s not right, not the right feeling for this. If Izuku asked for it though.

No, even if Izuku begged for both of them to die. Shouto would never let his Izu leave him no matter what. He’ll find a way for them to be together and not have to worry about anything and… Shouto still had to please his father right. No, Shotuo would be a hero to keep his Izu safe and I mean, look at Endeavor. He could get away with so much and make sure no one could touch Izuku if he was the top hero. 

A smile not completely unlike the one he had on before rooted itself into his cheeks again, just like the brier bushes that he tended to in his body everyday. It was thorny and full of warning to not get closer, it was all of his dark affection for Izuku on full display. If in his mind those thorn bushes started to tangle around Izuku as well then, no one needed to know how he felt and described things in the wrong way.

Shouto wouldn’t want to make his sister and brother worried, they didn’t need to worry about this.

Everything was normal just like they said it was. 

—------------------------------------------------ 

Fuyumi was so tired, today was really just killer. She walked down the road toward the house that she lived all her life in, hair standing on edge as she got closer. It was always the same, anxiety and the nerves just rising higher and higher whenever she was getting closer. The need to get away instead of closer was always something Fuyumi had to fight against when she was walking home. She had to do it though, she would do it because Shouto was still living in that place. She’ll keep going back to that house as long as one of her brothers is still stuck there with that monster. 

Fuyumi finally made it to the front gate and put in the combination and then fingerprint scan so that it would unlock for her. The gates rise to about above her head height so that it would at least be difficult to get in and it also gives privacy. Looking down about half way the path up to the house burn footprints going toward the gate but then disappear before they could even get all the way to it are on full display. Father got mad today then….. At Shouto and today there was also the recommendation exams for UA so that means that he didn’t use fire again. She walks closer to the door and tried to see if the door or more like anything near the door was burned or ash or not. She doesn't see any burns anywhere around the outside, she opened the slightly ajar door more to see no burns here either. She lets out a sigh as she slips out of her shoes and puts on the nice fluffy slippers she loves to wear.

Fuyumi starts going to her room and glances over everything and peaking through every door that she passes to make sure there is nothing broken anywhere. She doesn't find anything broken or burned or even iced a bit, that makes me a little worried but that means that Endeavor didn’t fight Shouto. It should mean that he didn’t fight Shouto because Endeavor never has enough patients to take Sho to the training room. Nodding to herself, Fuyumi makes it to her own room and quickly changes into something more comfortable and easy to move around in and to run do chores in to the best of her ability. 

She goes about her chores that are always there when she gets home. Natsuo is at college so it was the perfect time to clean up his room a little more. Both her and Nats rooms are further from Shouto’s room so she can’t hear him talking to his soon to be boyfriend, yes Izuku is definitely going to be his boyfriend. As Fuyumi moved around Natsuo’s room she noticed it felt a little too quiet but she ignored it as the room slowly got more and more cleaned. After getting it decently cleaned she put all the laundry into the wash, the light smell of fire entered her nose but that’s because it was closer to the training room so that it’s not far of a walk to the washroom. Fuyumi could always smell something burnt from that area of the house be it clothes, hair, wood or anything else, it was normal because of all the training Endeavor had Shouto do. 

It still feels so…. Quiet .

Fuyumi pushes it off as it’s normal for this house to be dead quiet, no one was home and Sho was probably in his room talking to Izuku. It’s weird that he’s being silent about it but maybe he went out with Izuku instead, she can’t remember if his shoes were at the front of the house or not. She started to make some food, it took a little bit but she decided to make chanko-nabe. It’s low in fat and it’s just really tasty if made right, perfect for Shouto after a tough day. Fuyumi lets her mind wander as she makes the food, cutting up the vegetables and meat. It was already dark out when the food was finally done, she came home a little late and it took longer to clean Natsuo’s room than she thought. 

After Fuyumi knew the food was ready she went to switch the laundry around. The food needed to cool down a bit more so it was easier to just do another chore to make the time go by faster. She also needs to make sure that the clothes don’t stay still that long while wet because it’ll start smelling funky in the wash. After moving them around to the dryer and checking on the food again, she was ready to go get Shouto. 

Fuyumi made her way through the house from the kitchen. It'll make her get closer to the training room on the way over but that’s okay. She’s gotten used to all the burnt and disgusting smells that come from that area of this house but as she got closer to it today…. It made her feel more on edge than normal. Fuyumi pushed past it because she has to get Shouto for supper, he needs to eat and the thought of him relapsing into not eating again just because she forgot to get him...... She finally is in the hall to Sho’s room and it’s…. It’s so quiet . It hasn’t been this quiet since Shouto has met Izuku. It's only ever been this quite when Sho was alone in every sense of the word, no friends and they couldn't be by him 24-7.

Some might call Fuyumi a worrier and that would be true. She usually tries to push her worries to the side as much as she can because it would become too much at times. Now besides that, Fuyumi would think that she is justified to worry when she knocks on Shouto’s door and hears… nothing . Breath Yumi… BREATH… everything is fine. Maybe Sho fell asleep or something, it was an exhausting day and he most likely got the bad end of Endeavor. She hates opening his door and breaking his privacy but right now she’s so nervous and scared and what if sh-.... He’s not here he’s not here but that’s okay it’s fine. That must mean that he’s out with Izuku… yea yea he’s got to be out with Izuku at that Pizza place or maybe at an arcade or something. Fuyumi quickly walks to the front of the house to see if Shouto’s shoes are still there.

If he’s not here then his shoes would be gone and not at the front door. Fuyumi turns around the corner and the…. how didn’t she notice this when she came in. All of the shoes are disorganized and scattered besides her’s that was put into place neatly. Ignoring all of the mess she looks for Shouto’s shoes and sees that they're… they’re not here. Okay, so not here but maybe she should check the rest of the house. Fuyumi was a worrier by nature after all. 

She goes around the house and looks at every corner besides Fathers room and the training room and… nothing… nothing but maybe the training room… It has to be. The training room smells different today. It smelt worse and everything in her body felt like she should run away from it but she needs to check on Shouto. Endeavor wouldn’t have made Shouto train today right, it was an exam day. That would be… it would be too much even for him right. Fuyumi walks closer to the hall that has the training room door. He goes far yes, he hurts them yes he’s killed one of them Ỷ̵͔̣Ḙ̵̓S̶͙͇͝ He has… he’s a monster  hero and the number 2 at that. Everyone feels safe around their M̸̼͆ȯ̶͕n̸͍͗͒s̶͈̀͠t̸̟̄ë̶̖́̅r̴̫̗͑͂ father, so he wouldn’t ever go that far the broken bones He yells at her yea. The training room door is finally in sight. 

Fuyumi knows how much her father hates how both her and Natsuo turned out. how upset he was that she was such a weak girl with that annoying ice quirk He has screamed about how weak they were many times but he wouldn’t go this far. He always called Shouto his masterpiece , he wouldn’t do that. Closer and closer to the door and the smell just became worse and worse. It reminded her of someone with bright blue eyes and snow white hair that used to be crimson red. Burnt and marred skin was a day to day occurrence for him and the smell it left behind was something that plagued her nightmares every day.  

The long lingering smell of burning flesh.

She pushed open the training room door and covered her mouth so she wouldn’t puke at the strong stench. A smell she was so very used to but never grew out of being sick over for some damn reason. Tears pricked her eyes as Fuyumi looked at the room with so much blood. There was so much blood and actual burn marks on the hard to burn materials. Why… Her eye’s drifted down to the biggest puddle of blood and saw foot marks near it and noticed now it was then dragged out the door. Once whoever reached the door the blood became drips and not streams. 

Fuyumi turns and starts to follow the drops and then starts running . Running past the washroom, running closer to the back of the house and finally getting to the garage. Tire marks but only two and they seemed to be right in front of each other so a motorcycle but… no one owns those here. Was… was this her father…. No… no he’s trying to cover it up again . She runs back to the kitten and frantically looks for her phone. Anything SOMETHING to call Natsuo with. She can’t lose another one. She can’t lose another one of her brothers again. Fuyumi finally finds her phone and starts to shakily dial Natsuo’s number. 

Fuyumi stands there on quaking legs and just listens to the phone ring…and ring… and ring… and.. V-voice mail…. She slowly sinks to the ground and calls again

And again

and again

Did he… Did that monster kill her… Fuyumi tries one more time as tears run down her face. That monster killed her brothers… both of her brot- “Fuyumi, why are you calling this late at night?” Her heart stops, everything stops from the relief she feels knowing that he didn’t take everything from her. “Are you okay? Did that flaming fucker do somethi-”   “ Shouto’s gone.” 

“What?”

“Shouto's not here but the-... there’s bl-blood ever-erwhere in the tra-.. Tr-tr-tr. Mmhhhh.” She shoved her hand onto her mouth as the thought of all the blood wanted to make her puke again. Fuyumi hears a big puff of air hit the microphone on the other phone so Nats must be doing some type of breathing exercises. Fuyumi didn’t want to talk anymore and she really needed to calm down so that she could think clearly. She needed to think clearly. She needed to find her brother because why would that demon kill his masterpiece he's done it before  but keep them alive. It didn’t make any sense but why was there so much blood ? Did Shouto do that, did he finally snap…. “No..n-no Shouto wouldn’t be st-strong enough to ki-k-kill him.” 

“Y-yumi… I think Sho could kill that fucker if he was at full strength but… Today was the exam so he couldn’t have done it. Not yet.”

She nodded her head as she tried to think clearly. Calm down and just THINK .

“Yumi… did you find his phone anywhere?”

“ *sniff sniff* N-no… I-i don’t remember seeing it anywhere. I cou-ould be wrong though.”

It was quiet again but she felt better just being able to hear her brother on the other line. Just the thought of trying to think of anything by herself makes her skin crawl, being alone in this big empty house makes her skin crawl. Thinking about what has happened in this house… in this family…. Makes her want to burn it to the ground. 

“I found it.” 

“What?”

“I looked up his phone on that family app and it’s faaaaar away from the house.”

Fuyumi took in a big breath and held it. Their brother could be dead in a ditch somewhere or he could have run somewhere. No no not run, there was the “Motorcycle Nats.”

“What? Why in the world would you b-”

“Someone took Shouto out of here, Nats.” Fuyumi gulped as it seemed to finally set in.

“Someone took him away with a motorcycle.”

—------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Natsuo didn’t know how to feel about today. He went through his classes, talked to some friends, worked out and then went back to the dorms on campus. He did have to dodge some of his ex’s that he has here because he has dated a lot of people…. Yea he needs to get a hang of the dating and love thing better. Back on track though, he went into his dorm and the first thing he did was get undressed so he could just jump right into the shower. 

Everyone still asked how he was able to get his dorm room to be styled like an old Japanese styled home. It was the same with his bathroom as well and it was his favorite thing ever since Endeavor took his one book for quirk medicines when he was younger. That man never wanted him to go into quirk science or quirk medics. A normal 9 to 5 citizen was what he wanted all of his failures to be, not anything too different because they were failures after all. He didn’t expect or want much for them. 

The water for his shower felt boiling hot as his cold as ice skin was drenched in the room temperature water. Natsuo could never be in something too hot or he would get burns from the extreme temperature difference. He would know how easily it is to be burned from the scar that's on his leg. It was the day he was trying to push Shouto away from that burning man that hated them so much. Endeavor wasn’t even smoking or streaming from how hot he was, he was just a little hotter than normal and he reached for him. His leg just so happened to be the closest thing to grab and as soon as it did, Natsuo burned. 

Shouto was always so scared of fire because it seemed to hurt everyone in their family no matter their infinity with it. Natsuo hopped out of the shower and just threw on some night clothes. He’ll study tomorrow and do that one page work too, it’ll be a bit annoying but he’s just not in the mood for any of that right now. It didn’t take long for him to fall into a restless sleep. 

Natsuo was tossing and turning for a long time. Just trying his best to sleep after finally being able to relax, Shouto would have done his UA exam today though. Anything that Shouto has to do nowadays makes his sleep restless. At one point he thinks he heard his phone ringing but ignores it. No one calls him at this time of night, it should be fine but maybe he’ll answer because of how much anxiety he has. He tosses over once, twice, the phone rings and rings. Whoever is trying to call him just keeps calling. 

He at one point gives up and grabs his phone, he feels so on ed- It’s his sister. Natsuo can’t feel his heart hammering in his chest, she never calls this late. No matter what, she has never called this late at night. Quickly answering it and putting it to his ear, he tries to hear anything before words start to tumble out of his mouth. “Fuyumi, why are you calling at this time?” Nothing… there was nothing.

No breathing

No crying

No sniffling

No noise at all

“Are you okay? Did that flaming fucker do somethi-” Was he too late? Did she di-  “ Shouto’s gone.

“What?”

“Shouto's not here but the-... there’s bl-blood ever-erwhere in the tra-.. Tr-tr-tr. Mmhhhh.” Blood, no no, Enji was a piece of shit . He was many things and that included the murder of the eldest of them but that was because he became useless to that fucker. Shouto isn’t useless to him. Natsuo could hear Fuyumi mumbling but he’s trying to wrap his head around what he was just told. Enji would hurt Sho, he has done it plenty of times before but he has never wanted Shouto to die. There was even one time where Shouto tried t- no no. Natsuo doesn't want to think about that right now.  

 “No..n-no Shouto wouldn’t be st-strong enough to ki-k-kill him.” 

What? What the fuck is going through her head right now but Shouto isn’t that weak. “Y-yumi… I think Sho could kill that fucker if he was at full strength but… Today was the exam so he couldn’t have done it. Not yet.”

What was some way to find Shouto? He must have been hurt after Endeavor ‘trained’ when he was already that tired. He always talks to Izuku so.  “Yumi… did you find his phone anywhere?”

“ *sniff sniff* N-no… I-i don’t remember seeing it anywhere. I cou-ould be wrong though.”

He starts to look through his phone while staying on the line. They have a find a family app on so that they knew where each other was. It was one way all of them knew they could find each other if they ever ran away from something. It was supposed to be used when they finally leave that hell hole but right now is a good time to use it too. 

“I found it.” 

“What?”

“I looked up his phone on that family app and it’s faaaaar away from the house.” Natsuo let go of a breath he didn’t know he was holding. It was like someone gipping on to his lungs but thay finally let go. The thought of Shouto just dead from blood loss or something else…. It never even crossed his mind until Fuyumi said Shouto was gone.  “Motorcycle Nats.”

“What? Why in the world would you b-”

“Someone took Shouto out of here, Nats.”

Someone took his brother. Did Endeavor go too far again? The reason he’s so far away is just because he paid someone to get rid of the body again . Why did this have to happen to them? Why was this their life, they just wanted to live without fear of another one dying because of their own parents…. why did hero's have to give their father so much power....

“Someone took him away with a motorcycle.”

Chapter Text

Izuku just couldn’t help it! His Shouto wakes up and the first thing he says is “You're actually here.” Yes yes YE SYESYES He was here and he was going to stay by his side to make sure he heals okay and everything is fine for him. It Seemed like his Sho was a little out of it though, looking around not knowing where he was but comforted by the fact his friend was right beside him. Izuku was able to get his Sho to drink some water after confirming that yes, he is here, yes my sho is not at that awful place that hurt him, yes you can stay as long as you ever would want. Then a quick healing pill, thank you my perfect and honestly omnipotent mother for finding this little wonder, to help the burns along. He stayed by his side for the full day well rest of the day and start of the new day, going in and out of sleep. Looking around and asking the same questions he did not that long ago, over and over, like it was all fake or the flaming fuck was pulling some type of sick training exercise. Izuku was there the whole time to make sure he ate a little something or drank water and took his medicine when needed. Well the whole day meaning the whole morning as it was getting closer to noon now. Time felt like it was going faster but slower at the same time, it was a little dizzying to be frank.

Izuku didn’t leave his side for a second, he just used the bathroom when his Shouto did and ate when his Shouto ate small amounts of food. It was the perfect set up to make sure his adorable little world got everything he needed and more! It took until about an hour or so ago for his Sho to get up on his own and walk over to grab a new water bottle that was further away. Izuku was of course right beside him every step of the way but Sho wanted to make it over himself. He could tell he was still in pain but after they sat back down with the water, his sho CUDDLED UP TO HIM NUZZLING HIS FACE INTO HIS CHEST!!!! AAAAAAHHHHH HE WAS JUST TO MUCH HOW HOW COULD HIS MOTHER THINK HE COULD HANDLE THIS!!!! WHAT WAS SHE THINKING OF BY DIVINES HELP HIM!!!!

He knows that the only reason Shouto is able to walk around right now is because of the healing pills that he got him to have after he was awake enough to drink some water so his throat wasn't so dry. It was not the same dose of the healing pill that Dabi took but it was enough to make him tired faster, besides needing to eat more and drink more. If it wasn’t for his mom finally getting in contact with ‘Healer’ then Izuku is afraid he would have been forced to take his love to the doctor. There is no need to explain why that would have been the worst idea in the world. 

Izuku could feel his heart rate spike at his life, HIS PERFECT…. Perfect life nuzzling more into his chest as he laid slightly on top of him. Oh, god . How did his mom think that he was able to handle this, but but but but Izuku won't try to do anything. That would hurt his little frost too badly. He was okay hurting him but not like that, that was just too much and that's not even bring up that fact if his world asks him to hurt him. Oh the thought of his Sho asking to be marked by him is a beautiful vision. Izuku couldn’t wait to do that one day, maybe he could even do it in a very noticeable place like at the top part of his neck. That would keep all those bugs away when they get in UA, no one would dare mess with him then because everyone HATES a homewrecker and if not….. Then some classes will grow a little lighter is all.

He does some breathing exercises to calm down again . It has been about an hour or so since his mom checked in on them, Shinrai wasn’t allowed to check on him yet just in case she slips up to much in front of his Sho, it’s just a precaution but man it feels weird being in the second house without her asking him what to do. It also has been a bit since he’s been at the apartment, he was too busy getting ready for the entrance exams and making sure no one hurt his world YOU FAILED  It has been so long since he’s spent time in his little Shouto room. Izuku is honestly a little shocked that he hasn’t had a break yet but really if he did then his mom would just have to….. Like pull him out of the room and lock him up for a bit. 

It wouldn’t be that ba- Who the fuck is calling him right now? Izuku tried to grab his phone but it was just out of reach. Sticking his tongue out as he stretched just a little bit more to see if he could get it without dislodging Shouto from his comfy spot. Rule number one, cute thing, cutie is sleeping on you…. You do. Not. move. It keeps ringing and ringing but then stops because Izuku took too long to answer it. He huffs a little but stops struggling to grab his phone, it must have been a telemarketer or som- Ring ring ring~ Oh never mind that means it’s important. He tries to grab it again but he stops doing something he’s not going to be able to do. “Phony” 

A calm female robotic voice (kinda like Siri) was heard clear as day through his phone after a short ding sounded in his room, yes he named it phony fuck off. It’s just a voice recognition robot that will do very simple tasks but only after he says the name ‘Phony”.

Ding “Answer or decline.” Ding

“Phony answer please.”

Ding “Call was accepted. Call starting soon.” Ding

Izuku huffed and hoped whoever was calling wouldn’t yell. “ZUKUUUUUU!!!”  “God fucking damn it Dabi! I am still with Shouto.” It was quiet for a bit and he couldn't tell if Dabi’s swallowing his tongue at the fact he could have woken up his brother. Izuku really wished he could help the guy just state that he’s alive but right now wasn’t a good time, let alone that would also take away his Shouto time. He wanted his time with his world and his brother suddenly being alive and not dead kinda put a wrench in that. Izuku was also his boss so that just means he gets Shouto time before him, he could wait longer. “ Sorry .” 

Sometimes Izuku sincerely feels like a father trying to keep the elder man in line. It was a little annoying but this must be Dabi’s younger years coming to bite him in the ass because he didn’t get to experience them naturally. Izuku sighed again as he looked at the ceiling. “Yes, cool, great. What do you need and you better thank Shouto that he didn’t wake up.” His love moved around a little bit, holding Izuku a little tighter with a tiny smile on his face. Shouto just made him calm so quickly, it was so cute and Izuku was just way too happy to have his world beside him right now. It was amazing and perfect and a little hard to ignore some of his wants. “Well…. Boss man uummm, there are two people on their way to this location.”

“What.”

“And let's not gloss over the fact that those two people are Fuyumi and Natsuo, most likely because they somehow found out where Sho was.”

Izuku just laid there and tried to think of how they were able to find them but he quickly realized that…. He never checked if Shouto had his phone on him or he just automatically put his phone with his love, Izuku doesn't know if his life has a find my phone app or family tracker app either. He’s never had to look through his world's phone because Shouto was just so perfect and cared about him so much that there was no reason to be scared that he was talking or hanging out with someone else besides him. “Boss, they're getting closer.” The calming weight of his love resting on Izuku's side was something that at least wasn’t making it harder to think at the moment. “What should I do?” 

He took a deep breath and tried to think of something that would help them. They couldn’t turn those two away, they couldn't hurt them either because then Shouto would be upset at that, Izuku had to…. Let them in the second house and he had to make sure that they understood that Shouto was seriously hurt. Izuku might even have to let them go see his life, it makes him upset, antsy and fidgety thinking of someone, anyone looking at his Shouto while he’s this hurt and weak but….. He took a deep breath in and breathed out, it smelled only of Shouto and antiseptic, Izuku needed to do this sadly. 

He really hopes that they won’t take anything out of context or get upset about how much he loves Shouto more than anything else. 

—------------------

Dabi was currently FREAKING OUT! Okay okay, that might be a little over statement but what else could he be at this current time. Yumi and Nats are going to be coming into his home, his house, his safe haven that was given to him. They are going to judge his insane brother boss about him liking Shouto so much, too much at times well a lot of time, they are going to be suspicious about it to no end. That doesn't even go over the fact that Izuku technically broke a law by driving his bike, once again was given to Dabi, but like come on. This whole place is against the law, it makes sense that his boss would learn to drive as soon as he realized that Mamadoriya gave him a bike.

He walked to the front door and tried to calm down his nerves the best he could. Shinrai was beside him as he waited, it was weird seeing her look so…. Confidant. She was standing straight up and tall, shoulders squared away and looking ready to fight about something. Dabi was able to see the burning determination in her eyes as they waited for when his two younger siblings got close enough to the house. “Shin.” This caused the puffy red head to flinch and blinked rapidly. 

She looked up to him with wide eyes as a warm smile spread across his face toward her reaction. “Dab, do-on’t do that. * Huff * You scared the c-crap out of me.” Dabi chuckled a little bit at how easy it is to scare the younger girl, shaking his head as he looked at how she tried to get back into that confident stance. “Ya know the people coming over today are my younger siblings right? We planned for them to come over at one point.”

Shinrai looked at him with shining eyes when he said that, looking a little calmer. “Really.” It was asked quietly but with how little noise that is always in his house it was easy to hear, he just nodded his head. They wanted to make it a little more relaxing to the two unexpected guests so some light music will be played through the place. “They are just coming earlier than we thought they would, is all.” Shin nodded her head as she looked back at the door with a little calmer air to her. Dabi huffed a chuckle at the swift attitude change from just a few comforting words.

“I-i’m just scared.” He raised an eyebrow as he waited for her to gather her thoughts better. She never really knew who to word things right but that was mostly due to the fact she had to always talk a certain way in her old shit hole. If she spoke out of line, Shinrai could get hurt but now it’s just trial and error to make sure she knows she could actually speak her mind a lot more than before. That’s not to mention that she was also made to act like nothing scared her or made her sad but for some reason anger and other emotions were okay and also that Shin seemed just fine showing those two emotions too or maybe because how she was introduced to this place those two emotions where just on the for front all the time. 

Shinrai twisted her fingers around while still struggling on what words were the right ones for right now. Dabi just watched as the time ticked on, she was a weird little thing sometimes. “W-what if they take away master sho-shouto when they come here?”  Shin looked up to him and shrunk into herself a little bit more. “They can’t tak-tak him away.” Dabi just cocked his head to the side a little in a questioning motion. 

“Well shiny, why can’t they? Sho is their younger brother and they don’t know if we where hired by the flaming fuck or not.” Shinrai huffed angrily as she puffed out her cheeks like a cute little chipmunk. 

“Dabi, our young master has wanted master shouto here for ages and that was even before I came here!” She waved her hand around in the air while she talked a bit more. “He deserves master Shouto in this house and by his side after trying so hard to make sure his love was safe and sound. It’s hard to protect someone not under the same roof as you.” Dabi laughed lightly at the little angry thing beside him. This really did make him less antsy at least, she always seemed to make him calmer sometimes. Other times she just got on his nerves , so scared and wary of everything. It honestly pissed him off about how weak she acted when he knew she could try to be angry more, Shinrai needed to be angry like this more. 

A ding from his phone made him focus back into what they needed to do. Introduce the early guests and make sure they don’t find anything to unsavory…. Also make sure they can’t tell that he’s Touya Todoroki. That would be a good one to make sure they don’t find out too, yea the blood and dead bodies are important so they don’t get scared but finding out their dead older brother was still alive this early on would throw a wrench into his plans…. Or maybe that could actually help now that he thin- “Dabi.”

“Hu? What was that?” 

“We need to start walking out the doors now, our guests will soon arrive.” 

He coughed a little into his hand as he looked away, a little embarrassed about how off he is at the moment. “Sorry just…… nervous is all.”

“Hehe Dabs it’s okay, you just need to be the jackass the masters love the most, like normal.” 

Dabi took some deep breaths to try and calm his racing heart a little more. “You're right, if they find out then oh well. I’m just doing what it takes to live and to make sure that bastard didn’t actually fully kill me back then.” A determined look crossed Shinrai’s face as she straightened up more, before a pleasant smile falling like a mask over her features. Dabi did the same, straightening his posture and having a small scowl be plastered for his own mask. This damn suit is annoying to deal with but he’s gotta look professional right now. With that little last preparation, Dabi opened the front doors and was met with the ones he failed to protect across the old beaten road that’s common in this district or more so on the outskirts of it. 

—------------------------------------ 

They didn’t know what they were doing. Both of them got together so late into the night, Natsuo comforting Fuyumi as she cooled down from a panic attack. Being comforted by each other, the dot that was Shouto on their phone didn’t move the whole time. It gave them some hope but to the same extent that could just mean his phone was left behind somewhere or worse….. They left it on his body.

They discussed what they should do, how would they get there, should they even go there. Fuyumi believed that Shouto was either severely hurt or just dead, being taken by someone that worked for their ‘Father’ because that would be the only way he got all the way out there after that much blood was spilt. Natsuo believed that their younger brother got hurt but also got help, Sho had Yan/Izuku. Nats knows for a fact with how he saw both of them act during the camping trip that the other boy would go the extra mile every time to keep his younger brother safe. Fuyumi thought Endeavor was too strong, taking away their older brother before and being able to easily make Shouto disappear if he didn’t meet that unreachable goal too. Natsuo believed in his younger brother more than that, Shouto Todoroki didn't lived through that much pain all those years to just die on some random ass day after Endeavor was displeased with how he performed in front of a stupid crowd. 

In the end the decision was always going to be the same whether they thought he was dead or alive. They needed to get to their younger brother, they would make sure Endeavor wouldn’t erase Shouto from the world like he did with Touya. On that note, both of them didn’t have a car or any other way to get there besides the trains…. Which closed down because Fuyumi took the last ones to make it back to Natsuo. They needed to walk and that was the only way they would get there. So….. They started walking.

On the way to the spot that their brother was hopefully at and not dead, some heroes stopped them at first. Unders making sure they were okay or warning them to go home after they were getting closer to the bad areas. One Under with a weird scarf who refused to get off of some roofs while he yelled at them to go home, saying they looked like they were locked inside their whole life. Too perfect and prim and proper, they couldn’t be living nearby and should turn back. When Natsuo cussed him out and almost gave away the fact they might be looking for their maybe dead brother, the Under stopped and really looked at them. 

After one more warning that a person with long blond hair goes around at night and likes to make some racket, he left. That did make them more tense when they saw the man disappear over the other roofs. If a villain was normally going around this area then they would need to be more alert than before. Wouldn't want to be part of the racket they make at night for people that don’t care and would ignore their cries for help. Onward they walked and followed where the red dot, who was their brother, stayed. 

It took a little longer than they thought to navigate the slightly louder parts of the district, people trying to scam them, hook them on something or hook up with them saying they would make it worth their night. Natsuo didn’t really care about all the people around them as he walked on, ignoring anything that was thrown his way. He had to get to his baby brother. Fuyumi on the other hand wasn’t really used to all of it, from the casual drug offers then to the drunk man walking around with their hand stuffed into their escorts pants. It was a little too much for her to handle but they made it past that. To the quiet parts that looked old and broken, where if one focused they could see darker deals than before being done. Maybe a dead body or a human shaped trash bag being slumped in the alleyway over there. Some using a trash can as a home or a scavenging place for the barest of scraps to eat. 

It was dark and gritty, something Fuyumi tried to stay away from and something Natsuo was a little more used to because college kids go too crazy sometimes. Then as soon as they pass something, it's deathly quiet. Almost no noise besides the stray cat here and there. Bugs chirping, a can being knocked over, eyes from the dark looking at them as they are more then out of place here. Old dilapidated buildings standing tall or warehouses that look like a slight breeze could knock them down, were all over the place. The road became harder, more dirt than concrete at parts but that’s fine because they were so close to their brother.

There it was, a place that looked worked on and had some things around that look like people live here. It didn’t have windows anymore but they can see where they used to be before they were cemented over. It didn’t look like much and if someone isn't paying attention it could be seen as just a build that was in better condition then the others. Stiff air was felt all around here, like they shouldn’t go in. They should run away from this place and just go home, wait for their brothers return or for the bad news to come. 

They wouldn’t though. They weren’t able to help the oldest of them. The one that tucked both of them in when their mom was spiraling. Back when it looked like whatever they tried to do to help seemed to make things worse for him. They won’t let another one of them die, they couldn’t. It wasn’t for their mothers sanity when she asked if everyone was safe, it wasn’t for their fathers cold anger toward them when one of them was never enough. It was for their baby brother who just learned how to smile again. The little boy they wanted to help but were too young to do anything. The small baby that screamed and cried when Fuyumi picked up a kettle too fast and all he saw was their mother coming at him to scold his face with boiling water again.

While they stood there not knowing if they should move to the doors that were clearly the front entrance because of how worn it looked to the other doors around it. Both of the doors were opened and light from inside poured into the surrounding area, the sun was barely up so it was on the cusp of getting brighter and still being dark. In the doorway were two people, a guy and girl with the taller of the two being the guy. The girl had striking red hair at the top of her head that seemed to puff upward but then sleek straight black hair for the rest of the way down to a little below her shoulders. She was wearing a pitch black maid outfit minus the white apron that you would usually be seen added on. The guy on the other hand was wearing a full butler outfit, with little chains connecting here and there so that whatever was in his many pockets wouldn’t touch the ground if he dropped them at any time. He seemed to have scarring all over his face and most likely from the look of his hands they were evenly spread throughout his body. The scares themselves looked to be from burns and very incense burns that seemed to vary between very 3rd degree, that could really be 4th degree, to some second degree. Besides his burns and spiky black hair, the shocking burning blue eyes that glared at them is what set them off. 

The glare wasn't really full of hate but more of anger for them being here then anything else. Both of them know what a glare filled with hate looks and feels like and this isn’t it. The blue was so close to another blue they know too well. The girl was giving a polite smile though, it wasn’t warm or happy, more on the reserved/forced side like one would see customer service workers wearing most of the time. The sound of the guy clearing his throat caught both of their attention, no longer lookin at what they look like but now looking to see if anything about them is threatening. See if they look close to hurting them as they know their brother is in there. That guy spoke as his voice sounded like it slightly hurt to speak in general, like his vocal cords were damaged and that could be true with the burn that is his neck. Besides his voice sounding like it might hurt to use, it was deep and rich, full of uninterest for them and boredom.

“If you two are done staring and looking at us like we’re freak shows then come on in.”

The girl besides him speaks after, voice sounding happy and chippy/ excited and energetic. “The masters will be glad to know you have made your way here safe and sound!”

They didn’t know how to take that comment or the fact that the two in front of them are in fact servants to whoever is the owner of this place. There was also the fact that she said ‘masters’ meaning there was more than one and that didn’t bode well for them either because now it’s clear to them they will be outnumbered if they go in there. But…. they didn’t care.

Natsuo stepped up first with Fuyumi right behind him, looking a little nervous but just as determined as her brother. They needed to get Shouto and that meant going somewhere both of them knew would be dangerous. It isn’t like that they haven't been living with someone just as dangerous for most of their life, they learned to survive him and they’ll learn how to survive this.

Chapter Text

LOOK AT THEM

I DID THE DRAWING THING BECAUSE WORDS BE HARD SOMETIMES

ITS SO BBIIIIIGGGG

HERE IS THE LINK TO THE PIC ON TUMBLR

Chapter Text

He didn’t know if this was a setup or something else but he would rather die than let his sister get more hurt then she already was. Natsuo was making sure he was always slightly in front of Yumi when they walked through the door. The girl they passed to get in didn’t change her expression as they did creepy, same with the scarred guy once they made it in. The doors were shut behind them and then the maid? Girl with a puff of red hair started to guide them to some couches. Natsuo looked around while walking, the unnerving guy that just looked so…. Off…. walked behind them as they sat down. Fuyumi sat down first, seeming to finally compose herself enough so that she had the face on, the dead smile she used to hide all her emotions. 

He wished she wasn’t making that face but it’s understandable to be trying to look more confident then scared out of their minds. Nats crash down on the sofa beside Yumi, making her bounce a little with his weight. The girl then abruptly went into a deep bow. “I will go and make sure that my young master is on his way down. He doesn't do this to insult you or make you nervous, he just loses track of time is all.” The scarred guy sits on one of the arm rests for a couch on the opposite side of them, looking at them with a light scowl as the girl shot back up and sped walked away.

Yumi watched her leave the room so Natsuo decided he was going to keep track of the guy in front of them. His hair was black but didn’t look natural, it could just be like that but it was such a unified black that it seemed fake. Nats stared into those bright turquoise eyes that were too familiar but also so different at the same time. He couldn’t read the guys expression but he kept getting this nagging feeling in the back of his mind that he knew this gu- “My young master has arrived!” His head snapped over to the voice and focused on the maid girl as she clapped her hands twice before moving out or the way, going into a light bow as she waited for the person to walk through the door. 

The one to walk through the door was fucking. “Izuku?” Fuyumi said as she stared with wide eyes at the brightly smiling teen. He waved to her as he calmly but quickly walked over to the couch. He sat down where the scarred familiar? guy sat on the arm rest and seemed to relax on the soft couch. “Sorry it took a little bit to get down here, I had to make sure my Sho wasn’t going to wake up for a little bit.” Natsuo sat up straighter in his seat, he felt Fuyumi doing the same when those words left Izuku’s mouth, their brothers best and only friend. “He should be out for a little bit by now, he needs to heal up after all!”

A soft “What” was spoken by Fuyumi as he saw how wide her eyes got, they were so prepared for something…. Worse. “Y-you?” Natsuo tried to start but couldn’t find the words. Did Shouto’s best friend take him? It would make sense but how did he get into their house or drive there? What happened to let Izuku save Sho or how did he even find out about it to begin with. “Me! Yes, I was the one that took my Shouto out of that house and brought him here to heal.” Natsuo blinked a few times till he got his head on a little straighter. 

He felt Yumi lean into him as he sat a little straighter. “Ho-.... how did you find… out?” A bright smile shined onto them as Izuku started to explain. He explained about getting a call from Sho sounding hurt and begging for help. The smile started looking more and more mad and unhinged when it was getting to the parts of hearing Shouto hurt, and finding Shouto. Izuku used a motorcycle to drive to their place and back and even explained that it belonged to their guard/butler Dabi. Dabi grunted when being mentioned but didn’t move and stayed where he was, his scowl still present. Izuku talked about being scared and worried, that he hadn’t heard or seen Endeavor getting this bad and not knowing if Shouto was going to be alive when he got there. Fuyumi held back a sob as she held her hand up to her mouth when he started to talk about what condition he found Shouto in. All of the blood, the giant burn on his back, the deeper burn being in the shape of a shoe and the surrounding being just as bad but less. Izuku talked about the worry and fear about not knowing what to do besides getting his friend away from that place. The smile slipped from Izuku’s face as he tried to explain that Shouto wasn’t conscious for part of it, the moving and begging to be helped and saying how scared Sho was. Nats just sat there as Izuku described all that and more, the ongoing treatment, the fear of being found, the fear that Shouto just wouldn’t wake up, the fear that Shouto might wake up thinking he was still struggling to survive and attack him even though that hasn’t happened yet. 

Around when Natsuo thought the end of all the talking was done, Fuyumi shot up off the couch and ran over to Izuku. He didn’t know what she was doing but he tried to grab her, Dabi seemed to get ready to attack or defend his boss/master? The girl maid looked ready to punch her but all of them stopped when she threw Izuku into an embrace and practically broke down. Nats quickly came over as Yumi loudly thanked Izuku over and over again, practically worshiping him as Izuku seemed not to know what to do. He helped pull his broken sister off their brother's savior as the kid said it was okay. That she had the right to cry and that he didn’t mind the hug. Natsuo made sure that she clung to him as he guided her back to their couch, thanking Izuku all the way as they did.

This wasn’t supposed to go like this. Izuku wasn’t supposed to be here, his sister wasn’t supposed to be crying because of this. They were supposed to be practically fighting for their lives right now but…. Natsuo is so glad that this happened. When they sat down again he looked at Izuku, tears refusing to leave his eyes and Izuku tried to straighten his shirt, Dabi looking….. Uncomfortable and the girl standing tall and ramrod straight, unshed tears looking about to cascade down her cheeks. He looked around again and saw how this place seemed to be so warm and welcoming. He could feel how homely and lived in it all was. 

This was the person that saved his brother, this was his house and this was the only time he’s ever going to admit it or acknowledge it to anyone else in the whole damn world because he was a big brother and he still needed to make sure his little brother was safe in his love adventures but. Natsuo went into the deepest down he could get into while sitting and keeping his still sobbing sister from falling over. “THANK YOU!!!” He held his bow as the tears finally fell from his face and onto the floor. “Thank you so much for saving my brother.” Fuyumi continued to babble sorries for crying too much and thanks to the one that saved one of their own. “We own you more than anything else in this world…. I-if you didn’t go to him sh-shouto would…. He would h-h-have.”

Natsuo took a deep breath before continuing again. “I am grateful and s-so very thankful that Shouto has someone like you in hi-hi-his life and I hope you never leave it because he needs you more than you ever will know.” He finally got out of his bow to see Izuku looking conflicted? Uncomfortable about how much thanks he was getting? Natsuo doesn't know. Tears fell down his face as he tried and failed to compose himself. Fuyumi has calmed down enough to finally be quietly crying instead of openly sobbing, it was weird seeing her cry so loudly. She hasn’t done that since they were toddlers. 

She gripped his hand while he tried to keep talking, his emotional breakdown so close to being dropped open too. “W-we own y-y-you everything an-and more….. Anything th-that you would need j-j-just ask! We wil-wil doing anyth-thing to help our baby brother’s savior!” Izuku seemed to finally understand what he wanted to say and started to wave his hands around in the air rapidly. His face was filled with embarrassment and light red as he talked a little too quickly, Natsuo almost couldn’t understand what he was saying. “Nonononononono no I helped my Shouto out because I care so much for him and he means the world to me! He was hurt so I helped him because that's something I will always do! I will always help him and keep my sho safe no matter what! Even if I needed to find a way to get rid of Endeavor, even if it was to save him from both of you, I will always help my Shouto.” 

Izuku’s arms slowed down as he covered his face, most likely out of embarrassment, and curled into himself more. Dabi looked to his boss as Natsuo tried to help his sister calm down faster. She was going okay on her own but he just wanted her to be able to give her own input just in case he breaks down after her. Nats eyes glance over to see Dabi slightly nudging his boss/master who was still in a ball, ears bright red. It was quiet in the room besides some little noises here and there from him and his sister or Izuku sounding slightly embarrassed still. 

“I-i-...eeezzzuuu.”

Natsuo shot his head up to the noise that was made and almost got head butted by his sister who did the same. Standing at the door frame Izuku walked out of not too long ago was Shouto. Shouto in all his bandaged up glory, without a shirt on and light gray sweats. “Eeezzuuu.” Natsuo froze as Shouto tried to walk forward off of the wall he was leaning on for support. He almost fell to the ground but that maid girl was faster, making sure he didn’t. Izuku was right behind her, slowly bringing their younger brother to the ground so that he wouldn’t need to stand and holding him close.

—-----------------------------------

Fuyumi was confused, so so very confused. Izuku, Yan, Shouto’s best friend that he was 100% crushing on…. Saved her brother. He saved him because she has no clue how long it would have taken for her to find him. Would he have passed out from blood loss before she found him, would he bleed too much? Would he have lost too much blood for Fuyumi to even help in any way. She silently listened to Izuku while looking around a bit. The place looked put together and warm, so much warmer than that house. After looking at how nice and homely the place looked, tears threatening to fall as she heard Izuku explain more, she looked at the two people. 

Dabi, was the one Izuku named, he still looked annoyed or maybe uncomfortable with the high emotions in the room. He didn’t fidget that much and seemed to be on guard around them, in case they attacked? They were told that he was a guard so kinda like a bodyguard? Besides that he was tense, Fuyumi didn’t know the exact reason why he was so tense but it seemed like he was tense because of them. They were Shouto’s siblings though and she was sure Izuku would have told them that so why was he so nervous about it? The tears that threatened to fall down her face started pouring when Izuku went into the details about how he found her little brother. 

It was too much to think about where all the blood she found came from so she split her attention with the other person in the room. The maid didn’t give them a name yet or anything so she’ll just be called maid for now. Fuyumi looked at the maid as her face grew more and more wet as the details about Shouto just kept coming. The maid for the most part seemed composed but Yumi could see it. She saw the sadness in her eyes, the need to cry as well, to cry along with them but besides the sadness and terror Fuyumi saw anger. It was small but a burning anger was deep in those bright red eyes that seemed to almost glow with how bright they were. The maids posture was straight and stiff but a hard kept pleasant smile was still there despite the sadness. She stood closer to the doorway where Izuku came from, that was probably just in case she had to help with Shouto. She would probably go running if she heard that he needed help.

Fuyumi let her eyes slowly glaze over to Izuku as it seemed like he was going to finally stop talking. This was the person that helped her baby brother show emotions again. This was the boy the same age as her brother that wanted and forced his way into being Shouto’s best friend. He got so far deep into that gilded cage Sho calls a heart that she honestly doesn't know if they will ever leave each other's side. This was the one that saved her little brother's life and she could tell he would do it again in a heartbeat. What do you really expect her to do when she has the one that would do whatever he had to to make sure her baby brother never got hurt ever again in front of her. Fuyumi just had to run over to him and thank him so she did. She thanked him and thanked him, she cried and balled her eyes out as she desperately clung onto the one that would never abandon Shouto. 

Natsuo at one point got her off of him but that was fine, she still thanked him as loud as she could. Her voice was horse after crying before but now combined with the screaming thanks and more crying it was thoroughly fucked. Fuyumi’s voice was almost gone as more thanks, appreciation and praise left her mouth. She was practically worshiping him but that wasn’t enough, Izuku needed to know how thankful she was no matter what. At one point it hurt too much and her voice gave out, she cried silently like one should cry. Being loud was too annoying and was a distraction when others were having a conversation, Endeavor would be so disappointed in her for momentarily forgetting that but she would do it all again even if it would have hurt her. 

It became quiet while everyone calmed down, no one really moved. Fuyumi just wanted to sleep, she wanted to see Shouto and then pass out from this exhaustion. Her eyes drifted down as sleep was creeping in on he- “I-i-...eeezzzuuu.” Fuyumi’s head shot up to see where the voice came from. It was rough and slurred but that was the voice of her baby brother, Shouto. Bandages were the first thing she processed, the white stripes ran all over his upper body while gray sweats loosely fit him. “Eeezzuuu.” Whoever the maid was, she owned them too because they were the first ones to catch Shouto while he fell to the ground. Izuku was the second to get to him, gently holding Shouto, shushing him while guiding him to lay into his chest while sitting on the ground. 

Fuyumi didn’t know what to think for a second. It’s one thing to be told that your brother is alive no matter how much blood she saw in the training room. It’s another thing altogether to see him standing and trying his best to get back to the one who saved him and was the sole one to actively keep him happy for so long. That second soon passed as she hurried her way over to help calm Shouto down, it seemed he didn’t want to be touched by her but he looked at her with unshed tears. Natsuo was following behind her as they both sat beside Izuku while he calmed down their brothers' panic. His eyes swapped between them and Izuku in rapid succession, they looked desperate and scared but Izuku was helping him. 

After a few moments Shouto was able to speak more clearly and his eyes became more clear. “Yum… N-nat?” Fuyumi couldn’t really speak well at the moment and after all the yelling and crying she didn’t want to worry Shouto more than what he was so she just nodded her head. “Ye-yea Sho, it’s us lil bro.” Natsuo held out a hand as tears rolled down his face quicker than before. He sniffled as Shouto lightly grabbed it then stuffed his face back into Izuku’s chest. Fuyumi held onto Natsuo as he silently broke down like she did a few moments ago. In a rough hoarse voice Fuyumi quietly spoke one last time before giving up on speaking for the rest of today and probably for a few more. “T-ttthhaannkk oou… I-iiizuukuu.” Holding one brother breaking as the other tried to calm down so he could heal, Fuyumi thanked the one that somehow broke into their life, for the better. 

—------------------------------------ 

Izuku fixed his shirt, the wet spot from where that…. That annoying sister gripped onto. No no, he can’t think like that. She was just emotional and didn’t know he didn’t like to be touched by many people or any people for that matter. He straightened himself out as he saw how upset Shinrai was from his peripheral vision, Dabi seemed to be taut and ready to leap in if needed but Izuku knew he would never want to hurt his siblings unless he was ordered too. Shinrai seemed straight as a board with anger but also probably understood why Fuyumi did that, he’s glad her training has made it so that she didn’t attack or dislodge Shouto’s sibling from him. 

He took some breaths so he wouldn’t show how upset he was about being touched by someone he didn’t really know. Quickly sending side glances at Shinrai and Dabi got them to relax a little but their guards were still up. Good. When Izuku looked back over to Natsuo the young man took a sharp bow but it wasn’t a 90 degree angle because he was still sitting on the couch and also helping his sister stay sitting up. “THANK YOU!!!” The white haired man kept that bow as his sister profusely apologized and thanked him all the while. “Thank you so much for saving my brother.” Izuku could see the tears falling from both of their faces, making his floor and couch wet…. Slowly….. Izuku really didn’t like dealing with other people's emotions when it interrupted his Shouto time, he needs to really work on that. “We own you more than anything else in this world…. I-if you didn’t go to him sh-shouto would…. He would h-h-have.”

He watched on as Natsuo just continued to talk, how was he supposed to react to this? Izuku had a good mask but this was really the first time he’s ever had someone thank him so much before. This was also someone thanking him for taking care/positively encouraging him when it comes to what was his, that has never happened before. The white-et looked up at him and Izuku didn’t know if he had his mask up or not. “W-we own y-y-you everything an-and more….. Anything th-that you would need j-j-just ask! We wil-wil doing anyth-thing to help our baby brother’s savior!” 

Izuku felt a light tap from his foot and that got him to realize that yes, he didn’t have his mask on. He’ll have to thank Dabi later for a reminder but when did his mask fall? Maybe it was after Fuyumi grabbed him, Izuku really needed to work on the whole someone interrupting his Shouto time. He quickly flung on the ‘Shouto’s friend mask’ that he usually wore around them, full of shy embarrassment and flushed faces. Flinging his arms this was and that as he started to talk really fast.  “Nonononononono no I helped my Shouto out because I care so much for him and he means the world to me! He was hurt so I helped him because that's something I will always do! I will always help him and keep my sho safe no matter what! Even if I needed to find a way to get rid of Endeavor, even if it was to save him from both of you, I will always help my Shouto.” 

Izuku slowed down finally and covered his face as he thought about how both of them reacted. Curling into himself as vindictive joy started to race through him, words from Bakugo shot to the forefront of his mind. -“NO WOULD EVER EXCEPT YOU, YOU PSYCHO FREAK!!! You’d be lucky if the one you ‘liked’ so much even liked you back let alone their own fucking unfortunate family.” -

Hehehe… . He was wrong. 

Izuku knew Bakugo was wrong, it was clear as day that he was wrong but…. Maybe somewhere deep inside him, he was scared. He was scared that Fuyumi and Natsuo would hate him, hate him that he broke in to save his love, broke laws to save his world, broke laws and hurt people to save his one and only. They didn’t know he hurt people but they should be able to understand that he didn’t do all of this legally right? Izuku knows for a fact that they can’t be that stupid because how else would they have gotten so far in life without help from their parents/parents that actively discourage them. How could he have gotten so lucky. How could Izuku have been given such luck to have amazing in-laws. He kept his face covered as a smile that would have scared them grew larger from his shy smile he showed them earlier. Izuku really hopes he’s not being too loud with the noise he was making, it was very quiet besides the light sniffling. 

“I-i-...eeezzzuuu.”

Izuku was up on his feet faster than he could really think about what he heard. He was looking to the hallway to where his room was and saw his Sho, his hurt divine being, leaning heavily against the door frame. Taking a few slow steps forward, Izuku reached his arm over to his Sho. “Eeezzuuu.” Then before he could run over, Shouto was falling, it felt like his heart leapt into his throat. He is so very thankful for Shinrai being closer than him because she was able to catch him before he fell down. Rushing over and holding onto his Sho was something he could do, Sho was scared, he was shaking, Izuku should have put a mic into his own room or something to keep an ear out for him. It’s his fault. He could have stopped this from happening but he didn’t think fast enough, his world wouldn’t be shaking in his arms from lingering fear if he just thought for a damn second. 

Movement from his right made him snap his neck over to look at the two siblings, they weren't touching him but staying close. They seem to be trying to help calm his Shouto down, that's nice of them. 

Izuku held his love close to him while murmuring sweet nothings to him, trying to get him to calm down faster, Shinrai was close by just in case she was needed and that goes double for Dabi. Fuyumi and Natsuo just looked at his Sho while he panicked, they couldn’t do anything besides showing his Shouto that they were with him, they were safe. After what felt like years, Shouto rasped out both of their names, very short versions of them but it got the point across. His grip on his world got tighter as he nuzzled into the split red and white soft hair. “Ye-yea Sho, it’s us lil bro.” Natsuo held out his hand and Izuku almost fucking hit it away. He was so close but….. But Sho grabbed onto it first. Izuku understands how much Shouto loved his siblings but with him being hurt like this and it also being the first time being together with his love for this long, SLEEPING IN THE SAME BED….. he was having a very thin thread to break right now. What helped calm himself down was the fact that his world buried his face into him, it was so cute and it just showed how much more comfort he gets from him.

Crying and light sobbing entered his ears but he didn’t care. His Shouto loved him so much, this showed it to the world, to the people he cares about. Shouto got more comfort from him and that is more than anything he wanted out of this than learning that both of his sibling in-law's except him. Well…. Except is a strong word but they didn’t seem to have a negative reaction, Izuku also has to think about how they are both very emotional right now. Midoriya’s are practically designed to be able to handle going from 0 to 1000 at any moment and that includes emotions. The intense crying from the two older siblings made it apparent that maybe they can’t calm down and think so clearly after these….events. 

 “T-ttthhaannkk oou… I-iiizuukuu.”

Izuku sighs and holds onto his Shouto as tight as he could without hurting him. He got a tighter grip around his waist in his return, he wouldn’t change this for the world. Izuku just holds on and breathes in the air surrounding his life, this was fine. A twisted smile that he hides in his world's hair rips across his features. 

This was just perfect.

Chapter Text

Dabi knew that his boss couldn’t use all of his time finding a treatment for him so most of the time it was Mamadoriya doing it. She seemed inclined to protect and care for the ones she loves to the best of her ability and because of that, Inko Midoriya found the Healer. Healer was a legend in the underground, someone shrouded in so many myths that even the boogie man would be envious. Mamadoriya somehow found a way to get the healing pills, in many different dosages. The pills were color coded but really Dabi had no idea how she got them and the older women seemed to want to keep it that way. He would also rather not have that heavy info on his shoulders because how much money it must have cost just to talk to the healer not even to mention how many people want them.

Dabi will gladly keep it that way if it means that his skin will be healed, even if he was a little curious. For the first round of healing, Mamadoriya had a list of things she needed to do to help him and also a list for him to follow. First was, no smoking, bullshit but okay and that also included no drinking but Dabi didn’t really do that because his fire was always burning that out of his body faster then others to begin with. Besides that and keeping up with healthy and richening foods, he needed more sleep. He didn’t think he could keep up with that one about sleep but it seems these pills put him on his ass real quick. Dabi slept for a lot longer than he thought he would and Mamadoriya seemed to almost never leave his side as his temperatures seemed to fluctuate while his body was forced to heal itself. It was like he was a little twerp kid again that didn't know how to work his own fire, it sucked.

His lady boss’s job was to make sure he followed his list and also touch up his injuries. They were going to be more easily infected while healing as his immune system is shit because of the pill working it over time. She was by his side for most of the first few days for the first round of healing, it was awful and she needed to fix his healing skin more then once a day. Dabi was told that he was out of it for almost a week tops and that was no good, he couldn’t do his damn job or walk around fucking with people while stuck in the house. It took another fucking week until he was let out again.

His body was still trying to recover and the pills with a little lower dos was the only thing making sure he wasn’t getting sick. It sucked and he hated it, Mamadoriya treated him like a baby the whole fucking time. Feeding him and watching him 24-7, making sure that he was safe and it took all his convincing to make sure she didn’t baby proof his room. Well, more like adult proof it because it would have turned into a padded room in his sleep, Dabi fucking knows it would have. After those two main weeks of getting better, he was finally free to leave the damn house. The damn maid, Shinrai, kept bothering him and trying to see if he was okay….. From the other side of the rooms they ended up in together. 

She seemed to be worried about him but still very scared of him and it pissed him off. Dabi usually ended up getting mad at her and somehow making her run away from him in fear or something like that. This got him in trouble with Mamadoriya while he was healing and he was forced to stay inside for a few more days as a punishment. It was awful and by the time he was allowed out again, he looked completely different and needed to make sure all his contacts knew he looked different now. Dabi of course kept up with the list he needed to do and that included not exerting himself too so he could only see about 3 contacts a day because of how far apart they are. He’s never been more happy to have the Khaki family mark on him. The green tie he wears outside while held under a black light shows a “GK” for green Khaki or if one would be smart in Midoriya’s life, link him with that underground family but no one ever would suspect them to begin with.  

so I forgot to show you Dabi with chains because he dose wear them. LINK WITH A BIT FIGHTING INFO

It probably also helps that some old timers seemed to be wary of him, making other smart criminals wary of him. It was while taking one of his healing pills before heading out that he got stopped by one of the few criminals that are stupid. “Hey you, side quest.” This made Dabi be on guard but look up to see what he could be dealing with, pushing a button on one of his many chains so that Mamadoriya can see his location/slightly hear him if she opens up the comms. The guy wasn’t much, skinny and looked unhealthy like Dabi himself looked like on the streets. Blue short hair and fucked up skin, either the other didn’t give a fuck about their appearance or like himself, it was a quirk draw back and by how skinny they are they must be built for speed not strength plus he can't tell if they had a good place to live. That can all factor into it as well. The lil bosses quirk and info gathering lessons have at least been paying off.

“What do you want, you dried skin ball.” This got him to pick up their hand and almost start, maybe scratching at their neck but stopped before glaring at him. Dabi just kept his scowl that he always wore while out and about or when people that aren’t from the family look at him. They said it was to make sure people doubted him, making them see only a mad brute that didn’t know anything besides swing punch/use quirk. 

The blue dry ball glared at him as he pointed to the tie around his neck. “That thing on your neck. It’s because you know an old family of the underground right?” That ticked him off a little, people don't usually ask that and when they do it’s to make sure he’s not there to kill them or something. Dabi didn’t know that big named old families put on colors to mark them as their own so if you wear them, it either means you support them or work for them/like that color if someone is lucky. Only those that only wear that color or also black and only that color, really are a part of that group but again, no one pointed that shit out. Besides not pointing it out, not many knew about it and Dabi only learned that he didn’t need to worry after he followed boss back home. 

The scowl on his face deepened. “Yea, so what’s it matter to you vaseline needing ass.” They seemed like they wanted to jump at him, attack or anything really to stop him from giving attitude. He’s going to receive an attitude if you treat someone from an old family like a random piece of trash like the rest of the normal criminals around. “I wanted to know if you were part of the oldest family or not, no normal NPC wears anything but green and I don’t count the black.” Red calculated eyes looked into his own, they were curious and Dabi didn’t like that. Who the fuck told this no named skin care reject tell him that family bull. Did he know someone from a family or just someone that has knowledge of the older underground world?

“Well there's no point in asking because if you actually knew what the old family were like then skin flack, you know I won't tell you anything even if I was.” Dabi growled out as he turned around, fisting his hand into his pockets. This motherfucker was pissing him off, they need to actually know who the hell they are talking to. He’s not any type of NPC. His bosses would skin his crusty skin off for calling him basically worthless because that is what NPCs are. “Hey! I asked you a question, you're going to answer it.” The feeling of something getting closer to his shoulder makes him whip back around and heat up his hand so when he hits blue head in the face a burn would be left behind of his hand but not fully. 

“Don’t fucking touch me you intitled brat! If you know the old ways then respect is earned and knowledge is worked for, not handed to you on a goddamned plate.” Dabi sees some trash turn to dust in the guy's hands when he rips himself off the ground. He dodged to the left at the very easily read charged attack. “You know about the old families because of someone, ask them about it not me you dumb fuck. If you attack again, a burn will be the last worry you’ll ever fucking have.” Smoke rose out of his clothes and any opening in his body, his mouth felt dry with his saliva being turned into steam. The dried skin sack behind him whined and yelled about how Dabi needed to tell him now. That when he wants something he’ll get it, well he’s no getting anything but a ball of fire to the face from him so no point in wasting his breath complaining about it. 

After that day Mamadoriya pressed him for why he pressed the button and who was the one that was bothering him and if they were dead already. Dabi had to explain that it was just a random person wanting to know more about the old families, probably from an old family themselves. It made her mad and Dabi had to convince her not to go looking for the blue moron that accused her ‘little mastiff’ of being useless. Being called a dog was still weird but he’ll take that over working till he dies of exhaustion or infections. Mamadoriya did drop it but she said she was going to look around to see if she could find out which old family the guy most likely came from. 

Fine with Dabi, he just didn’t want to start a damn war with another family when he knows they don't have many in their ranks. He doesn't want to cause more trouble than he’s already made by her looking for a doctor that could fix him. This family already did so much for him. He can’t burden them anymore with some dumb fuck that kept following him around after that damn day. Yes the blue ashy guy seemed to be following him around more when he was out but at least it wasn’t every time Dabi went out. 

A few days before the incident that happened with his little brother Shouto, fucking burning trash hurting him like that, Dabi stumbled into someone else full of trouble. He was honestly shocked that the red winged hero didn’t arrest him on the spot. Well, Hawks didn’t have his red wings when Dabi saw him. He found him at one of the more public night clubs that a few good brokers went too. Those ones wrecked heroes like no other and also villains, someone like Dabi was right up their alley because he would gladly pay money for any and every side. Hell, he even paid to see what new info was swirling around on the Khaki family. They know of them but no one ever asks for info on them, until now that is. 

Some people have been noticing the moves his bosses were making and seeing how much the info brokers had was a good way to see how they were affecting things. Dabi of course told them what havoc they caused because they seemed to love watching people squirm but seeing the top 3 hero in a casual disguise asking about the family made his heart race. He didn’t really know why everyone didn’t seem to notice the iconic blond wind swept hair and face of the number 3 hero, not even mentioning the backpack he had on his back, but no one seemed to even realize it. Was it because everyone can’t see him like that without the wings or something, it would make sense if people just connected him to the wings and as soon as they were gone…. He was just a regular person. Probably also the fact that everyone is a little drunk in here. 

“Hey Dab, are you here to also get info on the old blue greens?” Now he can’t even run away because the info broker that knows him just had to point him out, must be a little drunk himself. God is everyone just a dumb ass, do they need to do these stupid fucking things. Dabi tried to cool his heart rate as he walked over to the bad disguised number 3 and the idiot broker he was never going to see again. Maybe he should tell Mamadoriya about this slight, that way this guy won’t let Dabi’s want for the family knowledge slip to the wrong people. “Why did you call out to me you fucking beetroot.” The guy looked like a beetroot, his face was always a shade of red and the hair didn’t help with that. 

Hawks snickered at the insult that Dabi always threw at beet broker but the guy just brushed it off as always. “Yea yea, anyways why don’t you both just get the info at once so I don’t have to repeat it since you both are looking for the same thing.” Dabi felt his eye twitch and he could see Hawks gold eyes grow sharper at learning that little bit of info on him. God, he already had one person on his ass for info on which old family he’s from, he didn't need another. Dabi is going to be hunted down like a rat because the hero would want to know why he’s looking into the old family. “Well, how do you know this guy is looking for anything in the old family? From what I've gathered they aren't well known, also I don’t care if someone is here to hear the same thing as me.”

Dabi glared at the guy as it seemed they finally realized that he preferred his privacy. Beet broker knew that he always got his info in a place no one could hear him and that as soon as he got it, he left after handing him anything he wanted. He knows that Hawks is taking in anything that’s happening in front of him, Hawks can tell that he’s not happy but he's just playing the lazy bastard that doesn't care. “O-oh well actually mayb-”  Dabi growled as a flick a fire quickly appeared then disappeared in his hand, making sure beet could see it. Hawks probably also saw it “Just tell me the info Beet, before you get beat.”

The broker gulped and started telling both him and the number 3 any info on the Khaki family he has. Beet at least made it seem that Dabi needed any information he could get his hands on by telling him their name and other things he already knew. He tried to look like he was paying attention but really he wasn’t. Well he was trying to ignore the feeling of a top hero staring you down while getting the same info as them is HARD. Dabi hopes Beet knows he’s not getting paid this time around and that Hawks doesn't start follow him. If Hawks follows him, he’ll need a new good public broker. Having ones so far down the chain helps him see what an average person could get on them, it was helpful if not a little tedious. 

“Aaannnd that’s all the info I have on the k-kahki family.” Dabi felt his anger grow at the fact he just got no new info from the regular bits that are already going around. If he could kill the guy right now he would. If the number 3 hero wasn’t here, he would be dragging beet outside and burning him where he fell. “Well, that seems to be the same thing I got from other informants, is that the same for you hottie?” Beet wasn’t going to live anymore after today.

Dabi glared at the bird as he tried to gain control of his anger, he could feel some steam rolling off of him already. “Yes.” Hawks looked him up and down with a look that he can’t quite tell is filled with. “Yeah thought so, you just seem to be steaming with anger for this guy to just be wasting your time, hu?” He flicked his glare at beet and then promptly turned around and walked away. As Dabi walked he could feel Hawks walking behind him out of the noisy club, trying to talk to him the whole way out. Dabi acted like he couldn’t hear him as he walked out the door and down the road, away from his bike because now he needed to loop around so Hawks doesn't see what he uses for transportation. 

“Come on tall, dark and handsome, you were looking for the same info as me right?” Dabi lasted until one block away from the bar and when that remark was said to him. He finally broke, it was annoying and he didn’t like the way Hawks was hitting on him the whole time. Dabi knew he wasn’t the best looking, especially with his scaring. God he looked more scary than anything and the fact the number 3 heroes, go to, was to hit on him to get the information he wanted out of him… like he would just give it up that easily because no one else probably had said these things to him before….. It fucking made him mad, it was a way to get info but why use it on Dabi of all people. 

He whirled around and glared daggers at the objectively extremely handsome face of the number 3 hero, who knew that he was hot and that he could get info with his looks and tried not to scream. “What…. Do. you. Want.” How was it that Dabi gets stuck with the annoying people, first it was Shinrai she’s not that bad actually, then that blue dried up bastard he only looks at him from a distance now so at least he doesn't scream at him anymore, now the fucking top of the hero charts for good looks, personality that seemed more fake then Endeavor being a 'good father', and incredibly versatile quirk that could arrest him faster then he could start up a flame.... wanted to also follow him around... hopefully not.

A sly smirk crossed Hawks really why does he have to be so hot face. “I just wanted to know about the person that also was interested in the same family as me, that’s all.” Dabi tried to bring in his rage because he can’t kill him, literally Dabi is not strong enough to kill him yet plus he's still healing. He closed his eyes for a second then immediately opened them again, he can’t calm down like that here. God, he needs to find better ways to not get fucking mad so quick. “Why do you care?”

Hawks seemed to be feigning thought as he put a finger on his chin. Why was this Dabi’s life, it’s easter than the streets but god did he hate it sometimes. A bright smile returned to the hero's face as he looked at him. “Becaaauuuusseee~ You are the first other person that has asked about them that I've seen and seem to know more than the broker did!” The hero leaned forward with a sly smile clear as day, someone kill him. 

“Soooo, could we exchange information? We don’t have to do it now because I’m guessing you have places to take your smoking hot self.” Dabi clenched his fist as he tried no to yell at Hawks racking his body with his eyes, he looked better now but god he wasn’t that easy. “We can swap numbers so that we can set up….. A meeting at a different time?” The suggestive tone Hawks used for meeting was clear as day, if he really did this it would only be a meeting. This is a good way to find out what the commission has on them at least and also to see maybe WHY they are looking for info on them to begin with. Unless it was just a roundly check in to see how the old family are and if they are moving at all and sense they are moving more than before it would make sense they want to see what in the fuck is going on. 

Dabi glared at him as the bird leaned more into his space, thoughts going through his head on if he should or not. His thoughts were brought back when Hawks said something under his breath that he was barley able to hear. “You know I love it when someone has a ‘mean’ mug like yours plus the scars are sexy.” He shoved him back a little and that seemed to make the hero laugh at him, he could feel the light steam rolling off him. Stupid fucking hot bird, stupid fucking info gathering, stupid fucking heroes stupid fucking quirk.

“Fine.” Dabi growled out as Hawks just gave him a look again. He pulled out his phone and tried to ignore him as much as he could. “Give me your damn number you bastard, also tell me something to call you instead of Annoying fucker.” He didn't want the guy to know that he could tell he was actually a hero. Hawks seemed to light up as he quickly also pulled out his phone, if his wings were on Dabi would bet that they were fluttering right now. “Here! And call me Keigo!”

“Is that your real name?” Dabi looked at this imbecile as he just blankly smiled at him. It took a few seconds but it seemed a very, very light blush quickly got on the hero's cheeks. Hawks then began to stumble and explain that he just liked the name Keigo and knew for a fact it would be a stupid idea to give someone in this part of town his real name and that he’s not that dense and bla bla bla bla. Dabit just kept looking as the Haw- Keigo rambled about how he didn’t give his real legal name that Dabi bet he just did until he started to lightly laugh. “Hehehe ok okay blondie, Keigo isn’t your real name so my ‘real’ name is Dabi.” 

He can’t tell why but that seemed to make the bird man light up a bit. “God, Keigo just give me your number and I’ll text you sometime later or something because in your own words my smoking hot ass needs to get going.” Hawks quickly agreed and it seemed the red grew a little bit too, embarrassed about fucking up info gathering is a reason to blush after all. Dabi knows he’d been embarrassed when he failed at that stuff when he was first out on the street. After making sure the numbers worked they bid their goodbye and then Dabi went to make sure he spend at least an hour hoping to lose anyone before going to his bike and doing another hour of making sure to lose anyone if he was being followed.

Call him paranoid but that’s what you get when living on the street for so long and then also learning things from the bosses. The ride did help cool him off as he finally made it home and got ready to tell either Boss or Mamadoriya what he just got done dealing with. Letting out one more sigh he got off his bike and went to the living room. “Dabi!” A high pitched voice that used to seem more annoying yelled out his name as soon as he walked into the living room.

Looking over to one of the big couches lets him see that Shinrai is folding up a whole bunch of clothes, it seems like she was doing everyone's laundry today…. Even his. “How was the info gathering going?” Shinrai smiled brightly as she folded up a pair of his underwear. He stared at the pile of clothes of his there were already done that had more of his underwear and he could even see some got tossed…. They probably had holes or something in them….. Maybe he should start doing his own laundry more. “Yea… yea it was okay ish, I got backed into a corner to give a hero my number for more information on the family.” 

Shinrai seemed to straighten up, looking more awake and alert. The training she’s getting looked to be finally be sinking in with how her stance looked open and ready to run if need be. “Calm down you red pigeon, they were undercover so it’s more likely that nothing will happen.”

“But getting a new phone would be great of course, that's only if you were a dumb ass and didn’t use your burner phone.” Dabi glanced at the hallway to see his little boss standing there. He felt a shiver go down his back as the smile Izuku gave him…. It was not a nice smile. Nodding his head and pulling out his burner phone for the boss to look over, some texts were already sent to him as all of them were just flirting with him. “I didn’t want to see your fuck buddy texts Dabi.” 

“No no, that’s Hawks. He has been flirting the whole time and trying to get more info out of me but I thought it was best to bring it up to you and Mamadoriya.”

Bosses eyes shot back up to him, wide and a little frantic. “How could you tell it was Hawks, wasn’t he undercover? He must have changed his look a little, different hair color and everything. Did your analysis lessons help you that much because the number 3 hero can’t be that dumb to just come out with nothing changed.” lil boss tried to find the answers on his face which wouldn’t be found.

“Nope, just got rid of the big wings, he seemed to have a backpack on him, and a little bit of a fashion change that’s it.” Dabi held up his hands in surrender as Izuku went into a rambling rant about how the number 3 hero's simple change worked so well. His phone was tossed back toward him and the boss walked back to his room mumbling all the way about having to look up the phone number and all the different weird shit he has to do. Looking over at Shinrai just gave him a shrug as she went back to folding his… underwear. Guess lil boss will tell him what to do next or maybe Mamadoriya will but really.

Dabi should start doing his own laundry more offten.

Chapter Text

She woke up like she normally did, went through her normal routine and got her mask on, poking and squishing it into place to make sure it’s perfect. All Moe needed to do was throw her hero outfit in her bag, head out the door and see her burning bright world. She loved working with him and aunty Inko said there should be a new development with him soon. Moe doesn't know why she would know her life would come to her looking for help right now but she’ll trust her at the moment. As Burnin walked into the Endeavors agency, she looked to see if anything was different when checking in all the flies called sidekicks. 

Nothing seems to be out of place, all the bugs groveled like they needed to and no maggots were out of line. All of the new hires seemed to come to her for questions like always because being her world's second in command made it that when he wasn’t here, they all looked to her. Burnin didn’t mind them coming to her but this was also as long as they didn’t try to get in between her and her burning star. While helping out here and there, making sure everyone was doing what they needed to do, and seeing that the first patrol never happened. Burning could say that she was very nervous and scared.

Now she didn’t know this of course. When someone asked her if Endeavor called her because he was running really late, Burnin answered in character stating that he’ll come in soon or maybe he had to take care of something official/private before coming in. She knew this wasn’t the case because aunty had told her something would change today. Something has changed and so far Moe doesn't like it, no no, she’s Burnin right now…. Burnin doesn't like the fact that her boss is late because today was supposed to be a good day. It took until basically lunch until Endeavor finally came in, everyone seemed to be crowding him and that was the final thread. Her world looks so stressed, lost and slowly getting more overwhelmed. Her mask broke and she didn’t mean it as the clacking of her heels could be heard almost cracking the tiles while she stomped over. A snarl was laid across her face as she threw herself into the pack of insufferable bugs that are not prostrating themself in her wonderful life's place. “GET BACK TO YOUR PLACES WHELPS!!!”

Burnin let her hair whip out when she finally got close enough, everyone was fireproof in this place so it wasn’t bad but she still broke and really why not put some fear in these worthless insects. “You all are supposed to be working on different cases right???” A feral smile spread across her face as a mix of a mask/somehow not mask seemed to make everyone back off more. “Leave… The. boss. ALONE!!!” With Burnin’s hair whipping around and almost scorching more lessers, they seemed to at last back off. They all looked at her and Endeavor as she calmed herself down as fast as she could. He didn’t move from behind her so Burnin took it as her chance to collect herself more and fix her broken mask. 

It terrified her that it broke. It never broke before, even when she found her world, even when she got in as a student, even when she was finally hired as a sidekick. Nothing ever broke it. Burnin even saw her world get hurt so much but this…. This little bit when she thought that Inko wasn’t able to hold back her son and Izuku finally went to take out the threat to his own world. What is with this family that found her and kept her, kept her when her mother decided she was ready for the dark dark world. That this family looked at her as if she was there from the start and kept her like one would keep a world but at the same time not. The direct old family has so… so much of an influence on her emotions that she broke like she never would if she never meant them to begin with. “Burnin.”

She perked up, quickly turning around with her hero smile in place and saluting to her world. “Yes sir, at your service Endeavor!!” As soon as she did, she let her eyes wrack down his whole body. Endeavor seemed tired, he sagged down more than normal but he hid it well not well enough She could see the light bags under his eyes and uncertainty deep in those bright turquoise eyes. “Burnin…. Please come to my office in a few minutes.” Burnin stayed still in her position as her bright light walked around her and towards his office. A clear dismissal and a, not so much, given time to go talk to him. 

Burnin couldn’t wait.

—---------------------- 

It still hurts, not much anymore but the burns just ache by now. His eyes were closed, the sound of breathing of not his own entered his ears, warmth was all around him and his mind calmly woke up even with the light pain he was in, even after so many years waking up full of fear and uncertainty. Is this what peace is like? Is this what safety felt like? Has Shouto ever known what safety truly felt like or were those other fuzzy memories all lies? The feeling of someone moving between his arms, in his embrace, made him look down and see nothing but green. An amazing deep dark viridian. A beautiful green that made him feel this safety. 

Izuku, his Izu, grumbled in his sleep as he shifted around and nuzzled into Shouto’s chest more. A warmth started to build in between his lungs, the brier bushes grow as he tightens his hold on Izu. “mine.” Now Shouto hasn’t really talked in these past two days. He’s been so scared to be here, to have Endeavor find him. To see the person that’s his, be hurt like he’s been all his life. It was terrifying to think about. Filling him with nothing but dread. “Mine.” He was scared that if he was seen, if he was heard or just existed too much, if he just did anything with too much effort and imprinted himself into just the space around him….. Endeavor would come and take everything away like he always does. That man would hurt him for just finding this, for defending himself after someone touched him when he didn’t want them too, for being too weak or not enough. “mine.” Shouto gripped onto his Izu with more force, his arms shaking a little from the strength he had to use because the medicine was making him weaker while he was being healed.

Besides the medicine and fear gripping his heart about being taken away, he hasn’t spoken up after seeing his sister and brother. They both said that they’ll protect him, that he didn’t need to worry anymore. they'll protect him for once Yumi was making sure that if Endeavor asks about him she’ll say he’s being kept away for his safety. She was scared of what his reaction might be but she couldn’t sit by anymore, not after that. He would be told he was taken to a hospital or doctor to take care of the life threatening burns if not for the pills Their father could pay off a doctor to turn a blind eye but a threat of making it public with pictures would keep him quiet. His image is too important after all. If for some reason their father went to Nats, he wasn’t going to hold back. If he was in public, he would scream, if he was in his dorms, he would scream, anywhere at any time he was going to scream to the heavens about what Endeavor did to his own family. Natsuo didn’t want their father to have the ability to call him and not have consequences and if someone hears that the number 2 hero almost killed his son in rage…. That would get people to look at their family more. “You’re mine.” So now since Izuku is asleep and it’s been two days, almost three, Shouto is sure…..maybe it’s been more than 2 or 3 days…  He’s sure Endeavor isn’t looking for him. Well, Father isn’t looking for him right now that is, Endeavor is only going to look for him if it becomes public that he's 'lost'.

“You are mine Izuku.” Shouto looked at his Izu’s sleeping face the best he could while he was cuddling into his chest, keeping pressure off his back. A little smile, that he rarely has but seems to use more with Izuku around, spreads across his features as he lets his hand slip into those deep green curls. “You found me.” His hand started to play with the perfect curls. “You… You shoved your way into my-” Moving a stray curl out of the way so it lets Shouto see his freckled face better. “Adamantly, miserable life.” His hold tightens again and he’s happy when a content sigh leaves his Izu. “You made me happy.” Shouto curls more around Izuku the best he could while not hurting the recently healing burnt skin on his back. “Made me feel so safe….. So hopeful.” The warmth that he is so glad started to root itself in his chest so long ago continues to grow. Shouto will always be so very grateful for that warmth. “You made me…. Feel so many things after-” Green. All his eyes could see was that wonderfully deep, perfectly beautiful deep viridian green. “After so long…. After I was hurt over and over again but you made me want after so so long of those wants being taken from me.”

Izuku’s hair was soft on his face and in his hands, it was amazing. “When I was hurt for wanting and needing…” He wishes he could see those green eyes, they were a different green from his hair because when the sun hits them just right they weren't a dark green but they did border on a toxic neon green, it was breathtaking. “Then you come out of…. A weird present and make me…. Feel again.” Shouto brushes his fingers through the curls as his voice slightly quivers, fingers accidentally catching on some knots. “Feel want for something.” Izuku mumbled a little after he caught on some more knots in the deep forest green hair, it made something in his gut tingle but in a good way, it's not an 'about to get hurt' or 'this is very dangerous' kind of way.

 “I have a need for something now.”

—--------------

Burnin walked past other ‘sidekicks’ as she headed to her burning worlds office. Some asked her why she acted like that when the boss came in and she just laughed it off. Very few asked if she was okay or if she knew why Endeavor seemed down when he first came. All Burnin did was give anyone a response in a laugh and walked away so she could go and see the boss. When she was finally at the door, she opened it without knocking because she never really knocked to begin with. No one else seemed to do this and the few that did stopped after her world yelled at them to never do it again. 

She was special.

Anyways, when the door opened to show that her fiery star was just sitting at his desk with his head in his hands. The door was quickly shut behind her, trying to be quick and quiet so no one sees her world like this, the door silently locking to make sure no one else can come in. The click of the door closing, not locking, got Endeavor snapping his head up to stare at her, heart thumping in her chest with those bright, now terribly dull, turquoise eyes looking into her soul. “Oh… Burnin, Sorry.” She starts making her way to her world, making sure that every step she takes was easy to read and slow. “I forgot that I asked you to come to my office.” Burnin stood in front of the desk, face being the bright smile that was always (not always anymore she guesses) on while being her life's sidekick. "I-.... I wanted to ask for your advice…. Again.”

This isn’t how her life was supposed to be, no iron will behind his words, fire in his eyes slowly dimming, body looking wrung out and tired. Even if her world wasn’t supposed to be like this, even if it was supposed to be HER that made him break like this….. It felt like her heart was beating out of her chest and her hair felt like it was about to go out of control. It would be easier to control in the head piece of her villain suit but that’s fine, she can keep a second break from happening today, even after one break it becomes easier to get undone again. With a smile bright on her face and dark twisted emotions deep in her heart, Burnin asked what her world needed help with. Too think that aunty did something so amazing like giving her world… what was it called again, oh right, giving him a little nudge. 

“I think…. I think I went too far and let my anger hurt my child.” This threw Burnin for a loop, she’s known for a long time now that he was hurting his kids/neglecting them. She didn’t care for them because they weren't her world, Endeavor was and his children were from another WOMEN…. She would be glad when they were no longer in his life. That didn’t stop the fact one of them was her cousin's own world and thus making that one important in a way and meaning the others then also had some importance as well. It really threw everything out the window in Moe’s want to kill all of them at the beginning of all of this. “Boss, you hurt one of your kids?” She could see the flame die a little more, did he finally see how much he was basically torturing them? “Was it Shouto?” Now his head hung further down as Burnin just continued, seeing that broken look really was the best. Maybe she could see it in a safe place later on when he’ll never be able to leave her again after that. “I’m guessing it was for training again because the recommended exams at UA just passed.” 

Endeavor, Enji Todoroki, the one she wanted to see stripped to the barest of his bones and broken from her own hands alone…. Flinched. It was hard to see but he flinched when the word training left her mouth and it made her heart soar!!! Oh this was such a treat! Moe will need to do something for her aunty at one point because this was just spoiling her at this point. 

“Yes… Shouto got hurt again.”

—--------------------- 

After moving around a little, his Izu settled back into his chest, somehow being impossibly closer than before. “I thought that I needed Fuyumi or Natsuo because I would be scared without them nearby or I’d get worried if they weren't nearby.” Shouto buried his face into basically a soft bush for hair and just breathed. It smelled like his Izuku, a nice soft chocolate with hints of orange, and that didn’t shock him but it was still so nice.

—------------------

Burnin didn’t understand Endeavor’s reaction. He always got annoyed whenever Shouto got hurt, even though he was the one that caused it in the first place. But now…. Now Endeavor seemed down and looking, might she say, nervous about it. He was never like this, never in all her time working under him has Burnin seen him look this distraught over the fact Shouto got hurt, by his own hands even. “Oh, well you usually don’t act like this when he’s hurt so.” Her world seemed to stumble more at how he usually acted. “Is it more serious than it has been before?” Inko didn’t tell her what happened but now… now she was kinda worried. If her burning life seemed to be like this, just by how much he’s hurt his own kid after all these years of abuse.

How bad was it?

—---------------

“I thought that maybe I needed or wanted my mom back but not really, Fuyumi took that position over pretty quick.” His voice was muffled but that didn’t matter, Izuku was still asleep because of how his breathing was still even and also his heart at that perfect steady pace. A very nice calm pace that was making him a little tired, pilling making him drowsy. Eyelids grow heavy as he talks to no one besides his Izu’s sleeping form.

—---------------

“Yes, it’s the…. I think this might be the worst injury he might have gotten so far.” Well, how was her world sitting here talking with her right now. If he did go this far and the fact that aunty said that he would be off meant she knew, Izuku knew….. Is it because he was taking care of his own world at the moment. That’s what makes the most sense right now, that was the only reason she’s not hunting down her nephew and she is so very thankful for it. “I-... I know…. I was told by his sibling that…. That he’s healing somewhere but because he was hurt that bad during my watch. They won't tell me where they are keeping him.”

Oh, her burning heart wanted to know where his kid was….. Na, Burnin will pretend to look for him if he asked but it’s not a good idea looking for them until Izuku is ready to let his world go, if he ever does that is. Well, out of his sight more like it. “If you need me to, I will look for him boss but, not to sound mean, but it sounds like the injury happened not only because of training but because you personally caused it.” Burnin loved that dark look in her world's eyes as she said that. It was pain for something she thought he would never feel pain from and it was delightful to see it dampen the normal flames in his eyes. Really, maybe she should keep both of these worlds away from each other as a thank you gift from her. Izuku would be happy to not have Endeavor on his tail.

—--------------------

“I thought maybe I needed or wanted other things, like a better family or maybe a better dad or even a hero to save me, hell…. On the worst days even a stuffed toy was the biggest ‘need’ I felt if I really thought about it while I bleed from how many wounds he gave me.” He rubbed his cheek onto the fluff and just enjoyed the feeling. 

—----------------------

“If you don’t mind me saying this…. But being attacked by your father and then getting seriously injured, even if it was just training, will probably make Shouto very scared of you.” She is just so happy to see this, it was hard to keep the smile off her face because that wouldn't be right for this. “Not to be mean or anything sir but…. I think your other kids are right to keep him away from you until he’s ready to see you again.” Killing the light from a fathers eyes, when he wasn’t even a father to Burnin’s own child…. Felt divine. It was also gonna give her nephew a way to keep his world to himself for a longer time, probably until she was even about to get Enji away from prying eyes all to herself. “And it’s not like you saw him everyday with your work hours so it’s better to let him heal to get ready for UA. We both know he got in so it’s best to let him relax and recover plus that’s not even mentioning you're probably barely going to see him because of school to begin with as well.” 

With every word, every statement she made, Enji looked crushed. Her burning life was being snuffed out right in front of her eyes. Moe was the one causing it and she wouldn’t have it any other way. “Shouto will also be getting trained at the school so you wont need to train him much anymore. He needs to learn a diverse style if he wants to be number one after all.” How was Burnin even able to keep a straight face right now? If Enji was able to see how much she was revealing, thriving, absolutely GUSHING in his despair…. He might have tried to kill her by now.

Oh and that thought made her want him even more.

—----------------------

“But all I needed.” Shouto hoped that his own smell would stick to his Izu in turn, that would be nice. They did somehow know all of the shampoos and soaps he usually used so he did smell like his usual self at least.

—----------------------

Burnin stood there, not showing any obvious emotions and she wasn’t even smiling. It was weird not smiling in this mask but she couldn’t or else she would break and besides it wouldn’t look right... it wouldn't feel right. Endeavor seemed to be finally breaking. His head was being clutched in his hands as she watched his shoulders shake a little. Burnin has never seen him like this. Moe hopes that aunty and Izuku like the gift of being free for a little bit because Endeavor always took the advice of his number one sidekick after all. 

“Mmmm… Maybe you’r-.... You're right about this.” A giant heave of air left her world's mouth and she subtly took in a deeper breath. Maybe one day she could exchange air with him, that would be nice. “I’ll…. I’ll leave Shouto alone for a little bit.” Endeavor did look her way quickly as he kept one hand on his head, then he was looking to the ground. 

“If you really need to know how he’s doing, you could just ask Fuyumi right? You know how much she loves to keep the family together.” With how everything was going, the fact the siblings seemed to at least be in the know on where their brother was. This must be Izuku at play, getting the in-laws on his side already. Burnin doesn't care about them so Izuku can have them for all she cares. If they die soon, she hopes she can do it just to make Enji hurt more, so that he understands that he can’t leave her no matter what. Maybe he’ll see it as her culling the weak blood from the family tree like how his eldest did it himself all those years ago. Having that other woman's child die that day made her overjoyed.

“Yea… Yea you're right Moe.” Her heart set aflame as this was the first time she’s ever heard her first time from his mouth. It was the first time he ever called her anything besides her hero name. Why, why right now? “Sorry Burnin, I didn’t mean to let that slip and make you uncomfortable.” Moe can feel her face burn, it was blushing, her mask broke a second time today, kami damnit. “I’ll make sure not to ca-”   “NO!!!”  Moe yelled out but quickly backpedaled as it seemed to shock Endeavor. Again, this is a second break, fuck! How can only her world get her like this? If only he actually knew.

“Y-you can call me Moe… I don’t mind. I’ve known you most of my life by now…. If you don’t mind me calling you…. At least Todoroki-kun behind closed doors.” Endeavor looked at her for a little. She couldn’t tell what emotions were going on behind his eyes but he did come to a decision really quick at least. “That’s fine…M-moe…. This talk is over. You can go back to your work now.” 

Burnin stood tall before swiftly bowing, this was wrong. It felt weird but so god damn nice. She turned around on her heel and started to speed walk out. “Moe.” This stopped her before she turned around to look at her world again. “Thank you…. I can always count on you and I appreciate that.” His face seemed a little more pink, wow. That was the first time she’s seen him embarrassed. So many firsts for the day, she should just focus on work again. “Of course…. Todo-kun.” With that last thing she practically ran out of the office and to her desk. 

She really needed to find a way to thank her aunt and nephew properly for this.

—------------------